THE TEMPLE: ESPECIALLY As it stood in the days OF OUR SAVIOUR. Described by JOHN LIGHTFOOT. LONDON Printed by R. C. for Andrew Crook at the Green-Dragon in Paul's Churchyard, 1650. CLARISSIMO HONORATISSIMOQUE VIR O Dno. GVILIELMO LENTHALLO Summi Senatus Parliamentarii PROLOCUTORI Dignissimo. HANCCE QUALEM QUALEMCUNQUE TEMPLI HIEROSOLYMITANI DESCRIPTIONEM J. L. GRATITUDINIS AT QUE OBSERVANTIAE ERGO HUMILLIME D. D. D. To the Reader. I Can with as little pains and travail have journyed to Jerusalem to have taken a view of the Temple, had it now stood, as this hath cost me to survey it by the eyes of others in their writings, as I have done: And for all my labour, how I shall speed in the acceptance of the Reader, I must leave it to the common doubtful fate of Books, being neither willing to beg it, nor to despair of it. If I have come short either of the worth of the matter treated of, or failed the expectation of the Reader, the difficulty of the Subject may plead my Apology, and my desire to benefit, may lighten my censure. There is hardly a harder task in Study then to describe structures and places not seen, and at distance; and the Scripture hath hardly a more obscure description of any thing then of this fabric. In that I have added so much of Jewish intelligence about it, it is because I find not where better information (after the Scriptures) is to be had. I know they hear as ill as any men for their writings, and that very oft not without very good cause, yet give them leave to tell the story of their own customs and antiquities assoon as another man, and if you will not believe them what they say, to produce others that speak more credibly, in the matter in hand I believe will be next impossible. I shall not plead for them in all they writ, lest I should be like unto them; in things of historical nature, I cannot but give some credence to them, as being likely to be the best recorders of their own Antiquities. It is well known to the studious how much light hath been held out by some learned men towards the explication of abundance of difficulties in Scripture, by the discovery of the Jewish customs and Antiquities, to which the New Testament speaketh and alludeth exceeding copiously and frequently: I need not to go far for examples of learned men that have been choicely happy in such illustrations: A matchless pair in our own Nation, second to none in any Nation whatsoever, Mr. Hugh Broughton in the last generation, and Mr. Selden in this, may be instances sufficient. Now though it is fare enough from my thoughts and hopes to dream of achieving to the least degree and measure of their skill in these studies, and their happiness in such explanations: yet can I not but from such encouragements of experience in others, go on with the more delight in the perusal of such Monuments myself, not without hope that I may reap some profit by them to myself, and hold out something from them which may not be altogether useless to others. What may redound of this kind out of this present volume, I must leave to the Readers censure, and not be my own judge: This I hope I may say of it without arrogance or falsehood, that this Subject hath scarcely been so largely handled in our English tongue heretofore, and that what is here produced out of Jewish records, doth for the most part carry so fair possibility and probability with it, and is so little dissonant either to Scripture or reason, and so consonant to Josephus, whose credit is commonly reputed above talmudical, that if on the one hand there is not undeniable ground to believe it, neither is there on the other hand, undeniable ground to gainsay it. I had undertaken a task of a far larger time, toil, and volume, and the same way of workmanship that I have done this; namely, from Scripture, and from talmudical and Jewish writers, to have given a description of the land of Canaan, so far am I satisfied of the benefit of these Authors if dexterously managed. And certainly if my judgement do not much fail me, exceeding singular use might be made of them in such a work, and hundreds or rather thousands of learned rarities as to that Subject produced out of them, not to be found in any Authors but themselves, which tend not a little to the illustration of the chorography and story of that Land: But when I had spent a good large time and progress in that work, I found that I was happily prevented in that Subject by a more learned and acute pen; * Mr. Tho. Fuller, B. D. which though it went not the same way in that work that I had done, yet was it so fare before me both in progress and in accuracy, that I knew it would be lost labour for me to proceed further. Hereupon I left off that task, lest I should actum agere, and diverted my thoughts to this survey, because of a promise which had a tie upon me for something of this nature. With the working up of this piece, I also drew up a large Map of the Temple structures, according to the verbal description of them in this volume, the sight and comparing of which would have made the things here described a great deal more easy and pleasant to be understood, could it have been published; but I have not yet met with the faculty and fortune of bringing it to that issue: and I thought to have suppressed this Tract till that also might have come forth with it; but I have been overcome to let it out, partly by the importunity of others, and partly by this Reason of mine own, that it might not be amiss to try what acceptance this Treatise will find, before I add more pains and charge for the engraving of the Map. If any of my learned friends upon perusal of this Tract, shall think the publication of that may be material, I shall be ready to embrace such animation, and use my best endeavour to effect the thing if it will be effected. Much-Mundon in Herfordsh April 3. 1650. THE CONTENTS. CHAP. I. OF the Situation of Mount Moriah. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pag. 1. CHAP. II. The measure of the Floor of the mountain of the Temple. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 4. CHAP. III. The East gate of the Mountain of the House 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Shushan gate. The Prospect of Mount Olivet, and part of the City before it. p. 8. CHAP. IU. Of the two South gates: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gates of Huldah p. 13. CHAP. V. Of the West gates Shallecheth, or Coponius, Parbar, Asuppim. p. 15. Sect. 1. The gate of Shallecheth, or Coponius. p. 16. Sect. 2. Parbar gate. 1 Chron. 26. 18. p. 17. Sect. 3. The two gates and house of Asuppim. p. 20. CHAP. VI The North gate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tedi or Tadde. p. 24. CHAP. VII. The Tower Antonia. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 27. CHAP. VIII. Cloisters along the outmost wall within 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. p. 29. CHAP. IX. Tabernae, Shops: The great Sanhedrin sitting thereabout. p. 33. CHAP. X. The dimensions and form of Solomon's Temple: And of that built by the returned out of captivity. p. 37. CHAP. XI. The measures and platform of the Temple as it stood in the time of our Saviour. p. 45. CHAP. XII. The breadth, chamhers, and stairs of the Temple. p. 52. CHAP. XIII. The Porch. Sect. 1. The steps up to it. p. 58. Sect. 2. The two pillars Jachin and Boaz. p. 60. Sect. 3. Closets for the butchering instruments 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 71. Sect. 4. A golden vine in the porch, and a golden candlestick, and a golden and marble table. p. 73. CHAP. XIV. The holy place. Sect. 1. The Temple door. pag. 75. Sect. 2. The veil. p. 78. Sect. 3. The holy place itself. p. 79. Sect. 4. The Candlestick. p. 82. Sect. 5. The Shewbread table. p. 84. Sect. 6. The Altar of Incense. p. 85. CHAP. XV. The most holy place. Sect. 1. The partion space, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 86. Sect. 2. The Veil. p. 88 Sect. 3. The most holy place itself. p. 89. Sect. 4. The Cherubims and Ark. p. 39 again CHAP. XVI. The Courts of the Temple. p. 93. CHAP. XVII. The Enclosure. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. p. 95. CHAP. XVIII. The Court of the women. p. 99 CHAP. XIX. Of the Gazophylacia or Treasuries. p. 110. CHAP. XX. The gate of Nicanor, or the East gate of the Court. p. 117. Sect. 1. A credible wonder of the brazen gate. p. 125. Sect. 2. A Sanhedrin sitting in this Gate. p. 126. CHAP. XXI. Of the gates and buildings in the Court wall on the East and South sides. p 131. CHAP. XXII. The chamber or room Gazith, the seat of the great Sanhedrin. p. 135. Sect. 1. The Precedents of the Sanhedrin from the captivity till its dissolution. p. 140. CHAP. XXIII. The Draw-well-roome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. p. 144. CHAP. XXIV. The Water-gate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 & the room of Abhtines 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. p. 149. CHAP. XXV. The Woodroome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the room Parhedrin 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. p. 153. CHAP. XXVI. The gate of the firstlings. p. 156. CHAP. XXVII. The Gate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hadlak or of kindling or of the burning fire. p. 159. CHAP. XXVIII. The gates and buildings in the Court wall on the North side. p. 163. CHAP. XXIX. Beth Mokadh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 166. CHAP. XXX. Of the gate Beth Mokadh called the gate of Corban. And of the other gate of Corban called also the gate of the women. p. 170. CHAP. XXXI. The room of Salt, of Parvah, and of the washing. p. 175. CHAP. XXXII. The gate and house Nitsots 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house of stone vessels. p. 178. CHAP. XXXIII. The Court of Israel and of the Priests: and the Levites desks where they sung. p. 180. CHAP. XXXIV. Of the Altar of burnt-offering. p. 189. CHAP. XXXV. The Contents of the Court betwixt the Altar and the North side of it: and betwixt the Altar and the South side. p. 209. CHAP. XXXVI. The space between the Altar and the Porch. p. 215. CHAP. XXXVII. Concerning the vessels and utensils of the Temple. Sect. 1. The laver 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 219. Sect. 2. Solomon's ten Lavers. p. 223. Sect. 3. The molten Sea. p. 230. Sect. 4. Basins, Chargers, Dishes, etc. King Ptolemies and Queen Helen's Tables. p. 233. Sect. 5. The Priest's garments. p. 237. Sect. 6. The anointing oil. p. 240. CHAP. XXXVIII. The Emblem of the divine glory at the Temple, Ezek. 1. Esay. 6. Rev. 4. etc. explained. pag. 242. CHAP. XXXIX. The motions and stations of the Ark and Tabernacle. p. 261. CHAP. XL. The state and fate of the first Temple. p. 267. Sect. 1. The state of the second Temple under the Persian Monarchy. p. 270. Sect. 2. The occurrences of the Temple under Alexander. p. 274. Sect. 3. A brief of the state of the Temple in the times of these Kings. p. 277. Sect. 4. The state of the Temple under the Romans. p. 284. Books published by Mr. Lightfoot. 1 Miscellanies, octavo. 2 Observations on Genesis, quart. 3 Observations on Exodus, quart. 4 Commentary on Acts, quart. 5 The Harmony of the four Evangelists, the first part, quart. 6 The second part, quart. 7 The third part, quart. 8 Three Sermons preached before the Parliament, quart. 9 The Temple Service, and the Temple. quart. ERRATA. PAg. 3. lin. 24. for sink read s●●k, lin. 28. for an abyss of uncle annesse, r. an abyss uncleannesses, p. 13. l. 10. for Ophila r Ophla. l. 11. leave that out, p. 17. l. 26 for admitted r. admitteth, l. 29. for Parbar r Parvar. p. 2 ●. l. 19 for stand wide r. stand void p. 30. last l. but one, for 15 cubits high r. 25 cubits high p. 31. l. 16. for godliest r. goodliest, p. 34.19, 10. for Tsipp●ris r. Tsipporis. 1 8. r. jabneh, and so 1. 15, 16. l. 2 r. for Antonius r. Antoninus p. 44. l. 3. for the next verse r. the next year, p. 49. l. 4 for about it r. above it, p. 60. l. 16. r. then the flower, and in the middle of the line blot then out, p. 61. l 20. for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 81. l. 18. for Angels r. Minister's. p. 83. l. 14.; for carried in either of them in a golden r. carried either of them a golden, p. 84. l 9 for hallow r. baton, p. 90. l. 8. for where r. were, l. 19 for them from r. from them, p. 91. l. 24 for Joah r. josiah, p. 95. l. 3.7. for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p. 98. l. 3 for pa●●● r. panes, p 110. l. 17. for captivity r. capacity, 119. l. 28. for pets r. petters, p. 122. l. 21. for but names r. been names, p. 125. l. 31. for thy best r. thy lot, p. 134. l. 13. for of the wood-r●●m● r. and the wood-rooms, p. 145. l. 4. for wrought r. reached, p. 152. l. 1. for mad r. made, p. 155. l. 9 r. this sec●ety, p. 156. l. 28. for the Lord loosed r. they loosed. p. 159. l. 7. for relieved r. redeemed, p 199. l. 13. for we not r. we may not, p. 223. l. 6. for arrow r. as once. A PROSPECT OF THE TEMPLE ESPECIALLY As it stood in the days of our SAVIOUR. CHAP. I. Of the Situation of Mount MORIAH: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 MORIAH * 2 Chron. 3.1. Is. 2.2. The Mountain of the Lords House, from whence soever it had its denomination (about which there are various conjectures) it is certain, it had its designation for that use and honour to which it was employed, * 1 Chron. 21.26. & 22.1. by fire from Heaven, and of old time, * Gen: 22.2, etc. by Abraham's offering up his son Isaac there in a figure. [a] R: Sol: in Gen. 22. Some are of opinion that it was called Moriah from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Instruction, because from thence there went forth a law and doctrine for all Israel: [b] Onkel ibid. others conceive the name to have been derived from the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mor which betokeneth Myrrh and spicery, because it was to be the only place of offering incense: [c] Fuller missel. lib. 2. cap. 15. others from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mor●eh jah, The Lord will be visible, because the Son of God was to appear there in humane flesh. And so they all repute, that it carried a notation predictive, or referring to something that was to occur there in time to come. But if we will apply the etymology of it to that ●i●●e present, when it and the Country about it, did first take that name of the land of Moriah, we may construe it, The Land of a teacher of God, (as John 3.2.) or the Land of the Lord my teacher, as being the Territory of Sem, or Melchisedek, the great teacher of the ways of the Lord, (while the Canaanites round about did walk in blindness, and were led by teachers only of delusion) and the Land which the Lord his teacher had designed to him in the prediction of his father Noah. [d] joseph. An. 114. lib. 15. c. 14. This Mote was so seated in the midst of Jerusalem, that the City lay 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, in form of a Theatre round about it. [e] Vid. Ezek. 40.2 & Kamch. ibid. & Tosaph. ad Kelim. On the South lay Jerusalem itself built upon Mount Acra, and Acra naturally higher than Moriah, [f] joseph. de Bell. lib. 5. c. 13. but much leveled by the Asmonean family in the time of their reign, and the valley betwixt, well raised and filled up with earth, that both the Temple might over-top the buildings on Acra, and that the coming up from the City to the Temple, might be the more plain and easy, compare Luke 3.5. [g] Psal. 48.2. A●en Ezra ibid. ● On the North side lay Mount Zion furnished with the gallant buildings of the Palace, Court, and City of David. These two Mountains Acra and Zion, and the Cities built upon them (the London and Westminster, City, and Court of the Land of Canaan) did so decline and descend upon their Southeast and North-east points, that on the East and West of the Temple they met and saluted each other in a valley, having also a deep valley betwixt them and the Temple on every side, but only on the South, where it was the less deep because of the levelling, mentioned immediately before. Although this Mount Moriah were not so high of itself as the two hills on either side it, yet was it of a great pitch and steepness [h] Id. de Bell. lib. 5. c. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A strong heap, steep, and deep on every side. And it was a discerning note of a young male child, [i] Hagigab per. 1. That he was bound to appear before the Lord, at the three festivals, if ●e were once come to be able, to go up the Mountain of the Temple holding his father by the hand. This Mount fell so in the division of the Land, that part of it was in the lot of one Tribe, and part of it in another; [k] Aveth R. Na●han per. 34. Zevachin pe. 5. in Geinara. For most part of the Courts was in the portion of Judah, but the Altar, Porch, Temple, and most holy place were in the portion of Benjamin. And that part that lay in the portion of Judah was made hollow under 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with arches built upon arches underneath, (saith Maimony) [l] Beth ●abbekirah per. 5. because of the Tent of defilement. Now this that he calleth The Tent of defilement, might very well be supposed to be a Sink, or common Shore, made under ground, and arched over for the conveyance of all the filth and wash of the Courts away, (and that there was such a thing we shall see hereafter) but he explaineth himself in another place, and saith that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [m] Maym. Parah per. 2. All the Mountain of the house (that is, the outmost space) and all the other Courts were hollow under, because of an abyss or deep grave. Now the Talmudicks use to call a sink, unseen, or unsuspected grave, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [n] Talm Bab. Parah per. ●. gloss. ibid. An abyss grave, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, in the Gospel's language, Luke 11.44. And so they call an unseen or unknown uncleanness, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [o] Nazir. per. ● & Maym. in Biath Mikd●● per. 4. an abyss of uncleanness, and they oppose to it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 An uncleanness known of. Wherefore that they might be sure, that there should be no graves secretly made in any of the Courts of the Temple, by which they might be defiled, they arched all the Courts under ground, so as that there were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 arches upon arches (as my Author expresseth it, which he explaineth in another [p] Id. in Parah per. 3. place, in another story of the like nature) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one arch set upon two arches, so that the feet of an arch stood upon two arches that were under it. And so it was either impossible to bury above the arch for want of soil, or if it were possible to bury below the arches, it was deep and fare enough from defiling. CHAP. II. The measure of the floor of the Mountain of the Temple. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. THE Compass of the floor of Moriah [a] Ios. de Bell. lib 5. cap. 14. did increase by time and industry (somewhat though not much) above what it was when Solomon first began the Temple there: For [b] 1 Chr. 21.8. & 22.1. whereas David by divine direction had built an Altar, and God by divine fire upon it, had fixed that very place for the place of the Altar of the Temple; the Mountain possibly in some part of it, might want here and there somewhat upon the edge of it, by bend and wind in, so that the square for all the Courts which was intended, and which was to be measured from the Altar as from the standing mark, could not run even, but did meet with some small hiat us through the want and pinching in of the hill in certain places: whereupon Solomon and the succeeding generations, were still increasing the spaciousness and capaciousness of it, by filling up the valley or precipice where the want was, insomuch that the compass and space of it at the last, under the second Temple was [c] Mid. per. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 five hundred cubits upon five hundred cubits, that is, a perfect square of 500 cubits upon every side, 2000 cubits in the whole compass about: [d] Maim in Beth habbechir. per. 5. And this square piece of ground was enclosed with a Wal. Not but that there was some more space upon the floor of the Mount then barely this measure, for [e] Pisk. Te●● ●●ph. ad Midd. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Mount was fare larger than 500 cubits square, but only so much was taken in for the holy ground. This number of 500 cubits upon every side of the square, is so agreeable to the number of [f] Ezek. 42.20. & 45 2. Ezekiel, that that helpeth to confirm and justify this proportion and account: and although his large measure, do differ fare from this of ours, yet doth his cubit measure and state the cubit that we have in hand, so well, that it would be very hard, if not impossible otherwise among the various sizes of cubits that we meet withal, to determine any thing of it: For we find mention of the [g] Kimch. in Ezek. 45. & 43.13. & R. Sol. ibid. common cubit of five hand bredths, [h] Kelim. per. 17. of the middle of six, of the cubit half a finger's breadth larger than the cubit of Moses, and the cubit half a finger breadth larger than that: but Ezekiel hath flinted his [i] Ezek. 4 5. cubit to be a cubit and a hand breadth (that is the common cubit of 5 hand bredths, and one hand breadth over;) And so the Jews conclude upon the same measure in this received maxim: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [k] Kelim ubi supr. Kimch. in 2 Chron. 3.3. The cubit by which the Temple buildings were measured was 16 hand bredths, but the cubit by which the vessels were measured was but five. The hand breadth therefore being [l] Kimch. in M●●ol in voce 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the four finger's breadth as they be laid close together, which make but three inches, the cubit of six hand bredths, (which is the cubit we embrace here) ariseth to 18 inches or just half a yard, and so by this computation, the 500 cubits upon every side of the square was 250 yards, and the whole compass of the wall was a 1000 yards about. [m] Antiq. lib. 15. c. 14. Josephus hath allotted a just furlong to every side of the square: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and so hath made the whole compass to be exactly half a mile about, reckoning according to the common cubit, and according to the measure best known among the Greeks and Romans, for whom he wrote. And now if any one will take up the full circuit of the wall that encompassed the holy ground, according to our English measure, it will amount to half a mile, and about 166 yards. And whosoever likewise will measure the square of Ezekiel, chap. 42.20. he will find it 6 times as large as this chap. 40.5. the whole amounting to three miles and an half, and about 140 yards, a compass incomparably larger than Mount Moriah divers times over; and by this very thing is showed that that is spiritually and mystically to be understood. The description of the Temple and City, that he hath given in the end of his book, as it was a prediction of some good to come, so was that prediction true, thus fare according to the very letter, namely that there should be a Temple and a City newly built: and so it was a promise and a comfort to the people then in captivity, of their restoring again to their own land, and there enjoying Jerusalem and the Temple again, as they had done in former time, before their removing and captivating out of their own country: But as for a literal respondency of that City and Temple, to all the particulars of his description, it is so fare from it, that his Temple is delineated larger than all the earthly Jerusalem, and his Jerusalem larger than all the land of Canaan. And thereby the scope of the Holy Ghost in that ichnography is clearly held out to be, to signify the great enlarging of the spiritual Jerusalem and Temple, the Church under the Gospel, and the spiritual beauty and glory of it, as well as to certify captived Israel, of hopes of an earthly City and Temple to be rebuilt, which came to pass upon their return under Cyrus. Yet had this his space of the holy ground its bounds, though they were exceeding large; but when John in his Revelation is upon the measure of his Temple, this outer Court or space is left boundless, and not measured nor enclosed at all, and the reason is given because that Court was given to the Gentiles, and they should tread the holy City (as men trod Gods Courts when they came to worship) two and forty months, Rev. 11.1, 2, 3, etc. still clearing the reason of the Prophetical enlarging of the holy ground, which was to denote the abundant and numerous worshippers of God which should be under the Gospel. The Wall that encompassed and went about the square of the holy ground, was of very fair stone, [o] Jos. de Bell. lib. 5. c. 14. and it was five and twenty cubits, or twelve yards and an half high, that is, as one stood within the compass of it, in the holy ground; for without it stood over a very deep and sharp precipice, and so there was an exceeding great height from the bottom of the trench beneath, to the top of the wall, but within it was no higher than 25 cubits, and that height it carried about the whole square. Now whereas it is a very common Tenet amongst the Talmudicks that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [p] Mid. per. 2. & Kimch. ubi supr. The Eastern wall w●● six cubits high and no more, It is not to be understood of the whole East side Wall, for that was 25 cubits high as well as the rest, but it is to be understood only of the wall or battlement that was just over the East gate: and so it is explained by some of them thus, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [q] Mid. per. 1. Sect. 1. For whereas the Priest that was sprinkling the blood of the red Cow upon Mount Olivet, was to look directly by this East gate, upon the gate of the Temple, and whereas [r] Maym. in Beth habbechir. per. 6. the floor of the Porch of the Temple was two and twenty Cubits higher ground than the floor of this East gate, and so the Priest looking from Olivet through this gate [s] R. Sh●m. ● in Mid. could not see above the eight step before the Porch, [t] Pisk. T●saph. ibid. therefore it was needful that the wall that was just over the East gate should be low, that what he could not see through the gate he might see over it. CHAP. III. The East gate of the Mountain of the House 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Shushan gate. The Prospect of Mount Olivet, and part of the City before it. IN the surveying of the gates and buildings that were in this outmost wall, and virge of the holy ground, we will begin at the East quarter which faced Mount Olivet, and in which side of the square there was only one gate: this and all other the gates, both in this wall and in the other that encompassed the Courts [a] Mid. per. 2. were twenty Cubits high and ten Cubits broad, as the Hebrew writers do constantly reckon. In which account they and their Countryman Josephus, who wrote in another language, do not differ (although that [b] Jos●de Bell. lib. 5 c. 14. his constant measure that he gives of all the gates, be 30 Cubits high and 15 Cubits broad) but they do in this diversity explain the thing the better. The height of the whole gatehouse of every gate, or of the pile where the gate was set, was 30 Cubits, and so it risen 5 Cubits above the wall, but the very entrance of the gate, or the door of it, was but 20 Cubits high. And so the very breadth of the entrance of the doors of every gate was but 10 Cubits, but the che●ks of the gate on either side was 2 Cubits and an half, and so the breadth of the whole pile, was 15 Cubits in all: The height of this East gate only came short of the rest, 4 Cubits, for [c] Maym. in Beth habbekirah per. 6. Gl●ss. in Mid. it risen but but 6 cubits above the entry or light that was passed through, whereas the rest did rise ten, and so it risen but one cubit above the height of the wall, whereas the rest did five; and the reason was given immediately before, because the Priest that burned the red Cow on Mount Olivet might look over it upon the Temple; for so they conceive that command bound him when he sprinkled her blood. He shall sprinkle of her blood directly before the Tabernacle of the Congregation seven times, Numb. 19.4. Observe Christ and his Disciples, having gone out of this gate from the Temple, now sitting upon Mount Olivet before this gate, and looking back on the sumptuous building of the Temple, and Christ discoursing concerning their ruin, Mat. 24.1, 2, 3, etc. This gate stood not just in the very midst of this Eastern wall, as if it had 245 cubits of the wall on either side it, but it stood more toward the North, because it was to stand directly in the front, or over against the porch of the Temple. Now the Altar being pitched and fixed so by a divine appointment, that the Mountain did not allow an equal space of ground on either side it, they were forced to build the Temple so, as to stand in its proper parallel with the Altar, and to cast the Courts so, as that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Mid. ubi supr. The greatest space of the Mount was on the South, the second on the East, the third on the North, and the least Westward. [e] Id. per. 1 Upon this East gate was portrayed and pictured the resemblance of the City Shushan, the royal Seat of the Persian Monarchy, and the gate itself, at least some part of it was called by this name, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Talmud saith [f] Kelim. per. 17. There were two sorts of Cubits in Shushan, the Palace, one which exceeded the cubit of Moses half a finger, and this was upon the North-east corner, and the other which exceeded that, half a finger more, and that was on the Southeast corner. Now the Gloss explains it thus, that Shushan the Palace was a room in the East gate where Shushan was portrayed. And the reason of that picture is given by some to be [g] Aruch. in Shushan. That Israel might see it and remember their captivity in Shushan: by others, [h] R●mbam in Mid. per. 1. Gloss. in Mishnaioth in 8. ibid. Because when they came out of captivity, the King of Persia commanded to picture Shushan upon the gates of the house, that the fear of that Kingdom might be upon them, But here Abraham Zaccuth doth move a just quere. The Kingdom of Persia [i] juckasin fol. 65. col. 2. (saith he) and Shushan lasted but a little while after the second Temple was built, namely about some 34 years, and then how came it to pass that that picture continued there all the time of the second Temple? But there are some that resolve it thus, That the children of the captivity made this portraiture, that they might remember the wonder of Purim, which was done in Sushan, Esth. 9.26. and this is a good resolution: so he. This gate is called The King's Gate, 1 Chron: 9.18. not for any special or ordinary entrance of the King through it (for his common coming in, was at the clean opposite quarter, namely on the West side) but it is so called, because King Solomon built it and the rest of the wall that way, at an extraordinary pains and charge, fetching up the foundation with huge stones, from the bottom of the deep valley that lay under: of which anon. But before we part from this gate, let us stand a little in it and take the prospect that is there before us Eastward, for the better understanding of some places of Scripture, that speak of the places thereabout. Mount Olivet faced Jerusalem, and the Temple, and Zion upon the East, winding likewise Northward, so as that it faced Zion also something upon the North. Betwixt Jerusalem and it, was the valley of Hinnom or Tophet, where was the horrid and hideous practice of their irreligious religion, of butchering their children, in causing them to pass through the fire, or burning them to Molech. For Solomon had built an high place for Chemosh the abomination of Moab in this hill that was before Jerusalem, and for Molech the abomination of the children of Ammon, 1 King. 11.7. namely on the right hand of the Hill, as you looked upon it from Jerusalem, 2 King. 23.13. In this text of the Kings it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Har hammashchith, instead of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Har hammishchah, The Mount of corruption, instead of The Mount of Unction, or of Olives, the Holy Ghost branding the fact, and the place for the fact, with so visible and notable a mark of distaste and displeasure at it. To so great a contrariety to what he once was, when he was himself, had Solomon's idolatrous wives bewitched him, that as he had built a sumptuous Temple on Mount Moriah to the true God, so they persuade him to build an Idolatrous Temple to their abominations on Mount Olivet, in the face of the Temple, and affronting it. The valley beneath this accursed Idoleum, was called The valley of Tophet, and the valley of the son or the sons of Hinnom, Jer: 7.31, 32. & 19.6. etc. The valley of Topbet, that is, [k] Vid. Buxt. Heb. Lex. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The valley of Drums or Tabers: from the noise that was made with such kind of instruments to drown the cries and shrieking of the burning children: And the valley of the sons of Hinnom, that is, the valley of children of shrieking and roaring; from the woeful cries of those poor children frying in the fire. This was probably that which is called the valley of the carcases or the dead bodies, Jer. 31.40. of which name the Chaldee Paraphrast in that place hath given this reason, Because the dead bodies of the Camp of th● Assyrians fell there: and to which Josephus also giveth testimony when he relateth that a place was called [l] Jos. de Bell. lib. 6. c. 26. & 31. The Assyrian Camp. And here may we give a check a little to the peremptoriness of Rabbi Solomon upon the Text of Jeremy, lest he grow too proud, who glosseth the fortieth verse thus, [m] R. Sol. in jer. 31.40. The valley of dead bodies is the valley where the carcases of the Camp of Senacherib fell: and the valley of the Ashes, is the place whither they carried the ashes forth, which was without Jerusalem: These places they shall bring within the City even within the walls: And this Prophecy is to be accomplished in the last redemption in despite of the Heretics, for it was not accomplished under the second Temple. By Heretics he virulently meaneth Christians, who deny any other Messiah yet to come, and that there shall be any more an earthly Jerusalem. For he would construe those words of the Prophet strictly according to the letter, as if there should be a time when these valleys should be walled within Jerusalem, really and indeed; whereas the Prophet in mentioning of those most defiled and polluted places to be taken into the City, meaneth only the bringing in of the Heathens, who had been polluted with all manner defilement of Idolatry and other abominations, into the spiritual jerusalem which is above, or the Church. And yet if we would follow him even in his literal construction, we might show, out of his own Authors the Talmudists, how Bethphage, the Town that stood even in these places mentioned by the Prophet, though it stood out of the walls of Jerusalem, yet by their own confession is it reckoned as a member or part of Jerusalem: and so was that prophecy literally fulfilled by their own chorography at the coming of our Messiah; But here is not a place for such disputes. This was the prospect that you had before you on the right hand as you stood in the East gate of the Mountain of the Temple; namely a part of Mount Olivet divided from the City Jerusalem by the valley of Tophet, & by the valley of Ashes; on the side of the valley, near jerusalem stood the Town Bethphage, and on the hill on the further side of the valley over against it, stood Bethany, renowned for the raising of Lazarus from the dead there, and for our Saviour's frequent resort thither, and ascension thence. Directly before you, was the place upon Mount Olivet where they used to burn the red Cow into purifying ashes, when they had occasion to do such a work: and [u] Maym. in Parah per. 3. & in Shekalim 〈◊〉 4. thither went a double arched Causey, of the same manner of arching that we have mentioned under the Temple Courts: and for the same caution, namely for security against graves, by which the Priest that went about that employment might have been defiled, and so the work ●ard. Upon your left hand as you stood, ran Mount Olivet still, and the valley betwixt you and it and all along on the East point and on the North side of Zion, was called the valley of Kidrens, of famous memory and mention in Scripture, 2 Sam: 15.23. 2 Kings 23.6. john 18.1. etc. At the foot of the hill, beyond this valley you might see Gethsemany or the place of the oil Presses, whither they brought the Olives they had gathered upon Mount Olivet to be pressed, and the oil got out. And there it was whither our Saviour went after his last Supper, and where he was apprehended having supped that night as it is most likely in Zion or the City of David. CHAP. IU. Of the two South Gates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Gates of Huldah. AS the East quarter of the enclosing wall, did face Mount Olivet, so did the South quarter face jerusalem the City itself; For take we the whole City, either built upon seven Hills [a] jelammed. f●l. 52. as Tan●huma asserts it, or upon three, Acra, Moriah, and Zion, as it is commonly described, or add Bezetha and Ophila if you will, the situation of it will be found thus, that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Tosaph. ad Kelim. That the Mountain of the Temple will be found lying Northward of jerusalem, and Zion Northward of the Mountain of the Temple. And thus do the Jews in their antiquities generally seat it, and that not without sufficient warrant of the Scripture. For how can those words of the Psalmist, Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth is Mount Zion on the sides of the North, Psal: 48.2. be more properly and plainly interpreted then as Aben Ezra doth interpret them; [c] Aben. Ezr. in Psal. 46. Zion on the North side of jerusalem? And those words of Ezekiel, He set me upon a Mountain, by which was the frame of a City towards the South, Ezek: 40.2. who can give them a sense more genuine and proper than Kimchi hath done, when he saith [d] Kimch. in Ezek 4.2. The Mountain is the Mountain of the Temple, and this City is jerusalem on the South? On this side therefore that faced jerusalem, or that looked South, there were two Gates that were called [e] Talm. in Mid. per. 1. The Gates of Huldah, and they were so placed, as that they were in an equal distance from the two Angles of the Wall, East and West, and of the same distance one from another. And so is josephus to be understood when he saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [f] joseph. Antiq. lib. 15. c. 14. The fourth part of the Wall was towards the South, and it had gates in the middle; that is, the gates were so set, as that there was an equal space betwixt gate and gate, and betwixt either gate and the corners of the wall. From whence these gates did take their name to be called The gates of Huldah, is hard to determine, whether from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Huldah, which signifieth a Weasel, of which creature [g] Vid. Aruch. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Hebrews writ many Stories; or [h] Const. Lemper. in Mid. pag. 12. from the Syrian word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which translateth the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, To creep into, 2 Tim. 3.6. or from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 This, or hither is common ground, or [i] Vid. R. Sol. in 2 Kings 22. from the Prophetess Huldah, who was of so great esteem in her time among the Jews, as that they say [k] Avoth R. Na. han per. 34. there was never any buried within Jerusalem, either man or woman (unless of the house of David) but only she: or from whence else they were denominated, it will not countervail the labour to search, nor is it very hopeful to find. We shall not need to spend time in describing the form, fabric and dimensions of these gates, since these and the rest of the Gates were all suitable to that in the East quarter which we have described before, saving that their Gate house was higher, and that they were not charactered with the picture of Shushan as that Gate was. Let us therefore only take the prospect as we stand in either of these Gates before us, towards the South upon which they opened, as we did in the other toward the East. What Streets, Houses, Turrets, Gardens, and beauteous buildings were to be seen in Jerusalem as it lay before you, may better be supposed in so goodly a City then described: only if you will observe the situation of it, or how it lay, you may view it situate thus. It lay upon the Hill Acra, which rising in the middle, descended with an easy declining towards the East and West, and with a descent also toward the North or toward the Temple. Upon the very highest pitch of the Hill, and from whence it had a fall either way there sprang the sweet and gentle fountain Siloam, without the City, and ran to either end of the City, both East and West in a contrary channel; as it made toward the East it left the Fuller's field upon the right hand and saluted the Sheep gate on the left, and so turned Eastward and fell into the Pool called Solomon's Pool, which may well be supposed to be Bethesda. As it ran Westward, it coasted along the broad wall, the Tower of the Furnaces, the valley gate, and dung gate, and after a while fell into the Pool of Siloam. CHAP. V Of the West gates Shallecheth or Coponius, Parbar, Asuppim. IN the Talmuds Survey of the Temple, there is but one Gate mentioned or spoken of upon the West quarter, but Josephus doth mention four, and that agreeably to the Scripture. Not but that the Talmudists did very well know there were so many Gates upon this quarter, but they reckon only those by name, [a] Mid. per. 1. & Tamid. per. 1. that had Guards kept at them, whereas Josephus reckons all that were in being: His words are these; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. [b] joseph. Antiq. lib. 15. c. 14. On the West quarter of this outmost bound, there were four gates: The first leading to the King's Palace, the valley between being filled up for the passage: Two others went into the Suburbs, and the other into the other City, having many steps down into the valley, and many up again to the pitch or coming up. We will survey these Gates particularly, and take them in the order that he had laid down, beginning first with that Gate that led to the King's Palace. SECT. 1. The Gate of Shallecheth, or Coponius. THe Gate that led towards the King's Palace, was that that stood most North in this West quarter, of all the four, being set directly and diametrically opposite to the Gate Shushan in the East. In the time of the first Temple, this Gate was called Shallecheth, 1 Chron. 26.16. but in the time of Herod's Temple, it was called [a] Midd. per. 1. Maym. in Beth habbechir. per. 5. The Gate of Coponius: The Jews writ it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kiponus; about the derivation of which, word there are various conjectures. Some deduce it from [b] Aruch. in voce. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A hole or entrance; Some from [c] L. Lemper. in Mid. pag. 12. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A back door, some from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A thorough-passage; but I should rather derive it from Coponius, the Roman Commander. Josephus recordeth that when Cyrenius was sent by Augustus to be Governor of Syria, Coponius also General of the Horse, was sent with him for ruler in Judea, [d] joseph. An. lib. 18. cap. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Now this was so near about the time of Herod's finishing the building of the Temple, that it giveth fair occasion to think that he named this gate in honour of that great Commander Coponius, as he did a building hard by it, Antonia, in memory and honour of his great friend Antony. The word Shallecheth, by which name this Gate was first called, in the time of Solomon, doth signify a casting up, and so saith [e] Michol in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kimchi, it is rendered by the Chaldee Paraphrast in the sense of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Now this gate is said in 1 Chron. 26.16. to have been by the Causey going up; which going up is that renowned ascent that Solomon made for his own passage up to the Temple 1 King. 10.5. 2 Chron. 9.4. And the Causey is that that josephus meaneth, when he saith, A gate led to the King's House from the Temple, the valley between being filled up for the passage, which was a very great work, for the valley was large and deep: Therefore it may very well be concluded that it was called Shallecheth, or the casting up, from the Causey that was cast up to lead to it from the King's Palace, this being his ordinary way to the Temple. This Causey is held by some [f] Vid. R. So● in Esay 6. to have been set on either side with Okes and Teyle trees, which grew up there, and served for a double benefit, the one to keep up the Causey on either side, that it should not fall down; and the other was to make the King a pleasant walk, and shade, with trees on either side, as he came, and went. And so they render that verse in Esay 6.13. where the word is only used besides in all the Bible: In it shall be a tenth, and it shall return and be ●aten, as a Teile tree, or as an Oak by Shallecheth: that is, as the rows of trees on the sides of this Causey. SECT. 2. Parbar Gate, 1 Chron: 26.18. FRom the Gate Shallecheth or Coponius, that lay most North on this Western quarter, let us walk toward the South, and the next Gate we come to, was called Parbar; of this there is mention in the book of Chronicles in the place alleged; where the Holy Ghost relating the disposal of the Porters at the several gates of the Mountain of the House, faith, At Parbar Westward, two at the Causey, and two at Parbar. By which it is apparent sufficiently, that this Gate was in the West quarter, and reasonably well apparent that it was the next gate to the Causey or Shallecheth because it is so named with it, but by that time we have fully surveyed the situation of it, it will appear to have been so plain enough. The word Parbar, admitted of a double construction, for it either signifies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 An outer place, [a] Gloss. in Tamid. per. 1. Kimch. in Chron. 26. Aruch. in voce, etc. as many of the Jews do construe it, or it concurres with the signification of the word Parbar, (which differs but one letter from it, and that very near, and of an easy change) which betokeneth Suburbs, both in the Hebrew Text, 2 Kings 23.11. and in the Chaldee tongue, as [b] Kimch. i● 2 Kings 23. David Kimchi averreth there. And here Josephus his words which we produced a little before, may be taken up again, and out of all together we may observe the situation of the Gate in mention. He saith, that of the four Gates upon this Western quarter, one led towards the King's Palace, (that is Shallecheth that we have viewed already) and the two next, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, into the Suburbs. These Suburbs that he meaneth, were indeed that part of the City which in Scripture is called Millo, which was the valley at the West end of Mount Moriah, in which Jerusalem and Zion met and saluted each other, replenished with buildings by David and Solomon in their times, 2 Sam. 5.9. & 1 Kings 11.27. and taken in as part and Suburbs of Zion, and so owned always in after times. And to this purpose is the expression of Josephus in his words that we have in hand, observable, when he saith, that two of these Western gates were into the Suburbs, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the other into the other City, that is, into jerusalem, which he maketh as another City from the Suburbs of which he spoke. Take the word Parbar therefore in either of the significations that have been mentioned, either for an outer place, or for the Suburbs; this Gate that we have in survey might very properly be called by that name, because it was a passage from the Temple into Millo, which was an outer place, and the Suburbs of Zion distinguished and parted from Zion by a wall, yet a member of it, and belonging to it. Now whereas the other gate that stood next to this that we are about, toward the South, did lead also into the Suburbs as well as this, as is apparent from josephus, yet is it not called by the same name Parbar: the reason of this may be given, because it bore a name peculiar and proper, suitable to that singular use to which it was designed, or to that place where it was set, rather than suitable to that place whither it gave passage. And here because we are in mention of the Suburbs, it may not be amiss to look a little upon that text, that speaketh of the Suburbs, and out of which we have taken that signification of the word Parbar, namely 2 Kings 23.11. It is said there, that Josiah took away the Horses that the Kings of Judah had given to the Sun, at the entering in of the House of the Lord, by the Chamber of Nathan mel●●h the Chamberlain which was in the Suburbs. Whether these Horses were given to the Sun, to be sacrificed to it, or to ride on to meet and salute the Sunrising, as the Jews suppose, we shall not trouble ourselves to inquire into, it is the place that we have to look after at this time, rather than the thing. These Stables of such Horses, (and it is like the King's common Stables were in the same place) are said to be in the Suburbs, and at the entering in of the House of the Lord, and we cannot better allot the place, then that whereupon we are, namely that they stood here in Millo, before this gate Parbar, or thereabout, and from thence there was a way to bring the Horses up to the King's house, when the Kings would use either those horses that they had dedicated to the Sun for their irreligious use, or their other Horses for their common use. As they went out of Millo to rise up into Zion, they passed through a gate which was in the wall that parted between Millo and Zion, which wall and gate was but a little below the Causey that went up to the gate Shallecheth: and this helpeth to understand that passage about Athaliahs' death, 2 Kings 11.11. They laid bands on her, and she went by the way by which the Horses came into the King's house, and there she was slain. That is, they got her out of the Mountain of the Temple, brought her down by the gate Shallecheth and the Causey, and when she came near the horse gate, through which the horses went up out of the Stables in Millo, to the King's house, there they slew her. There was a Horse gate indeed in the main wall of the City, on the Fast part of it, Neb. 3.28. Jer. 31.39. but that was distinct from this, which was peculiar for the King's horses, and therefore a distinctive character is set upon this, namely, that it was the Horse gate towards the Kings, house, 2 Chron. 13.15. It should be rendered towards the King's house rather than by the King's house, for neither of these gates, either that on the East which was a gate of the City, nor this on the West which was a gate into Millo, were near the King's house, but a good distance off; See the LXX there. SECT. 3. The two Gates and House of Asuppim. IN the story of the designing of the Porters to their several places and charges, in 1 Chron. 26.15, 17. it is said thus, To Obed Edem Southward, and to his sons the House of Asuppim. Eastward were six Levites, Northward four a day, Southward four a day, and toward Asuppim two and two. Now there are two things, that have justly moved divers learned men to conceive, that Asuppim doth betoken the treasuries of the Temple, or the places where the offered and dedicated things were referved and laid up. The one is the signification of the word itself, for it betokeneth gatherings or collections; and the other is, because Obed Edom, whose sons are said here to be at Asuppim as at their charge, is said in 2 Chron: 25.24. to have had the keeping of the treasury. For there it is recorded that Joash the King of Israel took all the gold and silver and Vessels that were found in the house of God with Obed Edom. Now if this be granted, that Asuppim did betoken and mean the treasuries, yet are we still to seek where Asuppim was, and indeed there is not a more difficult matter, in all the survey of the Temple, and of the buildings and affairs, belonging to it, then to determine aright and clearly concerning the Porters, treasuries and treasures and all their charges; there is so much variety of expressions about these in Scripture, and so little explanation and resolution of this matter in other writers, we shall do the best we can for their discovery as we come to the view of the several places that refer to any such thing. The word Asuppim is used again, in speech concerning the Porters, Neh: 12.25. where fix men there named are said to be Porters keeping the ward 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the Asuppim of the Gates. Aben Ezra and Kimchi say it is but the same with Sippim the thresholds, and so it is rendered in our English Text. But if it be taken in that sense in this place of the Chronicles that we have in hand, there can be no difference between the sons of Obed Edom and the rest of the Porters in this respect, for all of them may be said to be Porters at Asuppim as well as they, since they were all alike Porters at the thresholds. In the naming of the Porters, and placing them in their stations, there are the East, West, North and South quarter's mentioned, and Asuppim comes in as if it were out at all: At the East gate were six of Shelemiahs' younger sons; And his eldest son Zechariah and his sons at the North. At the West were six sons of Hosa and Shuppim, four at Shallecheth, and two at Parbar. And four of Obed Edom's eight sons at the South, and the other four at the house of Asuppim, which seems out of square and who can tell where? For the searching out of this place, which lies so very covert, and obscure in the Text, it may not be impertinent to consider these four particulars: 1 That there were four gates on the West side as hath been observed, namely the gate Coponius, two gates into the Suburbs, and one into the City. 2. That the holy Ghost reckoning the Porters as they were disposed after the return out of captivity, placeth them only upon the four quarters of this outmost wall, 1 Chron: 9.23, 24. (for the wall that encompassed the Courts had no gate on the West at all, and therefore those verses cannot be understood of that, but of this outmost boundary wall) And why should we hold that he goeth in a different style here? 3 Those Porters lodged round about the house of God, and opened the doors every morning, 1 Chron. 9.27. Now neither Priests nor Levites had any lodgings in the Gates of the Court, nor did the Levites open those doors, but the Priests. And 4 That though there were four and twenty guards, three of Priests, and one and twenty of Levites every night about the Temple, yet was there not any such by day at the Court gates, or at those places by the Court wall where they were by night: But here the Text doth expressly tell that these Porter's attendance was by day. These things therefore considered, 1. We cannot place the House of Asuppim in any other part, then in some place in this outmost wall that encompassed the Mountain of the House, even as the rest of the gates and the Porters stood. 2. The expression used in the Text doth argue that these sons of Obed Edom that stood Porters at Asuppim artended in two places or at two gates, for he saith that at Asuppim there were two and two. 3 Since the Porters at two of the gates only of the four that were on the West quarter are named, namely, Shallecheth and Parbar, it cannot be otherwise conceived in reason, but that the other two gates on that quarter go here under the name of Asuppim, and had their Porters two and two. For 1. Since there were four gates there, why should two of them go without Porters, when all the rest were so exactly manned? And 2 why should we go place these four sons of Obed Edom as Porters we know not where, and where we never read of any Porters at all, and let these two gates stand wide and none to attend them? I make no scruple therefore to conclude, that Asuppim were the two gates in this Western wall, which stood most South or nearest to Jerusalem, and The house of Asuppim, was a large piece of building, that ran between them, which was a treasury, or divers rooms for treasuring and laying up something for the use of the Temple. The treasuries of the Temple were divers and in divers places, and committed to divers persons; but the general distinction of them is into the Treasures of the House of God, and the Treasures of the dedicate things, 1 Chron. 26.20. By the Treasures of the house of God, is meant those things that were in ordinary use and employment, as the vessels, vestments, tithes, wine, oil, and other things which were commonly used, and with these we may join whatsoever was offered to the Treasury either as due, as was the half shekel, or voluntary as money or vessels for the repair of the house, and advancement of the Service. But by the Treasures of dedicated things, is understood whatsoever the Kings, Captains or great men had consecrated and dedicated, which lay as the stock of the Temple, and as the monuments of their devotion. The former Treasures were some of them under the care and charge of the Porters, 1 Chron. 9.26, 27, etc. and the rest and the latter, under the hand of other Levites, 1 Chron: 26.20, 22, 26, etc. The Porters had their treasuries at every one of their gates: and so should I render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Treasuries of the Gates in Neh: 12.25. whereas some of them kept vestments, some instruments, some one thing, and some another, and these sons of Obed Edom kept the silver and gold vessels, which were the richest utensils of the Temple, and therefore their gates and the buildings between are called Asuppim or Treasuries, by an Emphatical dignity above the rest. Before we part with this West quarter, let us take our prospect outward as we have done from the two sides we have been upon before. As you stood on the middle of this wall, Millo lay before you, and there might you see, besides the King's stables and other buildings, the pool of Siloam, and the King's Gardens: On the left hand was the descent of Acra and the buildings of Jerusulem upon it: on the right hand, the rising of Zion, and the stairs that went up into the City, and by which the King came down to Shallecheth, and so into the Temple. And as you risen higher was the place of the Sepulchers of David's family, and another pool, Neb: 3.15, 16. CHAP. VI The North gate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tedi, or Tadde. ON the Northside, to which we are now come, there was but one gate (as there was but one on the East quarter) which was situate just in the middle of the wall between the East and West end of it, but how to give it its right name there is some dispute. [a] Misnajoth in Octave in Mid: C. Lemper. ibid. pag: 13. Some writ it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Teri with r, which signifieth moistness or purulency because that they of the Priests, whose seed went from them by night, went through this gate to bathe themselves from that uncleanness. But the reading of old, hath been so resolvedly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with d [b] Talm. Bab. & Aruch. Tedi, or as some vowel it [c] Buxt: Talm: Lex. Tadde, that Pisk Tosaphoth ad Middoth goeth about to give its Etymology. He mentioneth a double notation: namely that either it betokens 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 obscurity and shamefacedness, because of its rare use and passage, and because the Priests that had suffered Gonorrhoea by night, went out through it to the Bath with some shame and dejectedness: Or that the word refers to actors or poets, and he produceth a sentence in which by its conjunction with another word, it seems so to signify, for other sense I know not to put upon it. The sentence is this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tragedians and Poets used it before the chief of the captivity. But what sense he would make of this Etymology, I do not understand. But be the notation of the word what it will, the Talmud setteth two distinguishing marks upon the gate itself, for which it was singular from all the rest of the gates that we have mentioned, [d] Talm. in Mid. per. 2. The first is that it had not so fair a rising Gate house and chambers above it as the rest had, but only stones laid flat over it, and the battlement of the wall running upon it and no more. And the other is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Ibid. per. 1. That it was not a common and ordinary passage in and out, as the other gates were, but only a passage upon occasion; the uselessness whereof we shall have occasion to look at again ere it be long. The Mount Moriah did afford some space of ground upon this side, without the wall and compass of the holy ground, which it did upon none of the sides beside; for here was built the large and goodly Tower of Antonia, which we shall survey by and by, whereas on every one of the other sides the encompassing wall that closed in the holy ground did stand near upon the very pitch and precipice of the hill. So that looking about you as you stood out at this gate, this Tower Antonia stood on your left hand and spoiled your prospect on that side, and you could see nothing that way but it. Before you was Mount Zion, and the goodly buildings of the King's Palace and other houses; upon the bending toward the East angle, was the place called Ophel or Ophla, the habitation of the Nethenims, Neh: 3.26. and when Ophla was turned East, than was there the horse-gate and water-gate before the Temple. Thus lay The Mountain of the Lords house, encompassed with the City round about, and enclosed with a fair and high wall which separated it from the common ground: On the one side of it lay Zion the seat of the King, on the other side Jerusalem, the habitation of the people and the Temple, and its service in the middle between, even as the ministry is in mediation betwixt God and his people. The wall that encompassed it, had eight gates of goodly structure and beauteous fabric, all of one fashion, save only that the North and East gates were not topped the one in height, and the other in fashion as the other were. At all of these gates were Porters by day, and at five of them were guards by night, as we shall observe hereafter: the access to them on the East and West was by a great ascent, but facilitated by steps or causeys for the people's ease, and for the coming up of the beasts that were to be sacrificed, of which there were some that came up daily. On the South side the ascent was not so very great, yet it had its rising in the like manner of access as had the other. On the North what coming up there was, it was more for the accommodation of the residents in the Tower Antonia, then for the entrance into the Temple, the North gate Tedi being of so little use as hath been spoken. At any of the gates as you passed through, the entrance itself, through which you went, was ten cubits wide, twenty cubits high, and twelve cubits over, six of which cubits were without the holy ground, and six within: and as you entered in at the East gate, had you seen the ground before any buildings were set in it, or any thing done to it, but only the building of this wall, you might have seen the hill rising from the East to the West, in such an ascent, that the Western part of it was very many cubit's higher than where you stood, as we shall have occasion to observe as we pass along. This bank was once well stored with bushes and brambles, Gen: 22.13. and afterward with worse briers and thorns, the Jebusites, who had it in possession till David purchased it for that divine use and structure, that we are looking after: Here was then a poor threshing floor of Ornan the Jebusite, but afterward the habitation of the God of Jacob: A place and fabric as sumptuous and eminent, as it was possible for man, and art, and cost to make it; the glory of the Nation where it was, and the wonder of all the Nations round about it; but in fine, as great a wonder and monument of desolation and ruin, as ever it had been of beauty and gloriousness. Before we step further toward the survey of it as it stood in glory, we must keep yet a while along this wall about which we have been so long, and observe some buildings and beauties that joined and belonged to it, besides the gates that we have surveyed in it already. CHAP. VII. The Tower ANTONIA. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Upon the North side [a] joseph. Antiq. lib. 15. c. 14. & de Bell. lib. 5. cap. 25. and joining up to the Western angle (but on the outside of the wall that we have surveyed) stood the Tower of Antonia, once the place where the High-priests used to lay up their holy garments, but in aftertimes a Garrison of Roman Soldiers for the awing of the Temple. When it served for the former use, it was called Baris, (it may be from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ad extra because it was an outer building) but when for the latter, it bore the name of Antonia: Herod the great having sumptuously repaired it, as he did the Temple, and called it after the name of the Roman Prince Antony. It stood upon the Northwest point of Moriah, and was a very strong and a very large pile: so spacious a building with all its appurtenances, that it took up two furlongs compass. The rock it stood upon, was fifty cubits high and steep, and the building itself was forty cubits above it, it was 4 square, encompassed with a wall of 3 cubit's high, which enclosed its courts, and had a Turret at every corner, like the white Tower at London, but that it was more spacious, and that the Turrets were not all of a height, for those at the North-east and Northwest corners were 50 cubits high, but those on the Southeast and South-west were 70 cubits high, that they might fully overlook the Temple. It had cloisters or walks about it, and baths and lodgings and large rooms in it, so that it was at once like a Castle and like a Palace. There was a passage out of it into the North and West cloisters of the Mountain of the House (of which we shall speak next) and by that the Roman Garrison Soldiers went down at every festival of the Jews, to take care against tumults and seditions in those great concourses of the people: And the Governor of this Tower is called the Captain of the Temple, Acts 4.1. Luke 22.52. [b] Id. Ant. lib. 18. c. 6. Hyrcanus' the Highpriest the first of that name, took up this place for his Mansion, and for the laying up of his holy garments, and so did his successors after him: And Herod when he repaired it and called it Antonia, he suffered the High-priests to lay up and to have the keeping of the robes here still, and so did Archelaus his son after him. But when the Romans put Archelaus from his Kingdom, they took the custody of these garments into their own power, but yet they let them lie in the same place, till Vitellius the Proconsul of Syria (in the time of Tiberius) coming to Jerusalem, and well pleased with his entertainment there, upon the Jews Petition restored the keeping of those robes to them again. Howbeit they enjoyed not that privilege very long, but in the time of succeeding Emperors and Governors the custody of them was taken from them again. And now that we have seen Antonia on the outside of the North wall, let us come in again at the North gate Tedi, and look a little more upon that, as we come through it. We observed before, the name of this gate to signify Hiding or obscurity, and as for the nature of it, we saw that it was in a manner altogether unfrequented: Now two things may be conjectured toward the reason and cause of both these; as 1. The insolency of the Roman Garrison might make the people have but little mind to come that way, and it might be to them, Porta Taedii, a gate of grievance; for let us cast out a Latin Etymology, so near a Latin Garrison. And 2. a reason why it carrieth hiddenness in its name, Josephus seemeth to give in this passage 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. [c] Id. de Bell. lib. 5. cap. 15. because the hill Bezetha did shadow the Temple on that North side, and spoil its prospect, whereas no other side of the square had any such cloudings. CHAP. VIII. Cloisters along this outmost wall within. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THUS hath the outmost virge and bounds of the Mountain of the House been laid before us; Now there is a thing that deserves our pains and observation again in another survey, and that is, the walks or cloisters that were along the wall within between gate and gate round about. [a] Shabbath fol 16. The Talmud in one place expresseth it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Porticus duplicata, and so [b] Jos. de Bell: lib. 5. c. 14. Josephus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; which both the Talmud [c] Shab: fol: 13. Maym. in Beth habbechir. per. 5. in another place and also Maymony do utter more largely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 It was all floored or roofed over, and one porch was before another. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is so plainly the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, that I make no scruple to render it by that word in Greek and by Porticus in Latin, but how to translate any of them into our English tongue, is of some doubtfulness, because our word Porch by which they are constantly rendered, doth not reach to their sense in our English use, but is commonly taken in another. For what [d] Kimch. in 1 Kings 6.4. Kimchi saith concerning the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that it meaneth the same thing that by the language of the Talmud is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The house of the gate, is also most true concerning the proper signification of the English word Porch, for that most ordinarily and commonly is taken among us for the building over or before the house door. But these words that we are about, do signify Cloisterwalks or rows, where men used to walk or sit free from rains and weather, the one side open, supported with pillars, and all floored, or covered over head. So was this large compass along the wall, it was double Cloistered round about (for give me leave to use that word, till I find a better) having a roof or floor over head, which lay almost as high as the top of the Wall, save what was left for the walls battlements: and it was supported with a triple row of Marble pillars (the inmost row joining to the wall) and it was distinguished by the middle row of Pillars into a double walk. We need not go fare for a copy, the stately new building (Piazza, walk, cloister, call it what you will) at the West end of Paul's, may very well be our pattern. For it was much about that height, twelve yards and an half; it joined on one side to the wall, as that to the Church, and was borne up with gallant white Marble Pillars: It was 30 cubits, or 15 yards broad; either walk, half that breadth pillars and all, and had battlements above the leads, both at the wall, and on the other side, as that at Paul's is crested on the outside. Where buildings stood out into the Mountain of the House (as we have observed they did) there these Cloisters were carried accordingly: being either cut off at the building, if it stood 30 cubits out, or the one half or more of the Cloister cut off if the building were narrower, and the rest of the Cloister carried on before it. Only upon the South side of the Square there was some difference of the Walks or Cloister from what was in the other parts. For here was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Cloister royal as [e] Ant. lib. 15. c. 4. Josephus calls it, and of which he makes a very large and eminent description to this purpose: 1. That it was triple walked or rowed all along from East to West, whereas the Cloisters of any of the other sides were but double. 2. That this whole frame was borne up by four rows of Pillars that stood even one against another, the inmost row joining to the wall as it was on the other sides. 3. The inmost and the outmost walk of these three (that is, that that was next to the wall, and that that was outmost towards the open space of the Mountain of the House) were equal in height and breadth with the walks or Cloisters on any of the other sides, namely 15 cubits high and 15 cubits broad apiece: but the middlemost walk was 42 cubits and an half broad and 50 cubits high, and so the two rows of Pillars that stood on either side of this middle walk were 50 cubits high, so that the roof of this walk was as high again as the roof of the Walks on either side, and these altogether were as the upper and lower leads of a Church, and every one of them had a crest or battlement round about: Finally the whole fabric was so gallant and sumptuous, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, that it is incredible, saith my Author, to those that never saw it, and an amazement to those that did. 4. Had one stood at the top of the highest Leads at either end and looked down, there was so steep a trench or valley under 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; that to look down it would make one giddy, and he could hardly see to the bottom; and Josephus proclaimeth this fabric to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, one of the godliest works under the Sun. Now though this gallant Southside Cloister, did, and that very deservedly, bear the name of The Cloister Royal 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, yet is not this the same with that, which in the Scripture is called Solomon's Porch, of which there is mention, John 10.23. Acts 3.11. for that (as the same Josephus giveth us intimation) was upon the East side of this square (that we have in hand) and not upon the South, his words are these [f] Id. ib. lib. 20. cap. 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: The People persuaded the King Agrippa (the second) to repair the East Porch or Cloister: Now this Cloister was in the outmost space of the Temple: standing over an exceeding deep valley: raised upon a Wall of 400 cubits which was made of square white stones of 20 cubits long, and 6 cubits high apiece, the work of King Solomon who first built the Temple. His meaning about the foundation of this East wall and cloister he tells elsewhere to this purpose, [g] De Bell. lib. 5. c. 14. that Solomon to find room enough this way, was put to fill and bring up a part of the deep trench with such great stones, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and upon this strong foundation, so brought up from the bottom of the valley, he built this porch, or Cloister that we have in mention. Now when the Temple was destroyed by the Babylonian, and all the buildings ruined, yet this great and wonderful foundation that Solomon had brought up so high as to equal the floor of the Mount, was not ruined or pulled down but continued still, and in aftertimes, the Porch or Cloister of that Eastern quarter, was built upon the same foundation of solomon's: and from that it took and bore the name still of Solomon's Porch, and the East gate here, upon the same occasion was called the King's gate, as was said before. And now to take a Prospect of this space, and wall, and buildings, and Cloisters that we have spoken of at one view: By many steps, or at the least by a great rising, you were to come up to any of the gates that have been mentioned, let the East gate (or the gate of Shushan) be conceived for our entrance. [h] Ezek. 40.6. The Gatehouse or threshold was 12 cubits over, 6 without the doors and 6 within; being got within you saw the great square within, most stately double cloistered round about on every side but only on the South, where the cloister was treble: on the West side were 4 gates, on the South two, on the North one, and one on the East where you came in: and at all these gates more or less buildings. [i] Mid. per. 1.1. In five of these gates (namely in the East gate Shushan, the two South gates Huldah, the North gate Tedi, and the West Shallecheth) was a guard kept of the Levites by night for the safety and honour of the Temple, and so there was in every corner of this great square within. These gallant and sumptuous walks thus round about the whole compass, were for the people to stand, walk or sit under, in heat or rain, or according as they had a mind or occasion: And so it is said that our Saviour walked here, John 10.23. the Apostles James and John stood here and the people about them, Acts 3.11. And there were benches set by the walls round about for people to sit down when they thought good: And therefore D. Kimchi [k] Kimch. in 2 Kings 11.14. interprets 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a bench on which men sit: And R. Nathan [l] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 makes it to be the same with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which he saith, is benches on which men set down their wares, and on which they sit themselves. CHAP. IX. Tabernae Shops: The great Sanhedrin sitting thereabout. THere is very frequent mention in the Talmuds and talmudical writers, of a place in the Mountain of the House which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hhanoth or Hhanijoth: which the learned in these Antiquities, do commonly render by the Latin word Tabernae: which though in that language it be a proper expression of the Hebrew word, yet cannot we so properly in English render it Taverns: because, that, in our usual acceptation, that word is taken for houses where wine only is sold; whereas these were shops where wine, oil, salt, meal, and such like things were sold, which were in constant use for Sacrifices and offerings in the Temple. And Rabbi Nathan relateth that [a] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 there were Clerks of that Market appointed to look to the weights and measures of these Shops, and to see the Shopkeepers did not sell too dear. But the most famous thing concerning these Tabernae that the Jews speak of, is, that the great Sanhedrin sat here, having removed hither from the room Gazith the place of their common sitting. The story hereof is dispersedly mentioned in the Talmud in several places, particularly it is thus at large in the Gemara of the Treatise Rosh hashanah per. 4. [b] Tal. in Rosh hashan. fol: 31. Rabbi johanan saith, The divine glory had ten flittings: 1 From the Mercy seat to one of the Cherubs. 2 From that Cherub to the other. 3 From the Cherub to the threshold. 4 From the threshold to the Court. 5 From the Court to the Altar side. 6 From the●● to the Alt●r top. 7 From thence to the outmost wall. 8 From that wall to the City. 9 From the City to Mount Olivet. 10 From Mount Olivet to the wilderness, and from the Wilderness it went up. So also the great Sanhedrin had ten flittings: From the Chamber Gazith, to Hhanoth (the Tabernae or place of the Shops) From Hhanoth to Jerusalem. From Jerusalem to Jabueh. From Jabueh to Osha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. From Osha to Shepharaam 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 From Shepharaam to Beth Shaaraim. From Beth Shaaraim to Tsipperis in Galilee. From Tsipperis to Tiberias. Now whereas there are but eight removes here mentioned, yet they speak of ten, it is to be understood, as the Gloss gives us notice, that from two of these places they removed forward and backward and forward again, as from Jabueh to Oshah, from Osha back to Jabueh, and from Jabueh to Osha a second time. [c] Gloss. ibid. Rab. Simeon. Their first coming to Jabueh was in the days of Rabban Johanan ben Zaccai; from Jabueh to Osha, in the days of Rabban Gamaliel the last; and to Jabueh back again in the days of Rabban Simeon. To Shaaraim and to Tsipperis in the days of Rabbi Judah: And to Tiberias in the days of Antonius. These their flittings, by their own confession, began forty years before the destruction of the. Temple. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Shabbath fol: 51. Forty years say they, before the destruction of the Temple, the Sanhedrin flitted and betook itself to sit in Hanoth, or the Tabernae. And the reason is given [e] Ib. & Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Because there were then many Thiefs and Murderers, and they judged not of capital matters: which meaneth to this purpose: They held that while they sat in the room Gazith, they were bound to judge and determine of all matters that came before them, and that all their determinations were obliging, but now, when beside the curb of the Roman power that was upon them, by which their power was abridged, villainy and insolency was also grown too strong for them, they thought as the Gemara in Avodah Zarah, speaks their mind, [f] Avodah Zarah fol: 8. It is good for us to rise and flit from this place, of which it is written, And thou shalt do according as the men of that place shall show thee. Now in what part of the Mountain of the House Hhanoth or the Tabernae were placed, may be best conceived, by observing the place of the great Sanhedrins sitting, before they came to sit in the room Gazith; And for this purpose a Text of Jeremy doth give us light, which is in chap. 35.4. where it is said thus, I brought the Rechabites into the House of the Lord, into the Chamber of the sons of Hanan the son of Igdaliah a man of God, which was by the chamber of the Princes, which was above the chamber of Maaseiah the son of Shallum the keeper of the door. Now by the Princes we cannot understand the Princes of the blood, for what had Jehojakims sons to do here? their residence was in the palaces of Zion, and their way into the Temple, was at the gate on the West quarter, which was called Shallecheth and Coponius, whereas this gate whereof the son of Shallum was keeper or porter, was the East gate, as is apparent from 1 Chron: 9.17, 18. By the Princes therefore are to be understood, the great men of the Sanhedrin, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Acts 4.8. who sat in Counsel and Judicature in a Chamber near the East gate or the gate Shushan, namely, over the Porter's lodge. Here they sat in the time of the first Temple, but under the second Temple, namely, from the times of Simeon Ben Shetah, they removed further inward and sat even by the side of the Court of Israel, in the room called Gazith, which we shall survey in its due place. Now when they were put to remove and flit out of Gazith, and to sit there no more, whither should they betake themselves, but to some room near to the East gate again, where the place of the Sanhedrins fitting had been of old? It is observable in Jeremy, that in his time, they sat in two East gates of the Temple, some times in the one and sometimes in the other, namely, in this East gate of the Mountain of the House, as appeareth by the Text produced: and in the East gate of the Court, which was also called The New gate, Jer. 36.10. of which hereafter. Now in after times when they sat in the room Gazith, there was a Sanhedrin of three and twenty Judges sat in either of these gates, as is copiously testified by the Jewish records and antiquities. By the East gate therefore of the Mountain of the house may we best conclude, the Hhanoth or Tabernae, to have been seated, namely, that they were as Shops in the lower rooms of the buildings that stood on either side of the gate Shushan, and the rooms over head were employed for some other use, and among the rest, one for the sitting of the great Sanhedrin, when they were removed from Gazith; and when they sat in Gazith, for a Sanhedrin of twenty three. And whereas Maimony speaketh of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [g] Maym. in Sanhedr. per. 3. A Divinity School in the Mountain of the House, where the Sanhedrin sat upon holy days, we know not where better to place it then hereabout, where their sitting was in the first and last times of the Temple. All the gates that we have viewed were beautified with gallant buildings on either side them, but the East most eminent, because the greatest and commonest entrance into the Temple. And whereas there is mention in Scripture of Women lodging in the Temple, as 2 Chron: 22.11, 12. Jehoshebeath and Joash and his Nurse lodged many years there: and Luke 2.37. Hannah is said not to have departed from the Temple for many years more: their lodgings were in the buildings near some of the gates of this outmost wall (but which undeterminable) for that all within this enclosing was called The Temple in the Scripture, and the common language, is so apparent, that it needeth no demonstration. CHAP. X. The dimension; and form of Solomon's Temple, And of that built by the returned out of Captivity. HAving thus gone through and observed the compass of the Mountain of the Temple, and the wall that did enclose it in so large a square, with the Cloisters, gates and buildings that were in that wall and affixed to it: before we can come to cast out the Courts, Partitions, and buildings that were within, and speak of their places and uses particularly, it will be necessary in the first place, to take a survey of the measure and situation of the Temple itself, that from it, and from this outer wall as from standing marks, we may measure all the proportions, fabrics and distances, that we are to go through. The floor of the Mountain of the House was not even, but rising from East to West, so much in the whole, [a] Maym. in Beth habbechir. per. 6. that the floor of the porch of the Temple was two and twenty cubits higher than the floor of the Gate Shushan, or the East gate in the outmost wall: which in equality was cast into several levels one above another; and the outmost wall accordingly did sometime run level, and sometime rise from level to level, even as the evenness or rise of the floor itself did call for it. The measures of the Temple built by Solomon, are said to have been, by the first measure, 2 Chron: 3.3. that is, by the same cubit, that measured the first Tabernacle, which is the same that we fix upon; and by this measure to have been seventy cubits long, 1 Kings 6.2, 2 Chron. 3.3. in these several spaces. The most holy place twenty cubits, the holy place forty cubits and the Porch ten. And the breadth of all these was 20 cubits. About the height there is some obscurity, for the book of Kings saith it was 30 cubits, but the book of Chronicles nameth no sum at all; only it saith that the Porch was 120 cubits high. Now [b] Kunch. in les. allegat. David Kimchi doth dispute it, whether this was the height of the Porch only, or of the whole house throughout: and he shows how it maybe construed of the whole house, namely, that the height of it to the first floor was thirty cubits (according to the reckoning of the book of Kings) and then the chambers over in several stories did rise to 90 cubits more. Yet both he and [c] Ralbag in 1 Kings 6. Aben. Ez●. in Ezr. 6. R. Levi Gershom could well be persuaded to think that the Temple itself was but 30 cubits high, but are somewhat swayed by the opinion of some of their Rabbins which runneth another way. For from their words it appeareth (say they) that there were chambers over the Temple and over the Porch: and this they hold from 1 Chron: 28.11. The words of that Text are these, David gave to Solomon his son the Pattern of the Porch and the houses thereof, and the Treasuries thereof, and the upper chambers thereof, and the Parlours thereof and the place of the mercy seat: where all these particulars are so couched together (except the last) as if they were all within the Porch: But the holy Ghost speaketh of the Porch, as the first part in sight, as you came up, it being the front of all, and the rest of the parcels mentioned, are to be conceived of not as all crowded in it, but as distributed and disposed in other parts of the fabric, as the Holy Ghost relateth and layeth down elsewhere. And as for the upper chambers here spoken of, we need not to confine them so, as to set them all either over the porch (though there were some,) nor over the body of the Temple, but to place them also as the Text doth elsewhere, round about the house without, in several stories. The careful considering the measures of the Temple built by the Children of the Captivity, will reasonably help to put us out of doubt about the matter that we have in dispute. The measures they brought along with them out of Persia in Cyrus his Commission, [d] Ezr. 6.3, 4. The foundations to be strongly laid, the height sixty cubits, and the breadth sixty cubits, with three rows of great stones and a row of new timber and the expenses to be given out of the King's house. Where we may observe, [e] Aben Ezr. in loc. 1 That the length is not mentioned, because that was to be of the former measure. 2 That the breadth, doubled the breadth of Solomon's building, the side chambers and all taken in. And 3 That the height was double to the height of solomon's as it is expressed in the book of Kings, and as indeed the height of the Temple was, though the porch were higher. For it seemeth utterly against reason, that Cyrus should offer to build the house as broad again as it was before, and yet not so high as it was before by half. It is no doubt but Cyrus had consultation with some of the Jews about the building, and that either they counselling him, should advise the abatement of so much of the height, or he enlarging the breadth and the house one way, should cut it short of the height and lessen it the other way, is exceeding improbable; the length could not be doubled, because that would have lessened the measure of the Courts before it, which might not be endured, but the two other ways of dimension which could be allowed, he allowed double to what they were before. Therefore the two Texts in Kings and Chronicles, are to be taken properly as they there lie before us, namely, that the Porch was 120 cubits high, and that the rest of the Temple was but 30; and the form of the whole house was thus. It stood East and West, the most Holy place Westward, and the Porch or entry Eastward, and the length of all from East to West was 70 cubits, the breadth 20 cubits, besides the breadth of the side chambers; The height of the holy and most holy place 30 cubits, and the porch stood at the East end like one of our high steeples 120 cubits high: And indeed Solomon's Temple did very truly resemble one of our Churches, but only that it differed in this, that the Steeple of it (which was the porch) stood at the East end. Now round about the sides thereof, North and South, and the West end, Solomon built chambers of three stories high and five cubits was the height of every story, the whole being 15 cubits high in all, and they joined to the wall of the house without. The highest story was a cubit wider than the middle, and the middle a cubit wider than the lowest, and yet the outmost wall of them was even and strait, and jutted not over at one story or other, any whit at all. But the reason of this different breadth of the Stories was this, the wall of the Temple for five cubits from the ground upward, was thicker by a cubit than it was from thence above. At the height therefore of those five cubits there was a bench of the wall of a cubit breadth left outerly round about the house, on which they laid one end of the beams and timber, which was the roof of the lowest rooms, or the floor of the second Story. And then again for five cubits above that, the wall was thicker by a cubit, than it was above; and at the height of those five cubits there was such another bench left again, and on that they laid the beams for the roof of the second story, which was the floor of the third. And so likewise for five cubits above that, the wall was yet thicker by a cubit, than it was above, and there the like bench was left again, and there were laid the beams of the roof of the third story and of the whole building. And this is the meaning of that verse 1 Kings 6.6. The nether most chamber was five cubits broad, the middlemost six cubit's broad, and the third was seven cubits broad, for he made abatings to the house on the outside round about: that the beams should not have hold of the very walls of the house. And thus did these chambers take up half the height of the house, being as the lower leads of our Churches to the higher: the use of the chambers we shall observe hereafter. Now above these chambers in the wall of the Temple, and in the outer wall of these chambers themselves there were windows to let in light, which the Text saith were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 open and shut, or broad and narrow, which [f] Chald par. in 1 Kings 6.4. the Chaldee Paraphrast and [g] Vid. Nobil. in LXX in loc. Theodoret have well interpreted, wide within and narrow without: namely, narrow without to receive the light, and wide within to disperse and dilate it. Though there [h] Vid. R. Sol. & Kimch. in loc. be some Jews, that construe it the clean contrary way, viz. broad without and narrow within, different from all other windows 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for God, say they, had no need of such light. The people that returned out of captivity, were [i] Joh. 2.20. forty and six years in building their Temple before they could complete it, and bring it to perfection, and yet when all was done, it proved so far inferior in beauty and stateliness to that of solomon's, as that to those that had seen both, [k] Hag. 2.3. it was as nothing: the dimensions made not the difference, for it was two ways, as large again as his, (even as his was every way as large again as Moses Tabernacle) but this wanted that sumptuousness and bravery of building that his had. And it wanted those five things which were the glory and excellency of the former, namely, [l] R: Sol: in Hag. 1.18. The Ark, Vrim and Thummim, Fire from Heaven, The Cloud of glory upon the Mercy seat, and The spirit of Prophecy; The [m] Ezr. 3.10. weeping therefore of those persons that had seen the former house, at the laying of the foundation of this was not as if they saw any lessening of the house in comparison of the former, in compass and measure, (for the foundations promised a larger) but it was upon remembering the glory of the former, both in its magnificence, and in these five excellencies, and to think of the burning of that, and it was also in comparing their present servile and poor condition, with the liberty, state, and gallantry of the Nation when the other stood. Their measures were prescribed by Cyrus, not because he would curb the building, but enlarge it, for whereas Solomon's Temple was but 30 cubits broad, chambers and all, he gave liberty of 60 cubit's breadth; and whereas solomon's was but 30 cubits high all the body of the house, he doubled the measure to 60. And therefore those words of Josephus are cautelously to be understood when he saith that [n] joseph. Antiq. lib. 8. c. 2. they brought up the roof of Solomon's fabric, of white stone, the height 60 cubits, the length as much, and the breadth twenty. In which account of the height of it, he differs both from Scripture and from all other of his own Nation, and by what measure or counters he reckons it is hard to understand: And so is it also to construe that which follows: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: which I english thus, And by this there was another piece raised of equal measures.: so that the whole height of the Temple was an hundred and twenty cubits: By which piece I conceive he means the Porch, and his own words clear it; but how to apprehend that it was of equal measure with what he had spoken of before, I acknowledge I do not understand. And whereas he saith that the whole height of the Temple was 120 cubits, his own context shows that he cannot mean, that it was so high throughout, but it is to be construed of the porch of which he is speaking, namely, that the Temple in some part of it risen to an hundred and twenty cubits high. And so are those words of Herod to be understood in the Oration that he made to the people, when he tells them of his resolution to build the Temple. [o] Id. ib. lib. 15. cap. 14. Our fathers (saith he) built this Temple to the great God after their coming up again from Babylon, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, But it wanted as to the greatness of it, sixty cubits in height: for so much did the former Temple which Solomon had built exceed it. Which is not to be understood of the whole house, but of the Porch only: for the children of the captivity either built no porch at all, (and then their Temple was a perfect Cube, length and height and breadth exactly equal) or if they did, yet did not the height of it exceed the rest of the house, as solomon's did, but only equal it, the whole being sixty cubits high, all alike according to the dimensions that Cyrus had prescribed. Now in his patent for the building of the Temple, there are these words, which are of no small difficulty to be understood 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ezr. 6.4. Josephus renders this passage thus, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [p] joseph. Antiq. lib. 11. c. 1. & 4. Three houses of hewn stone, and one house of wood within: By the three houses, seeming to mean the three parts of the Temple, Porch, holy, and most holy Place; and by the one wooden house, the seiling of the house within. And in this sense Rabbi Solomon seemeth also to understand it, who renders the words to this sense, [q] R: Sol: in Ezr. 6. The walls were of Marble, and there was a wall of wood within, like the building of the house which Solomon built. The Septuagint have translated 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 houses, and Josephus followed them in so rendering it: But the Chaldee Paraphrast doth use the word, to signisie Ranks or Rows of stone or timber, as Hag. 2.15. Before a stone was laid upon a stone; he utters it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so he renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ezek. 46.23. etc. And in this sense doth Aben Ezra understand the word, and so hath our English translated it, Three rows of great stones, and a row of new timber. But we are yet to seek for the meaning of the clause, though we be satisfied with this sense of the word: Three rows of stone, and one of timber? Is this to be understood of three rows of stone pillars and one of wood, all standing up, or of three rows of stones laid in the walls, and one row of timber lying upon them? And is this meant in the body of the Temple itself, or in some other walls that were about it? If we look into 1 Kings 6.36. I suppose some resolution of these doubts may arise thence, for there it is said parallel to what is spoken Ezr. 6.4. That Solomon built the inner Court with tree rows of hewn stone; and one row of Cedar beams: And it is almost past peradventure, that Cyrus gave his Commission after that pattern, having learned it from some jews that were about him. Having therefore prescribed the dimensions of the Temple itself, in ver. 3. he giveth also warrant and platform for walling in the Court, even after the fashion that Solomon had used, namely, three rows of great stones to bring up the wall, and a row of Cedar beams, either to crest it, or to lie between as the wall risen. And so do Levi Gershom, and D. Kimchi expound these words, in 1 King. 6. The walls were three rows of hewn stones, and one of timber of Cedar upon them. The jews upon their return out of Captivity, did first build the Altar, before they set upon the building of the house, Ezr. 3.3. for their necessity and occasions did call upon them to sacrifice, and the very place did warrant their sacrificing, though the Temple were not yet built. In the second year after their return, in the second month of the year, which was the second year of Cyrus, they lay the foundation of the house, but in the next verse the work is bindred, and so continues forlorn till the second year of Darius, Ezra 4.24. On the 24 day of the 6. month of that year they begin to prepare for the building again, and on the 24 day of the ninth month they set to work; Compare Hog. 1.15. and 2.18. The fashion and pattern which they followed in the particular structures and fabrics about the house, was [r] Mid. per. 2. & 3. & Kimch. in Ezek. 40. as the Authors of their own nation assert, the Temple which Ezekiel hath described, chap. 40. & 41. etc. The children of the captivity (say they) made the building according to the form that they saw in the building of Ezekiel in divers things; which although they could not imitate to the full, especially in the spaciousness of his measures and sumptuousness of his fabric, (that pattern of his being as well a figure of a Temple not earthly, and not built with hands, as it was an earnest and promise of an earthly Temple, to be built by them upon their return) yet did they lay that copy before them, and did in very many things imitate that fashion and form, and platform their buildings, and Courts thereafter: And so did Herod by the counsel of the wise men that were in his favour (as Hillel, Shammai, and Menahem, etc.) when he repaired, or rather rebuilt the Temple, though he did in divers things exceed the dimensions of the children's of the Captivity, yet did he observe their platform and fashion as they had done Ezekiels. And so (as to the form and composure of the things and places themselves) there is so little difference betwixt the buildings of the returned Captives, and the buildings of Herod, that the Talmudicks do still account both but one Temple, and account that that stood to the destruction of Jerusalem, to be but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The second Temple, to Solomon's first; and so indifferently shall we take it up. CHAP. XI. The measures and platform of the Temple, as it stood in the time of our Saviour. HEROD (surnamed the great) [a] Jos. of't. lib. 14. cap. 17. when he was a young gallant, before he came to be King had slain one Ezekias, and some others with him, for which he was called before the Sanbedrin to be judged for killing a man: where some of the Council fearing him, and some favouring him, and not executing justice as he had deserved, Shammai the Vicepresident of the Council, did boldly and plainly tell them, before his face, That whereas they were so favourable and partial to him now, the time would come when he would not show them such favour, but should kill them. And so Herod did, when he was King afterward, destroying the whole Sanhedrin, unless it were two men, Hillel the Precedent, and Shammai the Vicepresident who had been so plain with him. And afterwards, as it were in way of expiation of this horrid fact, [b] juckasin fol. 19 he was persuaded by Baba ben Bota to repair the Temple, which he did so thoroughly, that [c] Ios. Ant. lib. 15. cap. 14. he made it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Larger in compass, and most glorious in height, taking doan the old foundations, and laying new. This work he began in the eighteenth year of his reign, and in 8 years he finished it (some nine years before our Saviour's birth:) in all which time, if you will believe the Jews, they will tell you, [d] juchasin ubi sup. that it never reigned in the day time left the work should be hindered. The sumptuousness of this building the same Authors in the Treatise [e] Succah per. ● in Gemara. Succah in the Gemara do magnify in these expressions. He that never saw Jerusalem in her glory, never saw lovely City. And he that never saw the Sanctuary with its buildings, never saw goodly buildings. Rab. Hasda saith, It was Herod's building, And of what did he build it? Rabath saith Of goodly stone and marble. And some say, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of marble painted or full of curious veins and divers colours. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, one border or edge went in and another out; which the gloss expresseth thus, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; It seemed like the wavings of the sea, one row of stones did so curiously go in, and another come out. The measures of this Temple, as it stood in our Saviour's time, and till the destruction of Jerusalem was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [f] Mid. per. 4 An hundred cubits long, an hundred cubits broad, and an hundred cubits high: And yet not an exact cube, but very far from it, as we shall show ere long, for it narrowed so behind, saith [g] Mid. ibid. Maym. in Beth habbech. per. 4. & 5. the Talmud and Maymony, that it did carry the proportion of a Lion. The form and fashion of this pile on the outside (for of that only we will take a survey as yet) was thus. It was built of white marble (as [h] Jos. ubi sup. Josephus saith) in which were such veins and colours as are spoken of before; the stones of a cize and bigness unto admiration, and the walls risen to that great height of an hundred cubits by these distinctive measures. 1. [i] Mid. ibid. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the foundation six cubits high: not in the ground (though there was also a foundation laid deep enough) but from the ground 6 cubits upwards. As it is commonly seen in stone buildings of a great pile, that near the ground, the fabric is made thicker than the wall above, to support the whole weight the better, even so was it here for six cubit's height. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. The height of the wall forty cubits. That is, from this foundation the wall risen 40 cubits plain, without any juttings, borderings or stand out as there was elsewhere. And then was 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A carved and curiously wrought border, of a cubit broad. I translate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a curious wrought border, upon the warrant of R. Nathan [k] Aruch. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. who partly out of the Talmud, and partly out of the [l] Chal. par. in 2 Sam. 7.2. Chaldee Paraphrast render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Picturing or Pourtraying (with which there is the concurrency of [m] R. Obad de Bartin. in. Mid. in loc. Bartenora, who saith, it was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because it was gilded with gold and graven with curious ingravery: It may be along the length of the building the stones were so laid in and out as to resemble the waving of the sea, as the ● almud speaks, but there was no crossing border (as it may be called) till the wall came to this height: Above this embroidered border was 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A ledge or gutter to take off the rain, and to carry it clear from dropping upon the wall below 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [n] Maym. ubi sup. The height of two cubits was prepared for the droppings to come in there, for so doth sense and necessity cause the word to be interpreted, though Baal Aruch tell us, that there be some that give it another construction; when we have observed the two next particulars above this, we shall understand what this was the better. 5. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The timber or place for the laying on of the roof, a cubit. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The roof itself a cubit. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is of some difficult construction: It seemeth to be derived, [o] Aruch in voce. as R. Nathan giveth intimation, from that word, Neh. 3.8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our English hath rendered; They fortified [p] R. Sol. & Ah. Ezr. in Neh. 3.8. and R. Solomon, They raised with earth. And there Aben Ezra speaks of this very word that we have in hand, and saith that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 there and the word we have before us, are both of the same sense: and so the same, word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is used again, Neb. 4.2. And he telleth us withal that there are some that do render that clause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Exod. 23.5. according to this construction: If thou see the Ass of him that hateth thee lying under his burden, Thou shalt surely raise him with him. But as for our word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is not to be found in scripture, but used by the Talmudick writers, we must have recourse to the Talmud for the meaning of it: And there as Aruch pointeth us to the places we find it spoken of and handled in the Treatise Baba Mezia, and Baba Bathra. In the former Tract are these words, [q] Baba Mezia per. 10. Is a house and a chamber over it in two men's pussession? and the chamber over goes to decay: if the Owner of the house (below) will not help to repair it: let him that owes the chamber, go and dwell below till he do repair: R. Jose saith, the Owner of the lower room is to lay on the roofe-timber, and the Owner of the upper room the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. And in the other Tract are these words [r] Baba bathra per. 2. A man shall not set up a furnace (or oven) within a house unless there be the space of sour cubits over it (namely, for fear the flame should catch in the roof or floor above) And if he do 〈◊〉 up a surnace in an upper room, it is necessary that there be a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of three fingers thick under it. And the reason is also given for fear of danger of fire. Now the Gemara upon the former place in explanation of the word, and Aruch in explanation of the Gemara say, that it was a crustednesse made of divers materials, as reeds, chall●● stones and such like plastering; which it seemeth by the former place cited was laid on the top of the house in stead of leads to keep out wet, and by the latter, to be made under their furnaces in upper rooms to prevent fire, burning downward. And the determination of R. Iose (that the dweller below should lay on the rooofe, and the dweller above the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, seems to result to nothing else but this, that the one should lay on the timber of the roof, and the other a cover of plaster to be laid on the roof upon reeds, of such materials tempered together as should keep out the rain from dropping through: And so do I understand the word in our work that we are viewing; that this was a thick well wrought plaster of materials to compact, that being once grown hard was as a stone, and this was as leads on the roof to keep out wet; the use of sheets of lead being either unknown to them, or lead being scarce and not to be had: And thus are we come up to the lower leads; for so let me call them, as being an expression best known among us. And here let us take in a passage of Josephus. He speaking of the measures of the Temple, and of the stones of which it was built, saith, that they were 25 cubits long, 8 cubits high, and 12 broad [s] An. lib. 15. cap. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saith he, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 etc. It was made after the fashion of the royal cloister, lower on either side, and highest in the middle, so that it was to be seen many furlongs off, etc. Now the Cloister royal was so built (as was observed before) that three walks running along together, roofed over and born upon pillars, the roof of the middle was raised far higher than the two of eithensi dit. And so we are by Josephus to understand accordingly of the Temple. It was indeed of a 100 cubits high, but not so as rising in an equal square, from the bottom to the top, but rising square fifty one cubits, as hath been proportioned out: The main foundation 6 cubits high: the wall plain about it 40 cubits, a carved border above that one cubit; the place for casting of the raines two cubits; above that the floor laying on one cubit thick, and the plaster cover one cubit thick; but then the rise of the building grew narrower; for from thence it was carried up so towards the middle, as that there were left leads, as one may call them, on the North and South sides all along, from the East unto the West: A familiar example of this for the better understanding of it we have in the building of exceeding many of our Churches: the pile riseth of a like breadth to the lower leads, and then it riseth only in the middle, to the height or roof of the Church: And so was it with the Temple: Go either to East or West end, and stand in the middle and look up, and it was 100 cubits, but go any whit like toward the right or left hand, and it was but half so high, for there were the lower leads. Leads I cannot but call them, for that language is best understood amongst us, though they were not covered with lead (a covering not so well known in those times as now) but with a plaster or parget of a cubit thick, and so strongly wrought, and tempered, as that it differed not from the hardness of stone. We must not forget 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that we passed over even now, but must look back upon it a little, before we leave these leads, or this first rising that we are now upon. For the passing away of the rains that dropped off this roof, that they should not run down along the wall, and so both moulder & deface the stones, there was immediately above the embroidered border that was spoken of, a row of stones that jutted out of the building more than their fellows, which were neatly and artificially guttered or riggeted, and as artificially jointed together in the guttering (that no rain should drop through) the rigget laid just under the edge of the leads, (or spouts from the leads) that cast off the reins, that the droppings falling therein were conveyed away to either end of that side on which they were, and so sent to the ground either in pipes, or in a great fall from these gutters. And now to follow the building up still to its perfect heights conceive it to be narrowed now to half the breadth, and so to rise in the middle of the pile, as that the leads on either side were 25 cubits broad. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: The height of the room above, or the rising above the leads in a strait wall was 40 cubits: this is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or an upper room, because it was directly over the holy and most holy places. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Another carved or engraven border: such a one as was mentioned before, the breadth of one cubit. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The gutter 2 cubits as before, for putting off reins, not that this gutter was two cubits deep, but that it was two cubits from those gutters to the laying on of the roof. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. The floor or roof, a cubit. 5. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The plaster cover, a cubit. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The battlements three aubits; This word is used, Deut. 22.8. and [t] Aben Ezr. in Deut. 22. not elsewhere in Scripture, and yet saith Aben Ezra, is the sense of it plain enough from the Text. And so indeed it is, for the Lord there enjoineth, that when a man buildeth a new house he should make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 battlements, lest any one should fall off, and so bring blood upon his house; The roofs of their houses were flat in those countries'. Jos. 2.6. 2 Sam. 16.22. Act. 10. ●9, etc. and there they used to walk, 1 Sam. 9.25. and therefore lest any should fall off, they were to make battlements round about, [u] D. Kime. in Mid. 10 handbreadths, or 2 common cubits high at the least, lest any one should fall off, and be shine or maimed: so howsoever it may be well supposed, that they walked not upon the Temple roof so ordinarily as they did upon their own houses (nor was the Temple roof altogether so flat as their roofs) yet were battlements also made to it, partly, because it should not come short of the beauty of other buildings, and partly because there was occasion sometimes to go upon the roof of it. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The scarecrow, one cubit; what this was, let us first take R. nathan's [v] Aruc. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 information for it. Because, saith he, of the holiness of the first Temple, and the divine glory dwelling there birds slew not on it at all: But as for the second Temple, they feared, that the holiness of it should not be as the holiness of the first; and lest birds should fly over it, and leave some defilement upon it, therefore they set up a picture, to cause birds to keep off the roof of the Temple, and they called it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the scarscrow, as meaning, that it keeps the Ravens from flying upon the Temple roof, and this image or picture was such a one as they use to set upon corn: But by other of the Jews it is defined to be [x] Maym. in Beth babbechir. per. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, A pike of iron like a rapier of a cubit high, upon the top of the battlements round about, made that birds might not light upon it. And by some again concluded, that there were no such thing as either the one or other [y] R. judah in Mid. perk. 4. but only that the battlement was 4 cubits high: But howsoever it may be a fancy not to be fancied, that there was or could be any such course taken as to keep birds off the roof of the Temple, (see Psal. 84.34.) yet upon the so concurrent testimony of the Hebrew writers as is to be found, joined with the thought of what an ornament it would add to the building itself, it may very well be concluded, that there were pinnacles upon the battlements round about: as King's College Chappel in Cambridge is decked in the like manner to its great beauty. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is construed according to this sense by divers Expositors, Mat. 4 5. The roof was not a perfect flat, as was the roof of other houses, but rising in the middle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [z] Semajah in Mid. till the very crest of the middle came up as high as the height of the battlement; as King's College Chapel may be herein a parallel also; And the like battlements and pinnacles are likewise to be allotted to the lower leads. CHAP. XII. The Breadth, Chambers, and Stairs of the Temple. THus were the rise of the Temple to its height, in the parcels named: it is now equally requisite to take notice also of the length and breadth of it, and to observe into what lesser measures those dimensions were divided. [a] Mid. per. 4. The length of it was from East to West, and it was an hundred cubits, and so was the breadth from North to South, in some part of it, but not in all. That part of it that bore this breadth, was only the porch, for the building behind it was only seventy cubits broad. And the porch stood before it as a cross building, reaching fifteen cubits South, and fifteen cubit's North further out then the breadth of the Temple; which spaces on either side were thus taken up, [b] Maym. in Beth babbechir. per. 4. The thickness of the wall of the porch at either end was five cubits, and from that wall to the wall of the Temple on either side were ten cubits. So fair a front there was at the entering: an hundred cubits broad, and an hundred and twenty cubits high; for so is Josephus to be understood, when speaking of the Temple built by Herod, he saith, it was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [c] joseph. Ant. lib. 15. cap. 4. An hundred long, and twenty cubits above an hundred high; Not all the house throughout so high, for that the Talmud denies, giving so particular and exact account of an hundred only, as we have observed, but the porch of this height rising twenty cubits above the height of the rest of the house. Just in the middle of this fair front [d] Mid. per. 3. was the gate of the porch, 40 cubits high, and 20 cubits broad: [e] Maym. ubi supr. It had no dootes to it at all, but [f] joseph. de Bell. lib. 5. c. 14. it was an open gate, into which whosoever stood in the Court might look and see the space of the porch within. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. All this front was gilded with gold and through it, all the first house (that is, the porch within) might be seen, and that glittered with gold also: Now by all this front, Josephus, (for they are his words) meaneth not the whole face of the porch, or all the hundred cubits long, and hundred and twenty high, but the very front of the gate, or entrance only, which he showeth to have been 70 cubits high, and 25 broad: And herein the Talmud and he do not clash, though the Talmud say, that the height was only forty cubits, and the breadth but twenty, for it speaks only of the very hollow entrance, but he speaks also of the Posts and head or front of the whole gatehouse, as we observed about the other gates before. [g] Mid. ubi sup The Talmud likewise speaks of five 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beams of some choice wood (the learned Buxtorfius translates it quercinoe) that were laid over this gate, curiously wrought with knots and flowers, and a row of stone still laid between beam and beam: The lowest beam that lay on the head of the gate was a cubit on either side longer than the gate was broad: then was laid on that a row of stone: After that another carved beam a cubit on either end longer than the other; and then a row of stone. Then another beam, and so of the rest, every beam being a cubit at either end longer than that that lay below it. These were thus laid over the gate to bear the weight that was above; they risen to a great height were curiously engraven, and gilt, and from the highest there was a neat descending border gathered at either end of the beams, still inward and inward as the beams shortened, and at last it ran down by the cheeks of the entry two cubits and an half broad, on either side the gate: And this was the front that Josephus meaneth. And now turn behind this porch at whether end you will, and look Wellward: There ran the body of the Temple itself, pointing exactly upon the middle of the porch, or just upon this entrance that we have been speaking of, the breadth of it between wall and wall, just equal with the breadth of this entrance; but the walls and chambers built on either side, of such a breadth, as that the whole came to seventy cubits broad: and thus doth Ariel or the Lion of God, as the Jews interpret it, represent the proportion of a lion, broad before in the large front the porch, which was of an hundred cubit's breadth, and narrow behind, in the buildings of the house reduced in breadth to seventy cubits; which breadth to take up in its several parcels, we will begin at the North side, and thus we find these particular measures. [h] Ibid. per. 4. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The wall of the Gallery five cubits thick, this was the outmost wall of all, and it risen to the battlements or first leads mentioned before; where the foundation for six cubits high, was said to be six cubits thick: but that odd cubit is not here reckoned, because the count it not from the very foundation, but from the wall above, as any one would count in such a building. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The gallery three cubits broad. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The wall of the chambers five cubits thick. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The chambers themselves six cubits broad. 5. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The wall of the Temple, six cubits thick. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The breadth of the Temple within, from wall to wall twenty cubits. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The other wall of it six cubits thick. 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The breadth of the chambers six cubits. 9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The wall of the chambers five cubits thick. 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The place of the coming down of the water, three cubits broad. 11. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The outmost wall five cubits. Seventy in all. [i] Ibid. Sect. 3. Now the chambers were in number eight and thirty, fifteen upon the Northside, fifteen upon the South, and eight at the West end. They were in three stories, five in the lowest stories, and five over them, and five over those, thus on the North and South sides; but at the West end there were three on the ground, and three over them, and two over those. Every chamber was six cubits broad, and twice as long (only the two highest chambers at the West end were of a greater length) [k] See Ezek: 40.21. And there was a space between the chambers on the same floor, in manner of an entry of some 7 cubits and an half broad, that you might pass in it betwixt chamber and chamber, to every chamber door which was upon the side. Before these chambers there ran a gallery from the East end of the building to the West (but at the West end there was none such) of three cubits broad, by which you were carried along to any of these Entries between the chambers, and so to any chamber door: In the outmost wall of the fabric, toward the North and the South, there were four doors on either side, into four entries (for so many there were between five chambers) but as soon as you were come within the doors, there ran a gallery along on your right hand and left, over which you stepped into the entry that was before you: or if you went not in at the door that was just opposite to the entry that you would go to, you might go in at any door you thought good, and this gallery would lead you to that entry. Thus was it with the lowest chambers, and the like gallery and entries were also in the middle story, and in the highest: Now the way to go up into them, was by a large pair of turning stairs, in a turret at the North-East corner of the North side; by which stairs you went up to the first floor, and there if you would, you might land in the gallery, and go there to what entry or chamber you would, or if you would go higher, you might do so likewise into the gallery in the third story; and if you had a mind, you might yet go higher up these stair, up to the leads, to walk over the chambers, on the roof, round about their whole pile. But besides this stair case-turret, which thus conveyed to the roof of the buildings, there was such another, at the furthest end of every one of the entries that have been spoken of, which carried up to the first and second floor, or to the upper chambers, but went not so high, as to convey to the roof: And so had you gone in at any of the fo●m doors to the ground chambers, either on the north side of the house, or on the south, stepping over the gallery, you come into the entry between two chambers, one on your right hand, and another on your left, and their doors opening into the entry, and facing one another, but before you, towards the Temple wall, there was a round large turret-like stair case, into which you might go out of either chamber, and so go up stairs into the chambers over head: and from thence up stairs again, into the chambers over them. And thus are we to understand that Talmudick passage, of no small difficulty at the first fight. [l] Mid. ubi sum. There were three doors to every one of the Chambers, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 One to the Chamber on the right hand, and another to the Chamber on the left (that is, one door to the entry on the one side, and another to the entry on the other,) and one to the Chamber over head) that is, into this stair case that carried up to the Chambers above. And thus [m] Eze: 41.7. one went up from the lowest story to the highest by the middle: for [n] 1 Kin. 6.8. they went up with winding stairs into the middle story, and out of the middle into the third. The West end Chambers had no gallery at all before them, but you stepped immediately through the doors that were in the outmost wall into the entries, and at the end of the entries there was such a stair-ease as this, which conveyed and carried you up from story to story. On the South there were such galleries in the three heights, as there were on the North, and such stair cases at the end of the entries, joining to the Temple-wal, but that space where the galleries were, was called by another name. Not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mesibbah, as it was called on the Northside, but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, the place of the coming down of the water: Not as if here were the gutters to carry off the reins from the whole house, but because in this space were laid the pipes that brought water down from the fountane Etam, to the Cistern or Well, in the Well-roome that was made to receive them: They were so laid, as that they hindered not the access or passage in the galleries, to any of the Chambers, and it may be they were not to be seen at all, but lay under ground in the ground-gallery; but they were glad thus to distinguish between the North and South sides, by these different names, as that they might the easier and quicker be understood, when they spoke of a chamber in the Mesibbah, or of a chamber in the conveyance of the water. These chambers, which where of this number, measure, posture and composure that hath been spoken, and whose floor and roof beams rested upon benches in the Temple wall, as was observed before, were for the laying up some choice treasures and utensils, as also for corn, wine, and oil, and whatsoever was brought in of 〈◊〉, and first fruits for the sustenance and subsistence of the Pri●●● that attended upon the Altar, and they were as measuries or storehouses for that purpose, Neh. 12.44. Mal. 3.10. And now let us go up the stairs of the great turret, in the North-east corner on the North side (for there was none such on the South) that will carry us to the roof of this building, or on the leads. At the top of the stains he went out at a wicket, and his face was then towards the West. [o] Mid. ubi sum. He walked upon the leads along upon the Northside 〈◊〉 came to the West corner: when he came thither be turned his face toward the South corner: when he came to the South, be turned his face, Eastward, and went all along on the Southside, till he came up a good way, and there was a door through the Temple wall into the rooms over the holy and most holy place. In this room over them (which was ●●y cubits from the ground, and so were the leads wh●●● were these threatenings worth taking notice of. 1. That as soon as a man was stepped within the d●●e. 〈◊〉 were two Codar beams or trees said close together; sloping still upward, and lying along the wall, by which (they were said so handsomely slope, and steps were either 〈◊〉 in them, 〈◊〉 upon them) one might go to the very top of the Temple, and this was the way to the higher leads. 2. Ju●● over the parting between the holy and most holy pl●●● them 〈◊〉 some little pilasters 〈…〉 the partition. 3. In the floor, over the most holy places, there were divers holes like trapdoors, through which, when 〈◊〉 required, they let down workmen by 〈◊〉, to 〈…〉 of the 〈…〉 as there was 〈◊〉. And they let them down in 〈…〉 some such thing where they could 〈…〉 before the●●, and the reason of this is given by the Je●●s, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 holy 〈◊〉 [p] Ma. in Beth habbech. per. 4. 〈…〉 and 〈◊〉, they whited the Temple walls within: and for this and other necessary work about the house within, it was desiced and endeavoured that Priests or Levites, should do the work; but if such were not found to do it, than other Israelites were admitted, and they were admitted to go through the doors into the most holy place, if Chests or Trunks, were not to be found in which to let them down. CHAP. XIII. The Porch. Sect. 1. The steps up to it. IN taking particular account of the length of the building from East to West, (which was 100 cubits) we will first be in at the Porch (which was the beautiful front Eastward) and view severally every special place and parcel till we come to the West end. [a] See. chap. The spreading of the Porch in length was 100 cubits, and in height 120; twenty cubits higher than the height of the Temple: And this Porch which was a cross building to the Temple itself, and so high above it, may not improperly be conceived to be that place whither Satan brought our Saviour in his temptation, when he is said to have brought him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, properly to the wing of the Temple. There were several things at this front, before we stir from it, that were very remarkable, and cannot be passed without observation: And the first that we will look upon, shall be the steps that risen up out of the Court into this entrance, which were [c] Mid. per. 3. twelve in number, every step half a cubit 〈◊〉 sing, six cubits in the whole rise, and so much was the floor of the Porch higher than the floor of the Court. And here we meet with a passage in the Treatise Middeth, in the place cited in the 〈◊〉, which is exceeding ●ard to be understood; and the very same also in Maymonides and in him it is harder. The words are these. Having spoken of the steps that went up to the Porch, that they were twelve, and that the rise of every step was half a cubit, and the breadth of it to stand upon a cubit, it comes on and saith, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Which applied to the steps, and their rising I should translate to this sense, At every cubits rise there was a half pace of three cubits broad, and at the highest cubits rise there was a half pace of four cubits broad. The meaning this, that as you had gone up two 〈◊〉 which being half a cubit high a piece made but a cubit 〈◊〉 ●he third step the space you tread upon was enlarged, and was three cubits broad, whereas the steps themselves that you had come up were but one cubit breadth: And so from this enlarged breadth or half pace, step two steps further and there was another, and after two steps more another, and after two steps yet more there was the highest, which was an half pace, or enlargement of four cubit's breadth: And so every third step of the twelve was an half pace, or such an enlargement, which made the ascent exceeding beautiful and stately. And this helpeth to understand a passage in the treatise Joma, which at the first reading is not easy to be understood. Where relating how when the high P●●est on the day of Expiation had slain his own bullock, he gave the blood to one to 〈◊〉 it to keep it from congealing, it saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, [d] joma per. 4. That he stirred it about, upon 〈…〉 of the Temple; which Maymony expresseth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Maym. in joma habbech. per. 5. be first it about that it 〈…〉, upon the fourth half pace of the Temple without; that is; upon the very top of these twelve steps that went up into the Porch▪ The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, [f] Ar. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Baal Aruch (after the production of many examples of it) renders by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 stand, or pillars, or 〈◊〉 find not a 〈◊〉 word for it here to express it by then 〈◊〉 Now [g] Per. 4. versus finem. Maymony in B●●h habbiebirah or in his 〈◊〉 of the Temple, having to deal with these words of the Tahund that we have been speaking of, doth utter them thus, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Round about the walls of the Porch from below upward they were thus: One cubit plain, and then an half pace of three cubits, one cubit plain (or an ordinary rising of steps) and then another half pace of three cubits, and so up; so that the half 〈◊〉 go about the walls of the Porch: His meaning is the same with what was said before, but he addeth somewhat more, and that is, that these twelve steps thus beautifully spreading, every third step into an half pace, did not only go up to the entrance into the Porch, but also there were such steps all along the front of the Porch Eastward: 〈◊〉 such steps at either end of it, North and South; and 〈…〉 of this was because the floor of the Porch was higher 〈…〉 the floor of the Court, and there then were doors in the building besides the great door that gave passage into the Temple, and into these doors you could not get without such steps. Sect. II. The two Pillars Jachin and Boa● OF the gate or enmance into the Porch, and so into the Temple, and of its dimensions and beauty hath been spoken before, and therefore as to that particular we need say no more here, but may be silent: but one main part of the ornament and beauty of it was there omitted, and reserved to this place, and that is the two famous pillars that in Salom●●● Temple stood at the cheeks of the entrance or passage in, Liebin and Boa●. I find not indeed mention among the Jews Antiquities of any such pillars set at the entrance of the Temple, that we are surveying (which was the Temple built by Herod, the Temple that was in the days of our Saviour) though E●●kiel speak of such pillars at the door of his Temple, 〈…〉 yet because we desire to give account 〈◊〉 of wh●● we find recorded in Scripture concerning the Temple in 〈◊〉 we cannot pass over two such memorable monuments as these two pillars of whom the story and relation is 〈◊〉 by the Scripture so largely and exactly. 1. These two pillars (which were of brass) consisted either of them of two parts, the pillar itself, 〈◊〉 the bowl and 〈◊〉 that was set on the head of it. The pillar itself was hollow, the circle encompassing the the hollow, four fingers thick and the compass of that circling twelve cubits about, Jer. 〈…〉 1 King. 7.15. [a] R. Sol. in 1 Kin. 7. R. Le. Gers. ibid. the whole thickness or diameter of either pillar 4 cubits, or 3 cubits, and 4 fifth parts of a cubit, as is the reckonng of Levi Gersom. The chapter or bowl likewise of either pillar was hollow, and was a huge piece of brass bowse or oval fashion, which had a very large hole in it, into which the top of the pillar was let, and so this chapter sat upon it. 2. The length or height of either Pillar was eighteen cubits, besides the Chapter, for the Text doth clearly rockon the height of pillar and chapter distinctly. Now the book of Chronicles summeth the length of both pillars together, and saith they were five and thirty cubits high, 2 Chro. 3.15. in which it cometh short a cubit of that account and 〈◊〉 that is given in the book of Kings and Jeremy, which say that 〈◊〉 pillar was eighteen cubits, and so the whole of both was 〈◊〉 and thirty: But half a cubit of either pillar was taken up, and bid in the hole of the chapter that fate upon it: and so 〈…〉 in the book of Chronicles, measures them as they stood with the chapiters upon them; two and twenty cubits and 〈…〉 high, pillar and chapter and all. 3. The chapter or oval on the head of either pillar it ●●●led in the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which Rabbi Solo●●● tenders in the vulgar 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Pamells, Kimchi, A Crown, who which 〈◊〉 Chal●●● agrees, who expresseth it by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cor●●●; but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 more exactly, saith, is was like two Gro●●nes 〈◊〉 together. It was a huge great oval of five cubits high, and did not only sit upon the head of the pillars, but also flow●ed or 〈◊〉 over them, being larger about a great deal then the pillars themselves. 4. Wherein it is said both in King. 7.16. 〈…〉 that the height of either chapter was five cubits; and 〈…〉 〈…〉 17. is said, 〈…〉 height of the chapter was 〈…〉; it is 〈◊〉 and well answered by the Jews, that the lowest two cubit's of the chapter were plain, and without any graving or imbroide●●g, but the three upper cubits were of such embroidery. To which may be added, and some of them do add it, that the two lower cubits were but the rising into the spreading or belly of the chapter, and that they there are not reckoned in that place, but only from the belly upward the account is taken. 5. The ingravery or embroidery, or both of these chapiters is thus described by the holy Ghost in various particulars; as, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 1 King. 7.17. which our English renders, Nets of chequer work: And so the Lxx. useth the word Nets also: The original word doth properly signify the inwrapping and infolding of the branches of trees one within another, as Neh. 1.10. Gen. 22.13. Jer. 4.7. Esay 10.34. At vines or thickets (saith [b] Miclol. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Kimchi explaining the word) that are caught and enfolded one within another: And so some others express this clause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, That the embroidery was like the branches of Palm trees: or like the handful of branches they used to carry in their hands at the feast of tabernacles: This I conceive to be the proper meaning of the words, that the chapiters were curiously wrought with branch-work, seven goodly branches standing up with their feet from the belly of the oval, and their boughs, and leaves curiousty and lovelily intermingled and inwoven one with another. And the words might not improperly be translated thus, for the clearer understanding of their meaning, and of the manner of the work itself With thickets of branch-work, and wreaths of chaine-worke. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Wreaths of Chaine-worke. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, in Deut. 22.12. signifieth the fringes that they wore upon their garments for memorials of the law, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉) in the Chald●● Paraphrast: And according to such a sense is it to be taken here, that about the belly of the chapter was a curious fringe or border of and in wined work, upon which border stood the feet or root of the branch-work spoken of before, and those branches from thence went upward spreading upon the swelling of the chapter, and bowing toward the top of the oval as the oval bowed, and they there growing into their contracted tops. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Two rows of Pomegranates, were wrought artificially below the boughs of these branches, as if they had been the apples that those branches bare, but only that they were not scattered dispersedly among the branches, as apples use to be in their trees, but were ranked into two several rows or borders severally below them. But here we had need to look upon the text with much seriousness, for in two things about this very thing it speaks obscurely and with much difficulty: For first in speaking of these rows it saith, that the chapiters were above or upon the Pomgranats, 1 King. 7.18. Now it is so harsh to hear of the chapiters being upon the Pomegranates, whereas it is most undoubted that the Pomegranates were upon the chapiters, that some Copies, as David Kimchi tells us, have been so bold as to change the word, & instead of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon the head of the Pomegranates, to read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon the head of the pillars; but as he well observes, the Masor●th by putting a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon it, or a note that it is not read so any where else, doth conclude that it is and must be read so here, upon the head of the Pomegranates: Now the construction of this may be fetched from 2 Chrom. 3.16. where it is said, that he put the Pomegranates upon the chains; that is, the two rows of the Pomegranates were close above the fringe or border of chaine-work, which was as it were the bottom and basis of the embroidery; and so the bulk and body of the chapter where the embroidery was, was above these rows of the Pomegranates, and though the stalks of the branches rested upon the fringe or chaine-work, yet did they not spread into their leaves and branches till their stalks had carried them above the Pomegranates: therefore the construction and sense of that verse, viz. 1. King. 7. 1●. is to be taken thus. Th●s he made the pillars: And there were two rows round about by the branch-work, which branch-work was 〈◊〉 cover the chapter, even that of the chapter that was above the young 〈◊〉 Secondly, there is no small scruple about the number of the Pomegranates, because the text doth sum them up in 〈…〉 for in 〈◊〉 Chr. 8.16. there is mention only of an hundred. In 1 Kin. 7.20 of two hundred. And in 1 Kin. 7.42. of four hundred: In all which diversity the main difficulty refts in the count of Jeremy; for there was a hundred Pomegranates in every row, according to the reckoning of the book of Chronicles; and so there were two hundred upon either chapter, as is the account of the book of Kings in the former place cited, that is 400 upon both chapiters, according to the sum of the later quotation; but what to make of Jeremy's ninety six is somewhat intricate at the first sight: His words are these, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; whereof the last word is hard to translate, and breeds all the scruple. The Chald●e and Lxx. render it, The Pomegranates were ninety six on a side, and so doth the Italian and our English; but this is of a very hard construction, since the rows of Pomegranates were in circles, the chapter being round; and whereas there were but an hundred in a row, how could ninety six of them be upon one side. The word is more easy to paraphrase, then verbatine to translate. The meaning of the clause is this, that whereas there was an hundred Pomegranates in every row; when the pillars were set to the wall, four of every row could not be seen, but ninety six might, the other four being hid behind the pillar as it stood close up to the wall: And so the Pomegranates were 96 only in sight. Therefore the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may well be translated in the clause thus, And the Pomegranates were ninety six on the open sides, or towards the open air: for in this sense I conceive 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to stand here. 4. It is said moreover, in the text in the book of Kings, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 1 Kings 7. 19 And the chapiters which were on the top of the pillars bad lily work in the porch four cubits; for so should I rather translate is, than were of lily work; and that upon those grounds. 1. Because the work of the chapiters is so exactly described before to be of branch-worke and Pomegranates, and that but for three cubits or thereabout, that I cannot possibly imagine how they should be said besides, to be of lily work four cubits. 2. The text expressly telleth afterward, That the lilly-work was on the top of the pillars, ver. 22. and not on the top or sides of the chapiters. 3. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, In the Porch, or by the Por●●, Math its special emphasis and intention; for it is not said at all, that either the chapiters or the Pomegranate-work were In the Porth, but the thing is referred only to the lily work. The meaning therefore of the verse appeareth to be this that at the head of the pillar, even at the setting on of the chapter, there was a curious and a large border or circle of lilly-work, which stood out four cubits under the chapter, & then turned down, every lily or long tongue of brass, with a neat bending, and so seemed as a flowered crown to the head of the pillar, and as a curious garland whereon the chapter had its seat: And that particular expression that it was in or by the Porch, intendeth to show that these long tongues of brass which were made like lilies, did not suddenly decline, and li● down upon the sides of the pillars, nor suddenly ascend and stick upon the sides of the chapter, but stood out into and along the porch a four cubit circle, after the manner of a spread lily, and then the tongue bended downward, as the lily doth. And this construction of that verse, helpeth to clear and explain the next verse that follows after it, which otherwise would cost some pains to translate it out of the original, or to make facile sense of it being translated: In consonancy and contexture to the verse before, so understood as hath been held out, this verse may be interpreted and paraphrased thus: And the chapiters upon the two pillars were also above this lily work, for they sat upon the growing out of it, even from over against the belly, which was by the branch-work; for the lilly-work reached out, as far as the belly of the chapiters reached out, with an accurate bowing or swelling upwards towards the belly, where the stalks of the branch-work, and the rows of the Pomegranates were; even as a lily gently swelleth up, before the tongue or utmost point of it turneth down again. 5. The place where these pillars stood is somewhat uncertain; the text indeed saith, they stood before the house, 2 Chr. 3.15. and before the Temple, ver. 17. but yet it is to seek, whether within the porch at the entering in, or without the porch, or within the porch at the Temple door, which last is the opinion of Robbi Sol. upon the text cited. Upon these four reasons I am induced to conceive that they stood within the porch, even at the very entering into it, joining or standing up to the very cheeks of the gate or entrance. 1. Because Ezekiel hath so placed his two pillars in the porch of his Temple, namely, at the top of the steps, by the posts or cheeks of the entrance itself, Ezek. 40.49. 2. Because, as we observed before, it is said, that the lilly-work under the chapiters was four cubits in the porch. 3. Because the book of Kings saith, that Solomon set up the pillars, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, for the porch, as the word properly signifies, though David Kimchi, and our English translate it. In: The expression seemeth to intimate these two things, first that the pillars were set up for the porch door, and not for the Temple door, as was the opinion of Solomon Jarchi cited before: And secondly, that they stood for the porch, or very entrance into the building, as door cheeks or posts at that entrance 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ios. antiq. lib. 8. c. 2. At the door cheeks of the porch, as saith Josephus. 4. That obscure passage of Ezekiel. chap. 40.48. The breadth of the gate was three cubits on this side, and three cubits on that side, cannot be so understood, as if the entry or passage into the porch were but six cubits broad (and why also should he speak of this side, and that side, if he meant but one entire breadth?) but it is well understood by Kimcbi to mean, that on either side of the entry there was something standing out into the breadth of the entry, three cubits, which made the passage itself but fourteen cubits broad: which measure of three cubits, though it fell short one cubit of the thickness of these pillars cast by Solomon, yet suiting with the measure of ezekiel's pillars, it may do this for us, as to show us how these pillars that we have in hand were placed, by the disposing and placing of those of his, namely, on your right hand, and on your jest, as soon as ever you were stepped within the porch. The names of the two pillars (to omit the fancies of some Jews about them) were jachin and Boaz, 1 King. 7.21. which words denote Establishment and Strength, Jachin signifieth haet will establish: from God's promise to establish the throne of David, and his people Israel: And Boaz denoteth Herein is strength; namely, alluding either to God's promise, in which was all their strength and settlement: or to the Ark which was within, which is called, The strength of the Lord, Psal. 80.2. & 105.4. Sect. III. Closets for the Butchering instruments. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 YEt before we enter into the porch, and so into the Temple, there is one thing more calls for our observation, and that is, certain closerts or places that were in this pile of the porch, in which were laid up the knives and instruments that were used by the Priests, about the kill, and flaying, and cutting up of the beasts to be sacrificed. The treatise Middoth giveth intelligence and account of these places in these words, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, [a] Mid per. 4. Sect. 7. The Porch was broader than the Temple, fifteen cubits on the North, and fifteen cubits on the South, and that that exceeded was called Beth hachillapoth, where they laid up the knives. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth signify the butchering knives of the Temple, Ezr. 1.9. from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saith [b] Vid. Ab. Ez. in Ezr. 1. Aben Ezra, as it betokeneth cutting off, which it doth, Esay 2.18. Prov. 31.8. And [c] Kimch. Ib. so saith Kimchi on the same place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, are knives: And of this sense is Beth hachillapoth, for because they laid up the knives there; therefore the place was called, The chamber of the laying up of the knives 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. There was therefore on either end of the extent of the porch for that space that it stood out further than the buildings of Temple a chamber, one at the end towards the North, and another at the end towards the South, in which two large chambers were four and twenty little closerts; wherein the knives were laid up severally for the four and twenty courses of the Priests: And these and such like little closerts the Jews call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Fenestrae or windows; because they were closerts or boxes joining to the wall. And besides these that we are speaking of where the butchery instruments were laid up, Maymony reckons fourscore and sixteen more, for the laying up of other things, four for every one of the four and twenty courses. [d] Maym. in ●ele Migd. per. There were (saith he) 96 closerts 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Temple, wherein to lay up the vestments, four closerts for every Course. And the name of every course was written upon their closerts, and they were all shut: And when the men of any course came into the service upon the Sabbath, they opened their closerts, and took cut the utensils: and when they went out of the service, they restored their vestments to their closerts again, and shut them up. And why made they four closerts for every course? Namely, that the utensils might not be jumbled together, but all the breeches were in one closet, and upon it was written Breeches; Girdles in another closet, and upon it written, Girdles; All the Bonnets in another closet, and all the coats in another. Now he neither telleth where these closerts were; nor speaketh he among them all, of these for the knives, that are before us: and the reason of this latter, is easily given, because in the place where he hath the words that are produced, he is only speaking of the installing & arraying of the Priests: But where to find these 96 closerts he hath left us at uncertainty. Were they in the rest of the building of this porch? It is not like they were, because the Priests usually came ready with their vestments on, into the Court, and especially so high as the Porch, and came not thither for their vestments to put them on there was room enough in the other buildings about the Courts to lodge all these closerts in; but where to point them out we must suspend. But what became of the other rooms of the porch, besides the entrance; and these two at either end of the building; fon there were 25 cubits between the entrance and these chambers on either side upon the ground, and there were divers chambers and several stories over head, the building being so very long, and so very high? There is not express intimation to be had, either in Scripture, or in the Jews Antiquities, as far as I can find, how these several parts were disposed of, and therefore we can assert nothing, but leave it to censure. A renowned monument the Jews speak of, [e] Mid. per. 3. Sect. 8. Kimch. & larch. in Zech. 6. namely, crowns that were laid up 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, In closerts, for a memorial: as it is said in the prophet Zachary (for they take that literally) Zach. 6.14. And the crowns shall be to Helem, and to Tobiah, and to Jedaith; und to Hen the son of Zephaviah, for a memorial in the Temple of the Lord. And they say, that the young men or Candidates of the priesthood did use to climb up golden chains which were fixed to the roof of the entry of the porch, that they might look up into the closerts to see these crowns. Sect. IU. A golden vine in the porch, and a golden candlestick: and a marble, and a golden table. ANd now let us go in at the entrance of the porch. And there Josephus his prospective doth represent it to us in these colours, [a] Jos. de bell. like. 5. cap. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. That it had no doors, because it did represent the open heaven, and all the front of the gate was gilded with gold; and through the gate you might see all the porch within, which was large (for it was twenty cubits long, and eleven over) and all about the inner door shining with gold. Over this inner door (which meaneth the door of the Temple) there was a great golden vine, of so vast a bigness, that (as [b] Id. ibid. the same Josephus relateth) it had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bunches of grapes as big as the proportion of a man. And like a true natural vine, it grew greater and greater, till it came up to so great a bigness by time and degrees, for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men would be offering, some gold to make a leaf, some a grape, some a bunch, and these were hung up upon it, and so it was increasing continually. Over the Temple door also there was a golden candlestick, which was given thither by Helena the Queen of Adiabeni, a woman of famous renown, and of great benefactorship, towards the Jews; of whom, and of whose sons Izates and Monobazes, Josephus hath a large story, Antiq. lib. 20. cop. 2. whither I refer the Reader. Of this Candlestick of her bestowing, there is mention in the Talmudick treatise Joma, in this passage. [c] Joma per. 3. Ben Kattin made the twelve cocks for the laver, whereas before it had but two; he also made the engine for the laver (of which hereafter) that the water of it might not be unclean, by staying in it all night. Munbaz (Monobazes) the King made all the handles of the vessels which were for the servics of the day of Expiation of gold. Helena his mother made the golden Candlestick over the Temple door: she also made the golden Table whereon was written the section about the suspected wife, etc. [d] Maym. in beth habbech. per. 3. In the porch on either side of the Temple door there was a Table. On the right side, a Table of Marble, and on it they set down the shewbread as they carried it new into the Temple: And on the left side was a Table of Gold on which they set the old bread down for a while, when they fetched it out: And the reason why they began on the marble Table, and tended on the golden was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Because they risen higher and higher with holy things, and went not lower and lower. CHAP. XIV. The Holy place. SECT. 1. The Temple door. THe entrance out of the porch into the Temple was through two gates, and either gate had 2 doors or folding leaves: for the better understanding of which, let us first look upon the dimensions of this passage as we have done upon the others. The Talmud and Josephus do seem at the first sight exceedingly to differ, about the measure of this gate the [a] Mid. per. Sect. 1. Talmud reckoning it but twenty cubits high, and ten broad; and [b] joseph. de bell. lib. 5.6.14. he five and fifty cubits high and sixteen broad. In which diversity, if we take the proper meaning of either party, the difference between them will not be so vast, as at the first scanning it doth seem to be. It is the manner of the Talmud in measuring of the gates to speak only of the open space through which the passage was, but Josephus, as hath been observed before, measures 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole front of the gate both above the open space and the spreading of the posts on either side it: and after this their usual manner they both of them measure this gate through which we are going: The very open space that gave the passage was but twenty cubits high and ten broad, and of this measure were the two doors: but the front of the gate was three cubits (curiously wrought and richly gilded) on either side, and five and thirty cubits above the gate to the roof or first floor of the entry of the porch: and this is the meaning of Josephus as it appeareth plainly enough by these his two passages. For as to the first he saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That the gate of the house (meaning this that we are about) was gilded all over, and so was the wall all about it: And as to the second, he hath this saying somewhat difficult, but well understood resolving the matter according as hath been spoken. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But the Temple having two floors, or being double roofed, that within was lower than that without and had gilded doors of 55 cubits high, and 16 broad. Now by what he saith that the Temple was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or double floored or roofed, his meaning is, that as you stood in the Temple there was a first floor over your head, and a room above that which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of which we have spoken before, and above that there was the roof; Had all the house been open to the very roof as our churches are, there could have been no difference between the height of the holy and most holy place to the roof, but both had been alike. But both places being floored over, and having an supper chamber above them, there was a difference made in the height of this first floor: for in the holy place it was five and fifty cubits from the ground, but in the most holy place it was but twenty, as shall be showed. Now the porch had its floor lay at the least as high if not higher than the floor of the holy place: and so the space above the gate to the first floor was a goodly space, and made a fair front: It seemeth by our Author that the first floor of the porch was 90 cubits high, yet doth he reckon the height of the gate but five and fifty, because he reckons only to the height of the floor of the holy place, and the height of the front of the gate of the Oracle, for he speaketh of them both alike. Thus much being observed concerning the height and breadth of this gate, it is also to be remembered that the wall of the Temple was six cubits thick, as was observed when we measured the breadth of the building. [c] Mid. ubi supra. Ezek. 4.14. The two leaves of the gate therefore which were five cubits broad apiece, were hung up a little within the thickness of the wall from the porch, so that when they were opened they covered the whole thickness of the wall on the right hand and the left, that as you passed through you could not see it. Now at the very furthest of the thickness of the wall towards the holy place, there was a two leaved door likewise paralleled to this that we have surveyed, which when the leaves opened, they fell back to the wall which was at the lower end of the house, and covered a place which was unguilded: for all the walls were guilded but only the places where the leaves of the doors fell back. And thus had you two several doors of two folding leaves apiece to go through between the porch and the Temple, the one standing within a cubit of the porch, and the other at the very edge of the Wall within, and so when they were both shut there was a five-cubits space betwixt them, which was so much space in the thickness of the Temple wall. The outer door, is called commonly by the Jews the great door of the Temple, not but that the inner door was as big, but because of the great front that this gate had, which the other had not: And of this outer door there are these memorial or remarkable things recorded among them. First that the morning Sacrifice was never killed till this door was opened: And so it is recorded in the Treatise Tamid or concerning the daily sacrifice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Tamid. per. 3. Maym. in Tamid per. 6. That he that was to slay the Sacrifice, killed him not till he heard the noise of the great gate opening. And there they relate that the noise of this gate might be heard to jericho, and so the noise of divers other things there mentioned, in which they do hyperbolise for the glorifying of the matters of the Temple. And a second thing for which this door is renowned among them, is, for that it had two wickets in it, in either lease one, one in the North leaf and another in the South: And that through that in the South no man passed, but that that was it of which Ezekiel saith, [e] Ezek. 44.2. This gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened and no man shall enter in by it, etc. Now for the opening of these doors every morning, the way was thus: One took a key and opened the wicket in the North lease of the door and went in, into the five cubit space between the two doors: and there he went in at a door into the very wall where there was a hollow passage into the holy place, coming forth in the place where one of the leaves of the inner door fell to the wall. Being come in he opened that inner door, and then he came and opened the outer door, at the noise of the opening of which the killer of the morning Sacrisice went about that work: [f] Sotah per. 2. In this five cubit's space between the two doors even behind the leaf of the door on the right hand, there was a marble flag of a cubit square lay lose in the floor with a ring fastened in it to pull it up, and when the Priests tried any suspected wife, they came hither and pulled up this stone, and took dust from under it, to put into the water to make her drink as was enjoined Numb. 5.17. etc. SECT. 2. The Veil. BEtween these two doors also in this five cubit's space, there hung a veil answerable to the veil at the door of the Tabernacle, Exod. 26.36. And so it is testified by Josephus, [a] Joseph. de Bell. l. 5. c. 14. who speaks of two veils, one at the entering into the holy place, and another to distinguish betwixt the holy and the most holy. And he describes the veil to have been of the measures that he had newly spoken of before, namely 55 cubits deep and 16 cubits broad (yet the gate where it hung was but ten) and that it was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Josh. 7.21.) Babylonian tapestry work, of blue purple scarlet and fine owined linen, which he resembles to the four elements. Other Jews likewise give us intimation of such a veil hanging at the entrance into the holy place. For the Talmudick treatise [b] Tamid. per●q. Tamid, mentioned but a little before, speaking of the High priest going into the holy place to worship, saith, there were three that held him, one by his right hand and another by his left hand, and a third by the precious stones in the breast plate: And when the precedent heareth the sound of the High priests feet coming out, he lifteth up the veil for him: and then himself goeth in and worshippeth, and after him his brethren the Priests go in and worship. [c] Maym. in Kele Mikdash per. 7. There were 13 veils in all about the Temple: namely, 7 for the seven gates of the Court: one at the gate of the porch, one at the gate of the Temple, and two betwixt the holy and the most holy place, and two just over them in the room above: [d] Shekalim Per. 5. And there was an overseer of the veils, that took care for the supply and the right ordering of them: and if they were defiled by any common uncleanness, they were taken down and washed and hung up in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel to dry: And when new veils were made, they were hung up on the gallery in the Court of the women, that they might be viewed by all the people to see that they were right. SECT. 3. The holy place itself. [a] 1 King. 6.2, 17. THis place was forty cubits long and twenty broad: and in Solomon's Temple it was thirty cubits high, having no floor at all on this side the roof, [b] Joseph. ubi supr. but in Herod's Temple it was sixty: For the children of the captivity building their Temple sixty cubits high, they floored it not over but left it open to the roof in the holy place as Solomon's Temple had been, and according to the same height was the floor laid, when it was floored over in the time of Herod. And here two things are to be remembered; 1. that whereas the lower leads of the building which were over the side chambers, were but 50 cubits high, as hath been described, and there was a passage off those leads into the upper chamber over the holy place, and it was by steps of ten cubits high, partly without the wall, and partly within the thickness of the wall itself. a That there was an inequality of the height of the floors in the three parts of the house, the porch, the holy place and the most holy. The first floor of the porch was 90 cubits high, the holy place 60, and the most holy but 20. And therefore whereas there was a floor over the most holy place, even with the floor over the holy place, viz. at 60 cubit's height, that was not the first floor over it, but there was another floor 40 cubits beneath that. The beauty and richness of this place was exceeding great: The floor of it upon which they trod was planked with fir boards, and they gilded with gold; and the walls were also fieled or wainscoted with cedar, and that gilt likewise: This gilding was from the ground floor, even to the floor over head, all the 60 cubits high up the walls; and this is meant when the Text saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He built the walls of the House within with boards of Cedar from the floor of the house to the walls of the covering: that is, up to the very walls of the floor over head, as it is well expounded by the Rabbins upon that place. For fifty cubit's height of the walls was the embroidery of branches and open flowers, etc. and for the ten cubits above, it was the place of the windows: for the side chambers without the house, in three stories, did take up the height of fifty cubits high, so that for so high no windows could be made into the house, but the space of ten cubits above, was the place for the windows which were made narrow without and broad within. The deckage or carving of the wainscot of the walls is said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The carving of knops and open flowers as our English renders it: but the Hebrew Doctors are somewhat nice about the construction of these words. The Chaldee expounds it, the engraving of the likeness of eggs (ovals) and wreathes of Lillyes: as if he meant that he wrought the walls with the work of Lily garlands, and an oval in the midst of a garland: [c] Levi Gers. 〈◊〉 King. 6. Levi Gershem understands 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ovals as the Chaldee doth, but he takes them to be such ovals as are the buds of flowers, and that out of them came 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the flowers spreading and opening as in their maturity. [d] Kimch. i● David Kimchi takes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for wild gourds, and so our English hath it also in the Margin; and this I take to be the proper construction of the words and this the embroidery of the walls: That there was the carving of Cherubims and palm trees and the carving of gourds and open flowers interchanged thus: first a border of gourds or pompions or such like apple-fashioned sculpture intermixed with marigolds, gillyflowers, and such opening flowers, and this border or wreath went round about the house: upon this wreath as upon a base, were set the feet of Cherubims, and the rooting of palm trees both which stood up from this wreath [e] 1 King. 6.29 Ezek. 41.18, 19 a Cherub and a Palm tree, a Cherub and a Palm tree round about: above the heads of the Cherubims and Palm trees was such another wreath, and Cherubims and Palm trees set upon that again, and so interchangeably to the top. By all which was signified the attendance of Angels, Heb. 1.14. and flourishing condition, Psal. 92.12, 13. of those that serve the Lord and wait upon him. Every one of the Cherubims was pictured with two faces, one of a man that looked toward the Palm tree on one hand, and the other of a Lion that looked towards the Palm tree on the other. Whereas it is said that twenty cubits were built on the sides of the house with boards of Cedar from the floor to the walls, 1 Kings 7.16. the Jews do expound these twenty cubits by way of breadth and not of height, as thinking that they mean, that besides the sides of the house on either hand, which were 40 cubits long, he also made the like work upon either end of the room, which was twenty cubits broad: But the Text doth speak it more peculiarly of the most holy place, and sheweth what was the height of that, which was different from the outer room or holy place, as we shall see hereafter. Sect. 4. The Candlestick. THere were three remarkable and renowned things in this room of the holy place, which next come to our observing, and those were the Candlestick, the Table of Shewbread, and the Altar of Incense, the first of gold, and the other two gilded, so that here in this room could nothing be seen but gold. [a] Joseph. ubi ●upr. Josephus sets out these three things with this Encomium. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That they were three most wondrous workmanships, and to be renowned amongst all men: And that the seven Lamps in the Candlestick resembled the seven Planets: And the twelve loaves upon the Shewbread table, the twelve signs in the Zodiac or the year: And the Incense Altar, whereon incense was offered, which came partly out of the Sea, and partly from land, denoted that all things are of God and to him. [b] Maym. in beth habbech. per. 3. The Candlestick was eighteen hand breadth high, which according to the cubit of six hand breadth was a yard and an half: It had three feet, which almost lay flat upon the ground: At three hand breadth height, there was a flowering of a coronet work curiously spreading out, then went the shaft up, two hand breadth high; and there was a dish, a boss, and a flowering above the boss, and all in a hand breadth compass: thence the shaft went up again, plain for two hand breadths, and then was there a boss of a hand breadth, and there went out two branches, which were carried out, bowed on either side, till they were to be brought up strait to an equal height to the top of this middle shaft out of which they proceeded. Then was there an hand breadth of the shaft plain, and a boss of an hand breadth, and then came out two branches more on either side: And again, one hand breadth of the shaft plain, and a boss again of an hand breadth, and then came out two branches more: Above them was two hand breadth of the shaft plain: And for the three hand breadths above, there were three cups, and three bosses, and three flowerings in that space, and so the lamp stood in a flowering. In every branch that came out of this middle shaft, there were three cups at a handsome distance one from another, and above the highest a boss, and above that a flowering, and in that flowering the lamp stood: And before the Candlestick there was a stone with three steps cut in it, on which he that mended the lamps stood, and on which he set down his dishes whilst he was about that work. This Candlestick of seven branches (to which allusion is made, Apoc. 1. Zechar. 4.2. Apoc. 11.4.) was set on the South side of the house, but so as that the arms or branches of it spread North and South: All the lamps or lights that were set in the six branches that came out of the shaft, were turned bending, and looking towards the lamp which was in the middle in the shaft itself, and the lamp in that, was turned bending towards the most holy place, and therefore it was casled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Western lamps: These seven lamps (which denoted the seven Spirits of God, Re●. 4.5. & 5.6. which the Jews call, the Seven Spirits of Messiah, from Esay 11.1, 2, 3.) did burn continually, or if any of them were gone out, every morning and evening they were lighted again, and their perpetual light resembled the word and doctrine of Salvation, the light of the Lord, in which we see light. These lamps were called the candle of the Lord, 1 Sam. 3.3. where it is said, before the candle of the Lord went out, the Lord called to Samuel, etc. upon which words, David Kimchi giveth this gloss: If this be spoken concerning the lamps in the Candlestick, this was somewhat before day: for the lamps burnt from even till morning, yet did they sometimes some of them go out in the night. [c] Kimch. in 1 Sam. 3. Vid. Leu. Gers. ibid. They put oil into them by such a measure as should keep them burning from even till morning; and many times they did burn till morning; and they always found the Western lamp burning. Now it is said, that this prophecy came to Samuel, before the lamps went out, while it was yet night, about the time of cocks crowing, for it is said afterward, that Samuel lay till morning. Or allegorically it speaks of the candle of Prophecy; as they say the sun ariseth, and the sun sets: Before the holy blessed God cause the sun of one righteous man to set, he causeth the sun of another righteous man to rise. Before Moses his sun set, Joshua's sun arose; before Elies' sun set, samuel's sun arose, and this is that which is said, Before the candle of God went out. The Lord needed no light of candles (no more than he needed bread which was set upon the Shewbread table) nor the Priests needed no candles in this room neither, for the windows though they were high, yet did they give light into the room abundantly, but God by these candles did as it were enlighten the people to teach them spiritual things by these corporal, and to acquaint them with the necessity of the light of his word, and the bread of Salvation which came down from heaven. And therefore when Solomon did make [d] 2 Chr. 4. ten candlesticks, and ten tables, and set them intermixedly by five and five on either side the house, he added nothing to God, but he added only more splendour to the service, and more lustre to the Doctrine, of the necessity of the light of the word, and of the bread of life. [e] Beal Hatturim in Leu. 24. Our wisemen say (saith Baal Hatturim) that the Western lamp (which never went out) was a testimony that the Divine glory dwelled amongst Israel. SECT. 5. The Shewbread table. ON the Northside of the house which was on the right hand, stood the shewbread table of two cubits long, and a cubit and a half broad, [a] Exo. 25.23. in the Tabernacle of Moses, [b] Maym. ubi sup. but wanting that half cubit in breadth in the second Temple (the reason of the falling short not given by them that give the relation.) It stood length ways in its place, that is East and West, & had a crown of gold round about it, toward the upmost edge of it, which [c] Vid. Baal hat. in Ex. 25. the jews resemble to the crown of the Kingdom. Upon this Table there stood continually twelve loaves, which because they stood before the Lord, they were called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Mar. 12.4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The bread of setting before, for which our English hath found a very fit word, calling it the Shewbread: The manner of making and placing of which loaves was thus. [e] Maym. in Tamidin. per. 5. Out of four & twenty 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sata (three of which went to an Ephah) that is, out of eight bushel of wheat being ground, they sifted out [f] Leu. 24.5. four and twenty tenth deals [g] Ex: 16.36. or Omers of the purest flower; and that they made into twelve cakes, two Omers in a cake; or the fifth part of an Ephah of come in every cake: They made the cakes square, namely to hand breadth long, and five broad, and seven fingers thick: They were made and baked in a room that was in the great building Beth mokadh, on the Northside of the Court, as we shall show anon, and they were baked on the day before the Sabbeth. On the Sabbath they set them on the table in this manner: Four Priests went first in, to fetch away the loaves that had stood all the week, and other four went in after them to bring in new ones in their stead; Two of the four last, carried the two rows of the cakes, namely six a peace: and the other two carried in either of them in a golden dish, in which the frankincense was to be put to be set upon the loaves, and so those four that went to fetch out the old bread, two of them were to carry the cakes, and the other two the dishes: These four that came to fetch the old bread out, stood before the table with their faces towards the North, and the other four that brought in the new stood betwixt the table and the wall, with their faces toward the South; those drew off the old cakes, and these as the other went off slipped on the new, so that the table was never without bread upon it, because it is said, that they should stand before the Lord continually. They set the cakes in two rows, six and six, one upon another, and they set them, the length of the cakes cross over the breadth of the table (by which it appears, that the crown of gold about the table, rose not above the surface of it, but was a border below edging even with the plain of it, [b] R: Sol: in Exod. 25. (as is well held by Rabbi Solomon) and so the cakes lay two hand bread the over the table on either fide; for the table was but six hand breadth broad, and the cakes were ten hand breadth long: Now as for the preventing that, that which so lay over should not break off, if they had no other way to prevent it (which yet they had, but I confess that the description of it in their authors I do not understand, yet their manner of laying the cakes one upon another, was such, as that the weight rested upon the table, and not upon the points that hung over. The lowest cake of either row they laid upon the plain table: and upon that cake they laid three golden canes at distance one from another, and upon those they laid the next cake; and then three golden canes again, and upon them another cake, and so of the rest; save only that they laid but two such canes upon the fifth cake, because there was but one cake more to be laid upon. Now these which I call golden canes (and the Hebrews call them so also) were not like reeds or canes, perfectly round and hollow thorough, but they were like canes or kexes slit up the middle, and the reason of laying them thus betwixt cake and cake, was, that by their hollowness air might come to every cake, and all might thereby be kept the better from moldinesse and corrupting; and thus did the cake lie hollow, and one not touching another, and all the golden canes being laid so, as that that they lay within the compass of the breadth of the table, the ends of the cakes that lay over the table on either side, bore no burden but their own weight. On the top of either row was set a golden dish with a handful of frankincense, which when the bread was taken away, was burnt as incense to the Lord, Leu. 24.7. and the bread went to Aaron and his sons, or to the Priests as their portions to be eaten. What these loaves did represent and signify, is variously guessed: the number of twelve in two rows seem to refer to the twelve tribes, whose names were so divided into six and six in the two stones on the high Priests shoulders: And as bread is the chief subsistence and staff of our mortal life, so the offering of these might denote an acknowledgement of the people, of their receiving of all their subsistence from the Lord, to whom they presented these as their tribute: and these aswell as the lamps standing before the Lord, might show, that their spiritual and temporal support were both before him. But our pursuit is to look after the things themselves, leaving the allegorising of them unto others: for in such things men are most commonly more ready to give satisfaction to themselves, then to take it from others, for as much as the things themselves may be bended and swayed to various application. Sect. 6. The Altar of jucense. THe Candlestick stood on the one side of the house, and the Table on the other, and this Altar in the middle: not just betwixt them, but somewhat higher in the house toward the most holy place than they were: These three ornaments and furnitures of the holy place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [a] Maim in Beth habbec. per. 3. were set in a third part of the house; that is, whereas the house (meaning the holy place) was forty cubits long, when you had gone up six and twenty cubits, and two third parts of a cubit into the room, there stood the table and candlestick, and somewhat further higher towards the vail stood this Altar. [b] Ex: 30.1, 2. Maym. ubi sup. It was a cubit square, and two cubits high, had four horns at the four corners of it, and a crown about the brim or edge of it, which the Jews say denoted the Crown of the Priesthood: It stood not so nigh the vail of the most holy place, but that one might go about it; and so how the Priest did on the day of Explation, and besprinkled the horns of it with blood, we observe elsewhere. On this Altar (commonly called the golden Altar) incense was offered morning and evening every day: a figure, if you apply the action to Christ, of his mediation; and if to man, a resemblance of the duty of prayer. The twelve cakes which resembled the sustenance and sustentation of the twelve Tribes, which was ever before the Lord, were renewed only once every week, but the lampsdrest, and the incense offered twice every day, for we have more need of the light of God's word, and of prayer, then of our daily food. And if we will apply all the three to Christ, The Kingly office of Christ provided bread for his people, his Prophetic office provided the light of his word, and his Priestly office the incense of mediation. CHAP. XV. The most Holy place. Sect. I. The Partition space. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THE Holy and the most. Holy place were divided asunder by a threefold partition, namely by a cubit space, and by two veils, on either side of that space: The partition space which [a] Mid. per. 4. was a cubit broad, and no more, by the Jews is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which [b] Aruch. in voce. Rabbi Nathan confesseth to be a Greek word, and he saith it signifieth within or without, as meaning, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that it was doubtful to them, whether is were within or without; and thus it is interpreted [c] Talm. Jerus. per. 5. in the Jerusalem Tal●●d: [d] Beth habbec. per. 4. Maymony helps us to their meaning thus. In the Temple there was a wall which parted between the Holy and most Holy place, a cubit thick. But when they builded the second Temple, they doubted whether the thickness of that wall belonged to the measure of the Holy place, or to the measure of the most Holy place: Therefore they made the most Holy place twenty cubits long complete: and they made the holy place forty cubits long complete. And they less a space betwixt the holy and most holy place of a cubit breadth; and in the second Temple they built not a wall there, but they made two veils, one at the end of the most holy place (Eastward), and the other at the end of the holy place (Westward) and between them, there was a cubits breadth, according to the thickness of the wall that had been in the first Temple: But in the first Temple there was but one veil. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore is well conceived by the learned [e] Const Lemper. in Mid, Pag. 164. Lempereur to be the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifieth a disease in the eye, distempering the sight, and hindering it, and so were the eyes of the understanding of the bvilders of the second Temple at a stand about this place, whether it should belong to the Holy, or most Holy place, and there upon they called the place itself 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. The wall that Solomon built for the parting of the Holy and most Holy place, being a cubit thick (in stead of which this space was left), had these things regardable and considerable in it, and not easy to be understood. First, For the entering of the Oracle, be made doors of Olive tree. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 1 King. 6.31. These latter words are very difficult of construction, and if we go to Glossaries for the explication of them, they will give us variety of senses, but little facility of understanding. The Chaldee renders it only, Their posts with its lintel were orderly set, taking the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the sense of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ranked in order, & giving but very little light unto the obscure place. David Kimc. and Rabbi Solomon seem to understand it, that the posts of the doors were not four square but five square, if we may use such a word, or wrought into five ribs, as their own words are. But Levi Gershom hath a far fetch for it, for he thinks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaneth the Fifth gate that was in the Temple as you went forward; the Temple door the fourth, the Porch door the third, the door of the inner Court the second, and of the outer Court the first. To me the words seem to bear this construction; The post which was the door checks was at the fifth cubit; meaning from either wall of the house, come inward five cubits, and there was the door cheek, and so the house being twenty cubits broad, the door hereby is concluded to be ten. And this may the rather be so interpreted, because the text had been taking notice of the breadth of the house immediately before; as when it was speaking of the Cherubims wings, it saith, the wing of the o●e touched the one wall, and the wing of the other touched the other wall; and speaking of the adorning of the house, it saith, all the walls of the house were carved, and the floor gilt and then he comes on to speak of the partition betwixt the one house and the other, and saith, That the Oracle had a two leaved door of Olive tree, and the fifth cubit from either wall was the post which served for the checks of the door: And so it is sald in ver. 33. He made for the door of the Temple posts of Olive tree, from the fourth cubit; that is, four cubits from either side wall he set up an Olive beam for a post on either side the door, of a cubit thickness, and so the door came to be ten cubits broad. A second thing of difficulty to be understood about this partition wall in Solomon's Temple is that which is spoken in ve. 22. of the same Chapter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And be made bars in chains of gold before the Oracle, and he overlaid it with gold. All the difficulty lies in the first word, for it is generally agreed by the best skilled in the language, the Chaldee & the Rabbins that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifieth chains, but, what is meant by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is the Question. The word properly signifieth, He caused to pass over, but in this place, R. Solomon, and D. Kimchi take it in a Chaldee propriety, as signifying to make hars, because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bars, in the Hebrew is translated 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Chaldee. The sixteenth verse of 2 Chr. 3. giveth some light to this obscurity, for there it is said, He made chains as in the Oracle, and put them on the heads of the pillars; by which he means the flower wreaths that we spoke of before that went about the chapter, and the like is to be understood here. That upon this wall which was before the Oracle, and divided betwixt the holy and most holy place, be made borders or chained wreaths, with a swelling in the border like a bar in it carried from the one side of the house to the other upon this wall. Sect. 2. The Va●le. THE Veils were two as was observed before, and the reason given why; [a] Maym. in Kele Mik. per. 7. & these two vails were renewed every year, the old ones taken away, and new ones put in their room: It was woven of four colours, blue, purple, scarlet, and fine white linen yarn, every one of these threads twisted six double, and woven upon hair for the warp, of 72 hairs twisted into every thread. These two vails rend at our Saviour's death from the top to the bottom, Mat. 27.51. and gave demonstration of the laying open and common of those Ceremonious things which had thither to been reserved in such reclusenesse and singularity: The Evangelist indeed calleth it by the name of One vail, and so also doth Josephus, when he saith, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] De Bell. lib. 5. cap. 14. It was parted by a vail. For, 1. Though they were two, yet hung they up to be but as one partition. 2. Had they known where the proper place of one vail had been, there had been but one in this second Temple, and no more. Imagine what an amazement it would prove to the two Priests that were that evening that our Saviour suffered, to mend the lamps, and to burn the incense, to see, and for the rest of the people to hear that the veils rend of their own accord from the top to the bottom, and no hand upon them. Had not a vail been upon the eyes of that Nation, they might have seen more in this matter than they did, and made a better use of it then they made. Whether that story that is both in Josephus and in the Talmudicks, about the gate of the Temple opening of its own accord, which we shall relate are long, refer not to this story in the Gospel, be it referred to the Reader to judge. The Apostle himself gives us the typical application of this piece of the Sanctuary, Heb. 10.19, 20. Having holdness to enter into the Holiest by the blood of Jesus, by a new and living way which be hath consecrated for us, through the vail, that is to say, his flesh. SECT. 3. The most Holy place itself. THE most holy place in Moses his Tabernacle was a perfect cube of ten cubits long, and ten cubits broad, and ten cubits high: And the like was it in the Temple that was built by Solomon of twenty cubits every way, 2 Chron. 3.8. For though the Temple itself were thirty cubits high, yet did he floor over the most holy place at twenty cubit's height: And to this sense is that verse to be understood in 1 King. 6.16. He built twenty cubits on the sides of the house, both the floor and the walls with boards of Cedar; be even built them for it within, even for the oracle, evan for the most holy place. The beauty of the walls of this place, was agreeable to the other; decked with Cherubitus and palmtrees, and some precious stones intermixed, floor and walls, and roof and all gilded with gold. It is said in 2 Chron. 3.9. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that the overlaid the upper chambers with gold, which may move a just Querie, for over the Holy place there was no upper chamber at all, (that is, in the Temple built by Solomon, for of that we are speaking) but it was all open to the roofe, being but thirty cubits high: and over the most holy place there was indeed an upper room of ten cubits high, but why this should be called chambers in the plural number, and why it should be gilded at all, since there was no coming into it, nor no way to come there, is not easy to apprehend: And as for the side chambers, that were set on the outside of the house, is there warcant or reason to suppose them overlaid with gold, where they were to lay up corn and wine, and such other things of tithes and first fruits? therefore by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 might be understood, not the upper chambers in the common sense in which the word is used, for there was none over the Holy place but the upper floor, or the roof of the holy and most holy place, and so the text showeth that the rooms were all overlaid with gold every where, both the floor on which they trod, and the walls and the floor or roof over head. But another text in the book of Chronicles helpeth to resolve this doubt, and that is, 1 Chr. 29.3. Moreover because I have set mine affection on the house of my God, I have of mine own proper good; of gold and silver which I have given to the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house: Even three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seventy thousand talents of refined filver, to overly the walls of the houses withal; where these two things are remarkable. 1. That he saith this preparation was above what he had prepared for the holy house, & yet he saith he had prepared it for the house of God. And 2. that here is mention of silver to overly the walls withal, whereas it is plain, that within the Temple itself all the everlaying was of gold. Therefore it is thus to be understood, that beside the store of gold that David had provided for the gildings of the house within, in the Holy and most Holy place, he had also laid by a stock of gold & silver both, to gild and overly the chambers over the porch (for there were upper chambers divers in it, the height of it being 120 cubits) and to beautify the side chambers, and the other chambers that were about the Courts. Now in the Temple after the captivity, we do not find that they were so curious to reduce the compass of the most holy place to a cubick form, but that the height of it did exceed the breadth, it being twenty cubits long, and twenty cubits broad like that of solomon's, but the height far more for aught I find determined to the contrary. SECT. 4. The Cherubims and Ark. AS there were two Cherubims upon the Ark itself, so also did Solomon cause two Cherubims besides, to be made to stand over the Ark, it standing between them: they are so plainly and facilly described in 1 King. 6.23. that I shall refer the reader thither for the story of them, and say no more concerning them but only this, that as the two Cherubims upon the mercy seat, may very well be resembled to Christ's two natures, so these two that stood by, to the two Testaments; which in their beginning and end reach the two sides of the world, The Creation, and the last Judgement, and in the middle do sweetly join one to another. The Ark (the strength and presence of the Lord, Psal. 105.4. and the glory of Israel, 1 Sam. 4.22. the most pregnant and proper resemblance of our Saviour, in whom God dwelleth among men) described, Exod. 25.10, etc. and 37. 1. etc. [a] Maym. is beth habbech. per. 4. was set upon a stone, up toward the West end of the most holy place, even under the middle wings of the two tall Cherubims that stood besides it: For the Cherubims spread forth their two wings over the place of the Ark, and the Cherubims covered the Ark, and the staves thereof above. And they drew out the staves, that the ends of the staves were seen out in the Holy place before the Oracle; and they were not seen without, 1 King 8 7, 8.2 Chron. 5.8, 9 For before the Temple was built, while the Ark was in a moving posture, the staves whereby the Ark was born, was of an equal length on either side it, ready for the Priests shoulders when there was occasion for the Ark to flit; but now when they had brought it in into Solomon's Temple, where it was to fix and remove no more, they drew out the staves towards that side that looked down the most holy place, [b] R. Leu. Ger. ●n 1 King. 8. Levi Gershom is of opinion, that these staves where not the same that were made by Moses, but of a longer cize, and that they reached down to the very door; and that though there were doors betwixt the Holy and most. ●oly place, yet those doors could not shut because of these staves. [c] Kimch. ib. & R: Sol: ibid. And Kimchi, and jarchi come up very near to the same supposal, conceiving that the Ark stood not up near the Western wall of the house, but more downward, towards the door, and that the staves reached down to the door, and on the day of Expiation, when the high priest went into the Holy place, he went up to the Ark between these staves, and could not go off to one hand or other. But that that hath strained them from this conception is, 1. Because they have strictly taken the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the text in the book of Kings, for the Holy place without the vail, whereas the book of Chronicles doth expressly render it by the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Ark; for whereas the one place saith, that the beads of the staves were seen, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, the other hath it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: And so the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaneth not the whole room, either of the Holy or most Holy place, but that singularly Holy place that was under the wings of the Cherubims; for of that place had the text spoken immediately before, when it said, The Priests brought the Ark into the most holy place, under the wings of the Cherubims. For the Cherubims spread forth their wings over the place of the Ark, etc. and then he comes on and saith. And they drew out the staves, so that the ends of the staves appeared out of that holy place, meaning under the wings of the Cherubims. And 2. The authors alleged, have strictly taken 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to mean so, as one standing at the door betwixt the Holy and most Holy place had the most Holy place before him; whereas it signifieth in the same sense that it doth in that clause in Gen. 1.20. Let the fowl fly upon the earth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our English hath well rendered, in the open firmament of heaven. And so is it to be taken here, and the verse in hand may be properly understood thus; And they drew out the staves at length, so that the ends of the staves were seen from that holy place in the open face of the Oracle: but they were not seen without. The staves were the same that were made by Moses, and their length not great, but only so much as to fit a man's shoulder on either side of the Ark; and now when they had set the Ark between the two standing Cherubims on the floor, the Cherubims inner wings covered the Ark, and the staves that were above at the ends of the Ark, but the rest of the staves drawn out downward toward the Oracle door shot out from under the Cherubims wings, and appeared in the open face of the most Holy place, and the high Priest when he came to offer incense at the Ark on the day of Expiation, he stood before the Ark between the staves. [d] Maym. ubi sup. It is fancied by the Jews, that Solomon when he built the Temple, foreseeing that the Temple should be destroyed, he caused very obscure and intricate vaults under ground to be made, wherein to hid the Ark when any such danger came, that howsoever it went with the Temple, yet the Ark which was as the very life of the Temple might be safe. And they understand that passage in 2 Chron. 35.3. josiah said unto the Levites, Put the Holy Ark in the house which Solomon the son of David did build, etc. [e] Kimch. in 2 Chron. 35. as if joab having heard by the reading of Moses his Manuscript, and by Huldabs' prophecy, of the danger that hung over jerusalem, he commanded to convey the Ark into this vault, that it might be secured, and with it, say they, they laid up Aaron's rod, the pot of Manna, and the anointing oil: For while the Ark stood in its place, upon the stone mentioned, they hold that Aaron's rod and the pot of Manna stood before it, but now were all conveyed into obscurity, and the stone upon which the Ark stood, lay over the mouth of the vault. But Rabbi Solomon, which useth not ordinarily to forsake such traditions, hath given a more serious gloss upon the place; namely, whereas that Manasseb and Amon had removed the Ark out of its habitation; and set up images and abominations there of their own, Josiah speaketh to the Priests to restore it to its place again: what became of the Ark at the burning of the Temple by Nebucadnezzar we read not, it is most like it went to the fire also. How ever it sped, it was not in the second Temple, and is one of the five choice things that the Jews reckon wanting there. Yet had they an Ark there also of their own making, as they had a breastplate of Judgement; which though they both wanted the glory of the former, which was giving of Oracles, yet did they stand current as to the other matters of their worship, as the former breastplate and Ark had done. And so having thus gone through the many parts and particulars of the Temple itself, let us but take account of the several parcel measures, that made up the length of it an hundred cubits, and so we will turn our eye and survey upon the Courts. [f] Mid. per. 4. 1. The wall of the porch was five cubits thick. 2. The Porch itself eleven cubits broad. 3. The wall of the Temple six cubits thick. 4. The Holy place forty cubits long. 5. The space between Holy and most Holy place one cubit. 6. The length of the most Holy place twenty cubits. 7. The Temple wall six cubits thick. 8. The breadth of the chambers at the end six cubits. 9 The wall of the chambers five cubits thick. CHAP. XVI. The Courts of the Temple. THe dimensions and platform of the Temple itself being thus laid out, we may now the better observe the form and situation of the Courts that were before it or about it: Where, in the first place it will be needful to remember that again which was spoken before, which was, that the Temple and the Courts about it; were not pitched so just in the middle of the Mount of the house, as that they lay in an equal distance from the four sides of the encompassing wall, [a] Mid. per. 2. but they were situate more towards the North side and West, in such manner, as that they left less space betwixt them and the West, then betwixt them and the North; and less betwixt them and the North, then between them and the East; and less betwixt them and the East, then betwixt them and the South. There were three which we may call Courts, belonging to the Temple, besides that space in the mountain of the house without them, which was very large, and which is ordinarily called by Christian writers, Atrium Gentium, or the Court of the Gemiles. And these three were, The Court of Israel and the Priests, the Court of the women, and The Chel, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; but properly and ordinarily the two former are only called Courts: That word in Hebrew is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 used in the text, 2 Chro. 4.9. and in the Chaldee Paraphrast, Esay 1.12. 1 Sam. 3.3. Ezek. 43.8. and by the Rabbins most constantly when they speak of these places, David Kimchi gives the Etymology of it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that [b] Kimch. in 2 Chron. 4. & in Michol. it was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (which signifies help) because that every one that came to pray there with a good heart was helped by the Lord his God: And much to the same purpose Rabbi Nathan, when he saith, [c] Ar. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. they prayed there to the Lord to help them, etc. there being their last recourse for help in all exigents, as, 1 King. 8.31, etc. the word is used in Ezek. 43.14. in another sense, namely, for a border or half pace at the foot of the Altar, on which the Priests that sacrificed stood, [d] Kimch. in Ezek. 43. as Kimchi expounds it upon that place, and which we shall meet with afterward. These two Courts are sometimes so spoken of in scripture, as if they were three, for there is mention of the Court of the Priests, and the great Court, 2 Chr. 4.9. and the Court of the women, as we shall observe by and by, and yet they were indeed but two, for though the Court of the Priests, and the Court of Israel were distinguished, yet were they not divided, but the Court of the women was divided from them both. The measure of the Court of Israel and the Priests (which is sometime called Emphatically, The Court, and sometime, The Court of Israel) [e] Mid. per. 5. Sect. 1. was 187 cubits long; that is, from East to West, and 135 broad from North to South. The Temple stood just in the middle of the breadth of it, so that the front of the Temple or the porch being 100 cubits broad, this Court breadth lay 17 cubits and an half on either side of it; and the body of the temple itself being but 70 cubits broad, this Court lay 33 cubits and an half broad on either side it: Now behind the West end of the Temple it extended but 11 cubits; so measure from the utmost West side of it there, and you have 11 cubits behind the Temple, 100 cubits the length of the Temple, and then it extended Eastward before the Temple 76 cubits. [f] Ibid. per. 2. Sect. 5. The Court of the women lay just before this Court, joining to it, being of equal breadth with it, namely, 135 cubits from North to South, but not so long as it from East to West, for it was only 135 cubits that way also, and so it was a perfect square. CHAP. XVII. The Enclosure. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel. ABout both these Courts thus laid, there was another enclosed space encompassing them in, and this by the Jews is called The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel: The word is used by Jeremy, Lam. 2.8. in that sense (as [a] Maym. in beth habbech. per. 5. some Jews do interpret) that we are to understand and describe here. Both the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel, and the wall mourn: by the wall, being meant the wall of the Court, and by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel the space that encompassed it round about; and so translated by the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the encompassing or enclosure. The Scripture frequently useth the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a wall, trench, or rampart, as 2 Sam. 10.15. 1 King. 21.23. Obad. ver. 20. Nab. 3.8. and it is rendered variously by the Hebrew Expositors there, but of the sense of the word & nature of that place at the Temple that we are looking after, they give us this unanimous account [b] Mid. per. 2. Sect. 3. Maym. ubi sup. that it was a place or space of 10 cubits broad, encompassed with a wall, between the mountain of the house and the Courts. I cannot find a better name for it, than the enclosure or outer virge of the Courts. The words of Rabbi Nathan in Aruch in two several plamay move two several doubts about this place, for in one ces place be saith that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, [c] Ar. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. A place encompassed with a wall between the mountain of the House and the Court of the women. And in another place he saith, that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Id. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel was a wall higher than the wall called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sor●g; Out of which words he seemeth to hold out these two opinions; the one, that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel did not encompass all the Courts, but only the Court of the women; and the other, that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel was not a space of ground, but a wall; but these two doubts we shall clear as we go along. And first to evidence that this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was a space of ground, and not a wall, we have not only the testimony of the Talmud and divers other Jews that measure out the breadth of it to be 10 cubits, but we have mention abundantly in them of people's coming into it, and standing and sitting in it; as R. Nathan himself giveth one instance, [e] Id. ubi ante. when he speaketh of a great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Divinity school in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel: And [f] juchas so. 21. Abraham Zaccuth speaketh of Rabban Johanan ben Zaccai having a Sanbedrin there. [g] Pesa. per. 2. And Rambam relates at large how those that brought their Passoever lambs into the Court when they were dispatched, went and stood in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel, and divers of the like examples might be added, which prove evidently enough what kind of thing this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel was, namely, not a wall but a space of ground. And so R. Nathan meaneth even when he saith, it was a wall higher than the wall 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: for so the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at large when it is taken for other places then this in the Temple, and is joined with the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is defined by the Jews to mean 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [h] R. Sol. in Lam. 2.8. A wall, and a Son of a wall, or an inner and outer wall; that is, a lower wall before a higher, as Rabbi Solomon construes it not close joined together, but some space of ground between, and so our Author understands it, though he speak so short. The wall that enclosed the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 soreg in the Talmud and Rabbins language, which Nathan rendereth plainly a wall, but [i] R. Semajab in Mid. some other expound it for a wall curiously lattized, & made of wood, but Josephus comes and speaks further, somewhat like to both their senses, and tells us that it was of stone, but curiously wrought: Let us a little examine what he saith upon this place: [k] joseph. de bell. lib. 5. c. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 As you went through this (that is, the mountain of the House) into the second Temple, there was a stone wall that went about of three cubits high of very curious work: wherein stood pillars at an even distance; some in Greck and some in Latin letters giving notice of the holiness of the place; That no stranger must enter within the holy place: for the second Temple was called holy; and they went up 14 steps into it out of the first. And a little after 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And above the 14 steps it was 10 cubits to the wall (of the Court) and all even. Out of which relation we may observe these things remarkable 1. That the outmost space of all, that lay within the great encompassing wall (that which the Jews distinctively call the Mountain of the house) was also commonly call the first Temple: And in this very sense doth the Gospel speak very oft, using the word Temple when it meaneth but this outmost space, as John 2.14. Jesus found in the Temple those that sold Oxen etc. John 8.1, 3. Mat. 21.14, 15. 2. That within this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel no strangers might come but Jew's only, and for this purpose there were pillars in which there was so much written in Greek and Latin sentences. And so the jews say that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel was more holy than the Mountain of the house, because no stranger might come into it, [l] Talm. in Kelim. per. 1. nor none polluted by the dead. And upon this very thing we may conclude if we had no other ground to conclude it by, that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel did encircle or encompass all the Courts and not the Court of the women only: for if the ground along that Court for 10 Cubits next to it were so holy that a stranger might not come upon it, certainly we must hold the ground along by the upper Court as holy and as unaccessible for strangers every whit. And therefore whereas R. Nathan in what was alleged before, saith that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel did enclose the Court of the women, and speaketh of enclosing no more, he doth not exclude the other, but speaks according as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel lay to one that came in at the East gate. 3 That into the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel there was the first rising, all being level from the East gate thither, and the rising into the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel was 14 steps or 7 cubits [m] Mid. per. 2. or as the Talmud more truly reckons but 12 steps or 6 cubits (for every step was half a cubit rise) and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel being 10 cubits broad it was level to the wall of the women's Court. The wall that encompassed the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel was not high as were the other walls about the Temple, but it was only as it were barns before the higher wall of the Court, but of 3 cubit's high; the fashion or work of it being very curious, wrought into paves or lattices, or such open work that one might look through it as well as over it. The passages into the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel through this wall were many, namely, one before every gate that went into either of the Courts, and there on either side the passage, was a pillar set up, with the inscription mentioned, advising strangers to beware of coming upon the holy ground. Now in the Syrogrecian Kings times when the jews and jerusalem lay in subjection to those King's 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this wall that was the bar against strangers going any further, u Id. ibid. was broken by those Kings in thirteen places, they scornfully and disdainfully, and impiously breaking in upon the holy ground 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But the jews made up the breaches again, and ordained thirteen adorations and orisons to be made against the Heathen Kingdoms upon any one's coming to any of the places where the breach had been. CHAP. XVIII. The Court of the Women. THe Courts of the Temple (to the surveying of which we are now come) were properly two, The Court of Israel and The Court of the Women: For though there was indeed a distinction between the Court of Israel and the Court of the Priests, as that the one was not the other, and they that came into the one, might not come into the other, yet was the one so within the other, and the partition between the one and the other so small, and but one boundary that enclosed them both, that they were indeed not so very properly two Courts, as two several places for the Priests and for the Israelites to stand in, in one Court: But the Court of Israel and the Court of the women were so truly and apparently two different Courts, that they lay one before another, and they were parted and divided one from another, with a very high wall. The Court of the women is not mentioned in Scripture by that express name and title in any place, but yet it is spoken of there under two or three other Epithets, or denominations. 1 It is called the New Court, 2 Chron. 20.5. where it is said that Jchoshaphat stood in the congregation of Judah and Jerusalem in the house of the Lord before the new Court: that is, he and all the congregation stood in the mountain of the house Eastward before the Court of the women. Now David Kimchi upon the place though he speak not out so much, yet he concludeth indeed that that new Court meaneth the Court of the Women, and he giveth two reasons why it is called New: [a] Kimch. in 2 Chron. 20. either because it had gone to decay, and they had newly repaired it, or because they had made some new Laws concerning it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and had appointed that none that were defiled, so as they needed to wash themselves the same day, should come within the Camp of Levi: which is a peculiar prohibition in [b] Kelim per. 1. the Talmud as concerning this court of the women: [c] C. Lemper. in Mid. fol. 62. But rather it was called new, because it was not made when the other Court was by Solomon, but added in aftertime. There is mention indeed of the Inner Court built by Solomon 1 Kings 6.36. which inferreth an outer, but that outer meaneth the whole mountain of the house which lay without the Court of Israel, as is well observed by some of the Hebrew Doctors, and that is it which is also called the great Court, in contradistinction to the Court of the Priests, 2 Chron. 4.9. And in that there is mention only of Solomon's building the inner Court, it is an argument that he built but that Court, and that this that we are speaking of, was not extant in his time, but taken in and built afterward, either by Asa or by Jehoshaphat, before that time and occasion that the text mentioned in the book of Chronicles speaketh of: and so there came to be two Courts in the House of the Lord, 2 Kings 21.5. 2 It is called The outer Court, Ezek. 46.21. [d] Mid. per. 2. & Kimch. in loc. as that text is generally and truly understood by the jewish writers, which we shall have occasion to examine anon; and the reason of the name doth easily appear, namely because it lay on the outside of the Court of Israel, and further off from the Temple. 3. It is also called The Treasury, John 8.20. the reason of which name we shall observe before we have done with the survey of this Court. But by the Jewish writers it is generally and ordinarily called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Court of the Women; and the reason of that name was, because the women might go no higher or further, then into this Court. [e] Joseph. de Bell. l. 5. c. 14. & Antiq. l. 15. c. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, This being the proper place for them to worship in, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, further than this towards the Temple was unaccessible to them: only when a woman brought a sacrifice, she might go into the Court of Israel, as we have observed in another place. This Court lay at the East end of the Court of Israel, and was parted from it by a high wall, so that whosoever came to worship here, could see nothing of the service in the other Court, and indeed hear but little unless they went up the steps of the gate and looked in: for till you came to the middle of the entry of the gate that went up into the upper Court, it was but of the same holiness with the Court of the women, but beyond the middle, it was holier. The floor of this Court was even and level throughout, [f] Mid. ubi ant. and it was a perfect square of 135 cubits long, and 135. cubits broad; and it was curiously flagged with marble, as indeed was all the space, both Courts, Chel, and the other space that was within the wall that encompassed the holy ground: And they have this tradition about the pavement of the Court, where the Altar stood, [g] Maym. in beth habbech. per. 1. That all the Court was flagged with fair stones, and if any flag were loosed, although it lay still in its place, yet was it not lawful to stand upon it to do any part of the service till it were fastened again. The entering into the Court of the women was by three gates, one on the East, one on the North, and one on the South, and there was a fourth on the West, which went up out of this Court into the upper Court or that of Israel. All these gates as also all the other that went into the upper Court (of which hereafter) were [h] Joseph. de Bell. ubi supr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, gilded all over both posts and lintels, one only excepted, of which instantly. We will go up at the East gate out of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel, out of which there were five steps that risen up to the gate to land you in it. The gate itself was exceeding sumptuous and exceeding beautiful: and this was that which was called the beautiful gate of the Temple, Act. 3.2. at which the Cripple lay begging of alms, both of men and women that went into the Temple; At this gate began 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, The inner Temple, as Josephus doth often call it, distinguishing between that space that was enclosed within the boundary wall that encompassed the whole holy ground, and that space that was enclosed within the wall that encompassed the Courts: the former of them was called the outer Temple, and the latter was called the inner, and both of them bore the name of the Temple: and so in the Scripture, whosoever went but within the compass of the holy ground, is said to have gone into the Temple. Now this gate being the very front and entrance into the Inner Temple, or into that space within which the choicest sanctity and bravery of the Temple was, it was built and decked with such sumptuousness and singular gallantry, as was fitting for the frontispiece of so brave a place: And hence it came to bear the name of beautiful, and that the rather also, in comparison of the gate Shushan, or the outmost East gate that entered into the mountain of the house, for that was but a low and homely gatehouse, for a reason that hath been observed heretofore: but this was goodly and lofty, and stood bravely mounted upon the far higher ground. This gate Josephus [i] Joseph. ubi supr. calleth the Corinthian gate, because it was of Corinthian brass, whereas the rest of the gates were gilded with gold. And here occurreth a difference betwixt him and the talmudical writers; for they do unanimously hold the brazen gate to be the gate of Nicanor (which we shall survey anon) which was the gate that went out of the Court of the Women into the Court of Israel: but he doth as confidently affirm on the other hand, that it was that that went out of the Chel into the Court of the women. His words are these Mia 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. There was one gate without the Temple of Corinthian brass, which exceeded in glory those of gold or silver: Now where this gate stood, namely, in that place that we are upon, appeareth by this passage of his a little after. The gate above the Corinthian gate which opened East, over against the gate of the Temple, etc. It is not much material to determine whether of these Eastern gates were of brass, it is only needful to be resolved which of them was that that was called the gate of Nicanor, (because upon the knowledge of that there are divers things depending, and in the next chapter but one, shall be showed that it was that gate that went out of the Court of the Women into the Court of Israel.) But if I were to moderate between the differing parties, I should say their difference in this matter is not real, but only apparent: Josephus calls the gate that came into the Court of the Women, the brazen gate, because it was all so, posts and lintel and all overlaid with brass, which shone above gold: but the Talmudists say, the doors of the gate of Nicanor were only of brass, but the whole front of the gate beside, all of gold: and so that was not the brazen gate, but only brazen doors, but the other was properly the brazen gate. When Peter and john had healed the Cripple at this gate, the text saith, that he went with them into the Temple, that is, into the Court of the Women, which was the common and ordinary place of worship for those that brought not a Sacrifice, and from thence he went bacl again with them through this gate into Solomon's porch or the Eastern cloister of the Mountain of the house, and there they preach and convert five thousand. And now let us go up through this gate into the Court, and survey it itself. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [i] Mid. ubi supr. In the four corners of the Court of the women there were four rooms of forty cubits, and they were not floored over, and thus they shall be in time to come, say the Talmudicks from Ezek. 46.21,22. Now these four rooms were every one 40 cubits long from East to West, and 30 cubits broad from North to South, for so may we best interpret it according to the place alleged in the Prophecy of Ezekiel, His words are these, Then he brought me forth to the utter Court, and caused me to pass by the 4 corners of the Court, and behold in every corner of the Court there was a court. In the 4 corners of the Court were Courts 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 40 cubits long and 30 broad. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is of doubtful signification, and diversely interpreted: The Lxx read it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 little, for so they render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A little Court, and it is easy to see how they mistook 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: some understand it according to the Chaldee transmutation of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 changed into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and think it meaneth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 joined, and so our English hath it, and so [k] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rabbi Nathan, produceth some instances of the word in this sense, but concludeth that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaneth nothing but that these buildings were not floored over, and in the very same opinion doth the [l] Mid. ubi supr. Talmud, [m] R. Sol. & Kimch. in Ezek. 46. Rabbi Solomon and David Kimchi join with him, and in the very same words; But how to understand this is somewhat difficult: If we should conceive that they were clearly open on the top without any covering at all, the constant works that were done in them, and the things that were laid up in them will deny that; and if we shall say they were roofed over, how shall we answer to the general testimony of the Hebrew Doctors which holdeth otherwise. We will therefore look first to what use these several rooms were constantly put, and then we shall be the better in abled to judge of this matter. [n] Mid. ubi supr. 1 That in the Southeast corner was a room for Nazarites 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: For there they boiled their peace-offerings, polled their hair and pnt it under the pot, according to the Law, Numb. 6.18. [o] Nazir. per. 1. Nazarism was most ordinarily for thirty days: though sometime it was for years and sometime for term of life. He whose vow was expired, was to bring three beasts, one for a burnt-offering, another for a sin-offering, and a third for a peace-offering: [p] Ibid. per. 6. If he polled his head in the Country, as Paul did at Cenchrea, he was to bring his hair and burn it under the Cauldron where his peace-offering was boiling, which was in this place that we are speaking of: And if he polled it here, it was the readier. The Jews in the Treatise alleged in the Margin above, speak of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A Samson Nazarite and an everlasting Nazarite, not but that Samson was a Nazarite always: but they use this distinction in reference to the manner of the Vow making. He that took on him to be a Nazarite like Samson, as saying. Behold I will be a Nazarite like Samson, or like the Son of Manoah, or like the husband of Delilah, or like him that carried away the gates of Azzah, or like him whose eyes the Philistims put out: such a one might never cut his hair, but it must ever grow upon him: and such a Nazarite did Absalon take upon him to be, but he was forced to cut his hair once every year, it was so heavy: But he that was a Nazarite everlasting (that is, that took upon him Nazarisme upon other terms, as he that said I will be a Nazarite according to the number of the hairs of my head, or the dust of the Earth, or sand of the Sea shore) he might poll his head once in thirty days: but his hair was not to be thus burnt, because his vow was not out. But he whose vow was expired, wheresoever he polled his head was to come to this place, and here to boil his Peace-offering and to burn his hair, and the Priest took the shoulder as it boiled, and a Cake and a wafer of unleavened bread, and put all upon the hands of the Nazarite, and waved them, and then was the Nazarite at liberty to drink wine, and to be defiled by the dead. But R. Simeon saith that as soon as any of the blood of any of the Lambs was sprinkled on him, he was at this liberty: The same tract also speaketh of women Nazarites as [o] Ibid. per. 3 Queen Helena who was a Nazarite first by her own engagement seven years, and by coming into the land of Israel seven years more, and by a difilement, seven years more, one and twenty in all: [p] Ibid. per. 6 And Mary of Tarmud, who whilst the blood of her offerings was sprinkling on her, word was brought her that her daughter was in danger of death, and she went away, the sprinkling half done, and half undone, and found her daughter dead: and came again and was sprinkled out: Now to inquire whether these women cut their hair at the expiring of their vow, is not much to this place and purpose, and therefore we shall not trouble ourselves at present to hearken after it. But me thinks that [q] juchasin. fol. 15 trac. 1. passage of Simeon the just, was to purpose, who in all his life time would take a sin-offering but of one Nazarite only, and his reason was, because he thought they made their vows in some paffion, and repent of it when they bade done. 2. [r] Mid. ubi. supra. The North-east rooms 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was the place of the wood, where the priests that had blemishes did search the wood for worms; for any wood that had worms in it was unclean for to burn upon the Altar. [s] Maym. in biath hamikdash per. 6. Mid. per. 5. The great Sanhedrin sat in the building Gazith, and a main work of theirs continually. was, that they judged of the Priesthood, and tried the Priests as concerning their genealogy (whether they were truly of the Priestly line or no,) and concerning blemishes (whether they were fit to serve or no) every one that was found sailing of the right pedigree, was clothed with black, and vailed with black, and got him out of the Court. But whosoever was found right and perfect was clothed with white (compare Rev. 3.4. & 7.9. and went in and served with the Priests his brethren: Whosoever war found of the right blo●d of the Priests, but some blemish was found in him, he went and sat him down in the woodroom, and wormed the wood for the altar, and had his portion in the holy things, with the men of the house of his father, and eat with them. And when a Priest was found without blemish, they made holiday and great rejoicing, and blessed God for it with a Solemn prayer. [e] Mid. ubi supr. 3. The Northwest room 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, was the room of the lepers: After the many rites for the cleansing of the leper abroad in the Country, at his own house, [u] Maym. in Tumeach tsoreah per. 11. as killing a Sparrow and be sprinkling him with the blood mingled with water, sending another sparrow flying in the open air, shaving himself with a razor every hair off, etc. On the seventh day he was to shave himself again, and to wash himself in water, and then he was clean from defiling and might come within Jerusalem. On the eight day he brought three lambs, for a sin-offering, trespasse-offering, and burnt-offering [w] Talm. in Negain, per. 11. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He bathed himself in the Lepers room, and went and stood in the gate of Nicanor, and there the Priests besprinkled him, etc. the manner of which we have observed elsewhere. [x] Mid. ubi supr. 4. The South west room was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The house of the oil. [y] Ibich et Mayin. in Beth. habbech per. 5. For there they laid up the wine and the oil, whereof there was so frequent and constant use by the appointment of the Law in their meat and drink offerings, see Numb. 15. And now that we have seen the use and employment to which these rooms were put, it is the more seasonable to consider of that which we mentioned before, namely whether these four rooms in the four corners of the Court of the women, were quite open to the skies, or roofed over, and in what sense to taketh word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Two things do here meet us which are considerable. 1. That these places in Ezekiel are called Courts: 2. That he saith in every one of them there were boiling ranges, to boil the Sacrifices of the people. Ezek. 46.21, 21. And yet doth the Talmud allot them to these particular uses. All which, and what is said moreover, that they were not roefed over, may very well consist together. For grant every one of these spaces to be built within with chambers round about: there might be very fair chambers and yet a good handsome open Court in the middle: At either end chambers of 10 cubits broad, & yet an open space of 20 cubits between: And on either side chambers of seven or eight cubbits broad: and yet an open space of fourteen or sixteen cubits between: Thus therefore doth the building in these places seem to be; that there were fair chambers round about which were roofed over as other buildings, and in the middle was an open court, round about which were boiling ranges, whose chimneys went up in the inner walls of the chambers or the walls to the open place: And so the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be rendered caminata, as it is by some, and as by our English Bible's margin made with chimneys. And thus were these places roofed, but not as the rest of the buildings about the Temple, with a continued roof, for here was a void place or even quadrangle in the middle, and thus did the inner Court serve for boiling places, and the rooms round about for other uses. Such was the Platform of the Court of the women. It was a perfect square: in the midst of every one of the walls of it was a gate: in every corner of it, was one of these buildings: and now what was between these buildings along the wall till it came to the gate? was it cloistered all along, as were the other walls about the Temple? The Talmud answers that at first it was not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [z] Piske Tosapb. ad Mid. The Court of the women was not cloistered about: but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [a] Mid. ubi supr. It was all plain at first, and nothing but pavement and bare walls: but upon some experience of inconveniences that they found they made cloisters, and balcones or galleries within the cloisters upon three sides of it, East, North and South, all about: The inconvenience R. Nathan tells us was this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Talm. in Succah. per. 5. That men and women being promiscuously mingled together, it was occasion of lightness and irreverence. Therefore they made a balcone (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Nathan & Maymony, but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Talmud) round about the Court, which came out from the wall and was roofed over bead. And so the women stood in those galleries, and men stood in the Court below: And it is a Tradition, that at the first when they looked on the festivity of pouring out of water, the men were within, and the women without, which caused some irreverence: whereupon they made three galleries in the Court, upon three sides of it, that they might bebold from above. So that at first there were neither cloisters nor balcones in this Court, till this inconvenience put them upon making of such: and then they were but galleries or balcones, without any cloistering with the support of pillars, as there was in the other Court: But in the sumptuous buildings that Herod made of and about the Temple, this Court was cloistered with as much state & bravery as was the other, or as was the mountain of the House which we have surveyed, only whereas that was a double cloister all about, but on the South, where it was triple, the cloisters of both the Courts were only single: Take the Testimony of Josephus about this matter. [c] Ios. de bell. lib. 5. cap. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: He had been speaking immediately before concerning the gates and passages into both the Courts, and it may not be amiss for the better understanding of the passage before us, to take up his words a little at large. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 From thence (out of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cbel) five steps brought you up unto the gates, which on the North and South were eight in number, namely four on either side: and two necessarily on the East, for the Court appropriated to the women to worship in being walled on that quarter, there must needs be a second gate, which opened just opposite to this first. And as for the other sides (of the Court of the women) there was one gate on the South and another the North by which they entered into the women's Court: For through the other gates (of the Court of Israel) women might not enter, nor go beyond the enclosure of their own Court. And that place was permitted for the jews that dwelled in the land, and that dwelled in foreign countries to worship in: Now the West quarter had no gate at all, but the wall there was built continued (without any opening of a gate in it) And then he comes on with this saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. Now the cloisters which ran between the gates along by the wall, turning inward before the treasuries, were born up with exceeding fair and great pillars: But they were single and they wanted nothing in their exceeding greatness of those that were below. Now in that he saith these cloisters were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, along by the wall turning inward, his meaning is, that they were joining to the wall, and stood within the Courts and not without, and so they ran along the Courts within from gate to gate: And they wanted nothing of the greatness of the pillars and cloisters that were below along the wall of the mountain of the house, but only that those were double and these single: And as for the cloister in the Court of the women, it had this difference, both from those in the mountain of the house, and those in the Court of Israel, that this had a gallery made in it for women to stand in and to look down into the Court, whereas the others had not interposition but were uninterrupted to the roof. This Court of the women was the place, where both men and women, did ordinarily worship, that either came to pray at other times than the hours of prayer, or that at the hours of prayer came and brought no Sacrifice with them. In this Court it was, where Paul was laid hold upon, as a violater of the Sanctity of the place in the people's repute, who thought he had brought Gentiles in hither, Act. 21.26, 27, etc. who might not go so much as into the chel. In this Court did the High Priest once a year, namely at the Feast of Expiation read a portion of the Law, and the King once in seven years, namely at the Feast of Tabernacles in the year of Release: and here every year at the Feast of Tabernacles was the great dancing, singing and rejoicing, for the drawing and pouring out of water, of which and of the other particulars named, I have given the full account, in the treatise of The Temple Service. CHAP. XIX. Of the Gazophylacia or Treasuries. BEfore we part out of this Court of the women, those words of Josephus, which were cited even now, which say the cloisters of the court, were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 turned inward before the Treasuries, may justly challenge us to stay here a little and look about us, whether we can find any Treasuries hereabout, or what may be said to the Gazophylacium of the Temple, the name and mention of which is very well known and ordinary both in Scripture and other Writers, but the situation thereof about the Temple something difficult to find out: Now in these two words of Josephus. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, two main things are observable, and to be looked after towards that search that we are now about; the one is, the number, importing more treasuries than one, and the other is, the situation of these treasuries in reference to the cloisters mentioned, The cloisters were before them. The Treasuries of the Temple were of a twofold nature and captivity, namely Treasure-chests and Treasure chambers, the former were called Sbopheroth, the latter Lesacoth, and both bare the general name of Corban. [a] Talm. in Shekalim per. 6 There were thirteen treasure-chests at the Temple, which by the Jews are commonly called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sbopheroth which signifieth properly Trumpets [b] Maym. in Shekal. per. 2. because trumpetlike they were wide in the bottom and narrow in the top: that money that was put in, might not easily be got out. [c] Id. ibid. Two of these chests, were for the halfel shekel that every Israelite was to pay for the redemption of his soul or life (for which the Law is given, Exod. 30.13.) the one chest for the payment of the last year (if he had miss to pay at the due time) and the other for the half shekel for the year present. [d] Talm. ubi ant. per. 1. On the first day of Adar which answereth in part to our February, there was general notice given throughout the Country, that they should provide to pay their half shekel: and on the fifteenth day of that month the Collectors sat in every City to gather it; and they had two chests before them, (as were at the Temple) and they demanded the payment calmly and used no roughness or compulsion. On the five and twentyeth day of the month, the Collectors began to fit in the Temple, and then they forced men to pay, and if any one had not wherewith to pay, they took his pawn, and sometime would take his very raiment perforce: They had a Table before them to count and change the money upon (from whence they were called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Trapezita or Mensarii, and two chests before them to put into. A man that brought a shekel to change, and must have half a shekel again, the Mensarius or Collector was to have some profit upon the change: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Maym. ubi sup. per. 3. et Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. And that addition or profit is called Kolbon (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉) And how much profit did be require for change? The twelfth part of a Denarius, and never less: Nay if two came together and paid a shekel for them both, so that there needed no change, yet the receiver was to have some profit from them both: The Talmud and the Authors cited in the margin do discourse exceedingly large about this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kolbon, and who was to pay it, and who to be quit from it, and how much to be paid, and to the like purpose, but the general conclusion is still for some profit, which exaction was that that caused our Saviour to overthrow 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The tables of these Colbonists job. 2.15. at the first Passeover he came up to Jerusalem after his baptism, and Matth. 21.12. at his last: for these Receivers began to sit in the Temple for that purpose, but eighteen or twenty days before the Passeover, and continued for that time when the concourse of the people was greatest, and after it was over they had done. And so the market that was in the Temple of sheep and oxen it is like it was not constantly there, but for such times of concourse, when the multitude of people and Sacrifices was so exceeding great, though indeed there was merchandizing of other things there, all the year long in the Tabernz. or shpps. that we have spoken of before. The place where the marketing of the sheep and oxen was, was the great space of the mountain of the house, that lay upon the South fide of the Courts, for on the West and North sides the room was too straight for such a matter, and on the East side was the most common entrance of the people, and so these would have stopped up the way: but on the South there was a place exceeding roomy and spacious, and it they had taken up for a market at such times, making the house of God an house of Merchandise. Amongst those Authors that speak of these two half-shekel chests, I find not any that doth inform us, where they stood, or where these Collectors of the poll-money did fit in the Temple to receive it: nor indeed is it of any great import to inquire after it, since their sitting there was but for a short space, as a month or such a matter, and so they had done: It is most probable they sat about the East gate Shushan as being the chiefest and commonest entrance. Besides these two treasure-chests that were in use but for a certain time every year, there were eleven more that were of constant and continual use, and that stood in their places all the year long, and upon every one of them was written what use and employment they were put unto. 1. [f] Maym. ibid. One was for them that were to offer two turtle doves or two young pigeons, the one for a offering, and the other for a sin-offering: they cast in their price hither. 2. A second was, for them that were to offer a offering of birds only. 3. A third, for whosoever offered money to buy wood for the Altar, he put his money into that chest. 4. A fourth, for whosoever would offer money to buy Frankincense. 5. A fifth, for whosoever would offer Gold for the Mercy Seat. 6. A sixth, for the residue of a Sin-offering, that is, if a man had set apart a sum of money for a Sin-offering, and it bought a Sin-offering and there was to spare, that which was to spare was put into this chest. 7. A seventh, for the residue of a Trespasse-offering. 8. An eight, for the residue or surplus of an offering of birds, of men and women that had issues, and of women after childbirth. 9 A ninth for the surplus of a Nazarites offering. 10. A tenth for a surplus of a lepers trespasse-offering. 11. The eleventh for whosoever would willingly offer a sacrifice of the herd, the money wherewith to buy it, he cast into this chest. These many chests stood continually in the Temple, with every one its title written upon it, that told its use, that whosoever would offer any one of these things mentioned, he could readily go by those directions, where to put the money of his offering: And these are those Gazophylacia or Treasuries that josephus saith the eloisters were before; that is, whereas the Courts were cloistered round about, and those cloisters were, on the side toward the Court, supported with pillars, these chests were set in the Court before those pillars: as if such chests should be set in the quadrangle before the pillars that bear up the cloister walks in the Royal Exchange London. But in whether of the Courts were these chests disposed of, in the Court of Israel, or the Court of the women, or in both, some in the one and some in the other? Ans. These considerations do evince, that they were placed in the Court of the women: 1. Because thither was the access freer than it was into the Court of Israel, and it is no doubt, these chests would be set in a place most commodious for every one to come unto them: women might not come into the other Court at all, nor men neither, so ordinarily as they might into this, and these treasuries in all reason were to be set, where men and women did both resort. 2. In the upper Court, if these chests stood before or on the outside of the Cloister, they stood in the Court of the Priests, and thither might not an Israelite that was come into the upper Court, enter, unless it were upon three singular occasions when he had a sacrifice, which we have mentioned elsewhere, and putting money into the treasuries was none of them. 3. It is said in Mark. 12.41. That Jesus sat over against the Treasury and saw the people cast in money, and be saw a widow throw in two mites: Now into the Court of Israel, this widow might not come, and in that Court Christ might not fit, for they had a tradition, that none might sit in that Court, but only the Kings of the house of David: But the meaning of the place is, that jesus fitting in the Cloister of the Court of the women, saw the people cast money into these chests, according as they were minded to offer for this or that occasion: and there came a poor widow and threw in two mites which make a farthing. It is the ordinary expression that the Hebrew authors use to signify the people's giving to the treasury by, to say 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 They cast in their money: which phrase the Evangelists also follow in this story: And since we are upon this poor widows offering, let it be without offence, to digress so much, as to give in this ratetable of the Jews, for the understanding of the value of her two mites, and how they made a farthing, and it may be it will be useful on other occasions: [g] Id. ibi. per. 1. The shekel, or piece of silver mentioned in the Law, the weight of it was 320 barley corns: but the wisemen added to its weight, and made it of the same weight with the coin called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Selaa: and what is the weight of the Selaa 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Three hundred eighty and four middling barley corns: The Selaa is four Denarii. The Denarius is six 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Meabs'; now the Meab is that which in Moses his time was called a Gerab: The Meab was two Pondions: The Pondion was two 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Issarin 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A mite, was the eight part of an Issar (so two mites make a fourth part) and the weight of a Meab which was the Gerab, was sixteen barley corns: and the weight of an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Issar (Assarius) was four barley corns: the weight of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a mite was balse a barley corn, etc. The place then of these treasure chests was in the Court of the women, before the Cloisters, some here and some there on the several sides of the Court, (and therefore this place is also called the Treasury, Joh. 8.20. where it is said, These things spoke Jesus in the treasury as be taught in the Temple, etc.) and so the people both men and women had access to them, and offered as their hearts or their occasions moved them, and theinscriptions of the chests did give them direction. As there were these treasure-chests, so also were there treasure chambers, besides those that have been mentioned before, at the gates of the mountain of the House, and besides those that joined to the body of the Temple: Besides the chambers, where scythes, first-fruits, vessels, and vestments were treasured up, as they were in the chambers by the gates, and by the sides of the Temple, there were three chamber treasuries of remarkable note, but the place where they stood is something difficult to discover. 1. There was the chamber, or treasury, of the halfe-shekel poll money, into which the two chests that have been spoken of, were emptied when they were full, and the chamber locked and sealed up. Now at three set times of the year, they took the money out of this chamber again: The Talmud and Maimony in the treatise Shekalim do give the story, and the manner of that action thus: [b] Shekalim per. 3. At three times of the year they emptied this chamber: Namely, fifteen days before the Passeover, fifteen days before Pentecost, and fifteen days before the feast of Tabernacles: or as Rabath Akibathe son of Azai saith, on the vine and twentieth of Adar, the first of Sivan, and the nine and twentieth of Ab: He that went in to fetch out the money, must not go in in any garment, in which it was possible to hid money, nor in his shoes or sandals, no nor with his Phylacteries on, because it was possible to hid money under them: when he went in, a watch stood at the door without, and all the while be was within they talked to him, and be again to them, that so he might be prevented for putting any money into his mouth: He began not to empty out any money till he gave them without, notice, by saying, I empty, and they answered him, Empty, Empty, Empty, three times over: The money that was in the chamber was put up when it was first brought in, into three great chests, containing nine Seabs', or three bushels a piece: and if there were more brought in then would go into these three chests, it was laid by somewhere in the chamber: He that went in took three chests of three Seabs' a piece, or every one containing a bushel, and be filled them out of the great chests within. His three that be brought in, had these three letters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 written severally on t'him, for distinction sake: for one be filled in the name of the Jews of the Land of Israel, and another in the name of those that were in towns and countries nearer band, and the third, in the name of those in Babel and Media, and further off. And thus having filled these three at one time, they were brought out, and the money bestowed to buy the daily sacrifices, and additional sacrifices, and shewbread, and salt for the sacrifices, and wood for the altar, and other things that were necessary for the service: and thus they laid out the money as long as those three bushels would run, and at the next appointed time, he went into the chamber again, and did the like. 2. There were two other treasure chambers, in one of which was laid up what was offered towards the repair and service of the Temple, and another in which was laid up what was offered for charitable uses. The Talmudicks speak of them thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [i] Ibid. per. 5. & Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 There were two Treasure chambers in the Temple, one the chamber of the Silent, and the other the chamber of the Vessels: The chamber of the Silent, was where religious men did silently or secretly put in their offerings, and poor children of honest parents, were brought up by them secretly. The chamber of the Vessels was, where any that willingly offered any vessel, cast it in there: and once in thirty days the treasurers opened the chamber, and fetched out what they found fit for the supply of the Temple, and what was not of itself fit, they sold and turned into some thing that was fit, etc. Now whereabout these chambers stood, it is something difficult to discover: we shall guess at their place when we come to survey the upper Court: the mention of the Gazophylacia which we have found in this Court of the women that we are about, hath led us thus fare aside as to speak of these chambers also, though they were not in this Court but in the upper: we shall have so much the less to say of them, when we come to their own place. And now let us look over this Court that we have been so long about, at one view: As you were entered into it at the East gate, you saw in every corner of it, a piece of building that had a quadrangle in the midst of it: on the North and the South sides there was a gate just in the middle between these buildings: and from the buildings on either side, there ran a cloister supported with goodly marble pillars unto the gates: & the like cloister there was at the East quatter at which you entered: These cloisters had beaches within them for the people to sit down when they thought good, as there were in the cloisters that ran along the outmost wall that encompassed the mountain of the house: Before these cloisters on the East, North, and South sides, stood the treasure chests, and then you were come into the open Court. Before you as you went up toward the Court of Israel, was a goodly rising of steps up to the gate of that Court, called the gate of Nicanor which we are now to survey the next: and upon this quarter there was no cloister at all. CHAP. XX. Of the gate of Nicanor, or the East gate of the Court. THe Court of the Women which was of the platform that hath been described, was parted from the Court of Israel by a high wall: namely of thirty two cubits and an half high from the floor of the Court of the women, yet but only twenty two cubits high from the floor of the Court of Israel itself; for so much higher was the ground in that Court, then in the other. Just in the middle of this wall, was the gate that conveyed out of the one Court into the other: [a] Mid. per. 2. josephus' de bell. lib. 8. cap. 14. to which gate there was a rising of fifteen steps, every step half a cubit high, the whole rising seven cubits and a half in all (so high was the Court of Israel above the Court of the women. [b] Succah per. 5. These fifteen steps, (saith the Treatise Suceah) were answerable to the fifteen Psalms of degrees in the book of Psalms 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because upon these the Levites steed and sought Not in the daily service, or in the ordinary course of the Temple music, for their place of standing in that, was in the Court (as shall be showed) but only on that solemn festivity at the fidst of Tabernacles, which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The rejoy 〈◊〉 at the 〈◊〉 and pouring out of water: of which we give account in its due place. [c] Mid. ubi supr. These steps that risen up to the gate, went not laid in a square, or strait, as steps are ordinarily laid, but they were laid in a semicircle. And one reason of that may be for the gaining of room on either side them: [d] Ibid. For on either side of the gate and of the steps, there were underground chambers in the wall, whose roof was even with the floor of the Court of Israel, the doors opening into the Court of the women; in which rooms the Levites used to lay up their musical instruments when they had done singing in the daily service in the Court of Israel: They came down the fifteen steps out of the Court, and at the bottom, stepping off either on the right hand or the left, there were doors in the wall, into chambers where they laid their instruments up. This gate that we are now entering, or the gate between the Court of the women, and the Court of Israel [e] vid. Kimchi in Jer. 19.2. & in 2 King. 11. & R. Sol. in 2 Chron. 23. is held by some of the Jews to have been called by seven several names (besides the gate of Nicanor, which in Herod's temple was the most common and known name of it) of some of which the matter indeed is clear, but of other there is doubting. 1. It was called The upper gate of the Lords house. 2. King. 15.35. 2 Chron. 27.3. and so the treatise Succab in the place cited before, doth expressly call it. [f] Succah ubi supr. The upper gate that goeth down out of the Court of Israel, into the Court of the women: and the east gate that went out of the Court of the women into the Chel, was called [g] Mains. in kel. Mikdash per. 7. the lower. Now whereas it is said that Jotham built the upper gate, it inferreth not, that there was no gate before, but it meaneth that he repaired it, or that he added some buildings to it. 2. It is called the new gate, Jer. 26.10. & 36.10. in both which places the Chaldee paraphrast expressly calleth it the East gate of the Sanctuary of the Lord: It is apparent by that latter place in Jeremy, that it was the gate that went into the upper Court, or the Court of Israel, and so it both appears that it was the gate that we are about, and also the reason of the title of the new gate, may be collected from what was spoken a little before, namely because it had been repaired by Jotham. [h] Kimch. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Some give this reason of the title 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, namely, That it was called new, because the Scribes did there deliver new traditions ● for there sat the Sanbedrin: but this derivation is far fetched. 3. The gate Harsith, Jer. 19.2. is understood by some to mean this East gate of the Court of Israel that we are upon, though both the very text of jeremy himself, and also the Chaldee parapbrast and other Jews with him, do not clearly allow of such a construction, but place the gate Harsith in another place. 1. The text of jeremy doth place Tophet at the entry of that gate Harsith, which how improper it is to apply to the East gate of the Court of Israel is easy enough for any one to judge, that doth but know that there were two gates betwixt this Court gate, and the valley that lay before the Temple, if that valley had been Tophet. But 2. Tophet or the valley of the Sons of Hinnom, lay a good way upon the right hand as you stood in the East gate of the Temple, as was observed before, and faced the city jerusalem, and not the Temple, and so the gate Harsith must be one of the gates that went out of jerusalem into that valley, and not out of the Temple. 3. The Chaldee paraphrast doth call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which David Kimchi expoundeth, the Dungport, and believeth it to be the same Dung-gate that is mentioned in Neb. 2.13. though I believe Nehemiabs' dungport was in another quarter. The word Harsith is of a twofold construction: namely, either as derived from Heres 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifieth the Sun, and so out English in the margin hath rendered it the Sun-gate, having translated it the East-gate, in the text: or from Here's 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifieth a Potsheard; for there (saith Rabbi Solomon) they cast out their broken Potsherds. We shall not need to be inquisitive from whence this gate did bear its name (whether from the Sun rising upon it, or from some. Idolatry committed to the Sun near to it, or from the pots house hereabout, or from casting out of broken pitchers at it) since it is not that gate that we are about in the Temple, but a gate of the city jerusalem, which we have not now to do withal. 4. Some of the [i] Kimch. in jer. 19 R. Sol. in Bzek. 40. Hebrew writers do understand 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of entrance spoken of Ezek. 40.15. to mean the gate that we are about, namely the East gate of the Court of Israel: for which reason it may be the Chaldee parapbrast hath translated it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The middle gate, as being between the gate that cometh into the Court of the women, and the gate of the porch of the Temple itself. 5. Among the seven names that are given by the Rabbins to this gate, that name of the middle gate was one, as appeareth by the authors in the places alleged, & this was the reason of the name, and we need to seek no further for it. 6. They also conceive that it was called the gate Sur, 2 King. 11.6. [k] Id. in 2 Chron. 23. ex. Jeruselami. or the gate of departure, because there those that had been unclean, were separated and put aside, and might go no further, till their atonement was made. 7. And likewise the gate of the Foundation, 2 Chron. 23.5. but of these two we shall have occasion to speak afterward, and shall there examine whether this gate have those names or no. 8. But the name by which it was most famously known in the last days of the temple (and which it carried to its grave, or till the Temple and it were buried in ruin) was the gate of Nicanor. [l] Maim. in keel Mikdash per. 7. The upper gate (saith Maymony) is the gate of Nicanor: And why is it called the upper gate? Because it is above the Court of the women: And to the same purpose, and in as plain terms speaketh the gloss upon the treatise Sotah, [m] Sotah per. 1 gloss. Ibid. The gate of Nicanor was the upper gate which was between the Court of Israel, and the Court of the woman, [n] Mid. per. 1. & per. 6. And so the treatise Middoth, whensoever it reckoneth the gates of the Court of Israel, it still maketh the gate of Nicanor to be the East gate: And that Maxim in the Jerusalem Talmud 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [o] Talm. Jerus. in Sotah per. 1. Every place where it is said, Before the Lord, it meaneth the gate of Nicanor, confirmeth the same things, as appeareth by the cleansing of the leper, and the trial of the suspected wife, both which were set in this gate, and are said to be set before the Lord Leu. 14.11. Num. 5.18. And to take up, what is copiously said by the Talmudists concerning this gate, and concerning the reason why it was so called, from the mouth of one man to save more labour let us hear the author of Juchasin concerning this matter, speaking thus at large. [p] Juchasin fol. 65. vid. etiam Talm. Jerus. in Joma. per. 3. Tosaphta ibid. per. 2. & Mid. per. 2. Aruch in voce Nicanor. Nicanor was in the time of the second Temple: and I wonder at Rabb, that he did not mention him in the Catalogue of those men that are upon record for religiousness: As he mentioneth Hananiah the Son of Ezekiah, the Son of Garon, in the beginning of the treatise Shabbath, into whose chamber the Scholars of Shammai and Hillel came: And so Aba Saul ben Batuith, in the end of the treatise Shabbath. Now this Nicanor that is often mentioned in the Mishueb was one of the Chasidim (or religious) but the common people are not so. He is mentioned in the first and second chapters of Middeth, as that there is a gate in the Court on the East, which is the gate of Nicanor, and that it had two wickets, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And so it is said in the 6. Chapter of Shekalim, and that is set over against the most holy place which was westward where the divine Glory dwelled: And therefore in the end of the treatise Beraceth, it saith, Let not a man use irreverence before this gate of Nicanor, or the East gate: And so in the first chapter of Sotah. In the gate of Nicanor, they make the suspected wife drink the bitter water, and they purify women after Childbirth, and lepers. And in the end of the chapter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (or the seventh chapter of the treatise Pesachin) It is said, that the gate of Nicanor were not holy (as the Court) because lepers stood there, and put in their thumbs and great toes into the Court: And so in the third chapter of Joma, and the second chapter of Tosaphta there it is said, there were wonders wrought with the doors of Nicanor, and they mention it renownedly: And if so, then had it been fit to have recorded him. The story is thus. This Nicanor was one of the Chasidim, and be went to Alexandria in Egypt, and made there two brazen doors with much curiosity: intending to set them up in the Court of the Temple, and be brought them away by sea: Now a great storm happening, the mariners cast one of the doors over board to lighten the ship: and intended also to throw over the other also. Which when Nicanor perceived, he bond himself to the door with cords, and told them, that if they threw that in, they should threw him in too: And so the sea ceased from her rage: And when he was landed at Ptolemais, and bemoaned the loss of his other door, and prayed to God about it, the sea cast up the door, in that place where the holy man had landed. But some say a great fish cast it up: And this was the miracle that was done about his doors, and they set them up on the East side of the Court, before the Temple. But in the book of joseph ben Gorion, be saith, That the gate of Nicanor was so called, because a wonder was done there, for there they flew Nicanor a prince of the Grecians in the time of the Asmoneans, and so it seemeth in the latter end of the second chapter of the treatise Taanith. Thus juchasin. I shall not insist upon it, to dispute it out, whether of these things alleged were the cause of the name of this gate, or whether something else: Some other conjectures might be added, as whether Nicanor that sent the doors from Alexandria were not he that was the king's chief Master of the Ceremonies there, of whom Josephus maketh mention [q] Jos. Ant. lib. 12. cap. 2. and relateth how he provided chambers & diet for the Septitagin● translators: or whether this gate were not so called in honour of Seleucus N●canor the first king of Syria, who was a great favourer of the Jewish Nation [r] Ibid. cap. 3. as the same Josephus also relateth: But I shall leave the searching after the Etymology and original of the name to those that have mind and leisure thereunto: it sufficeth to know the gate by its name which was so renowned and famous in all Jewish writers: only as to the story about Nicanor a Grecian prince being slain here, compare 1 Maccab. 7.33, 34. etc. Joseph. Antiq. lib. 12. cap. 17. Before we part from this gate, we must remember to say something about the gate Sur, and the gate of the foundation of which there is mention 2 King. 11.6. & 2 Chron. 23.5. because that these are held by some, as was showed before, to have but names of this East gate of the Court that we are about. The texts where these names are mentioned do speak to this purpose in our English translation. 2 King. 11. Ver. 5. A third part of you that enter in on the Sabbath, shall even be keepers of the watch of the king's house. 6. And a third part shall be at the gate Sur: and a third part at the gate behind the guard, etc. 7. And two parts of you that go forth on the Sabbath, even they shall keep the watch of the house of the Lord, about the King, etc. 2 Chron. 23. Ver. 4. A third part of you entering in on the Sabbath, of the Priests and of the Levites shall be porters of the doors. 5. And a third part shall be at the King's house, and a third part at the gate of the foundation, etc. The two courses of the Priests and Levites now present, namely that course that came in on the Sabbath, and the other that had served their week and were now going out, Jeboiada divides either of them into three parts, into six in all. They that came in on the Sabbath were to be: 1. A third part of them for the Altar and service, the Priests for the sacrifices, and the Levites for singers and porters as in the constant duty and attendance. For it was now the Sabbath day, and had it been any other day, it is not to be imagined, that Jebo●ada would neglect the affairs of God though he went about the affairs of the King: But he provides for both, so that the Temple service may have its due attendance, as well as the King's coronation. And therefore ver. 5. of 2 King. 11. is necessarily to be rendered thus, A third part of you shall be those that come in on the Sabbath: that is, a third part of you shall be as those that come in on the Sabbath to attend the service as at other times. And so is 2 Chron. 23.4. to be translated, A third part of you shall be those that come in on the Sabbath, for Priests, and Levites, and Porters: that is, to attend the Altar, song and gates as in the constant service. 2. Another third part, for keepers of the watch at the King's house. 3. And another third part at the gate Sur which is also called the gate of the foundation. Thus the tents in the two books laid together do plainly distribute the course that was to come in on the Sabbath, as he will see that will carefully compare them together in the original. The course that was going out on the Sabbath was disposed, 1. One third part of them to the gate behind the guard, 2. Two third parts to keep the watch of the house of the Lord for the safety of the Kings. Now the very disposal of these guards will help us to judge concerning the gates that we have in mention, and will resolve us that they were not any gates of the Temple at all, but that they stood in some place else. For the gates of the Temple were guarded by the Porters of the course that came in as in the ordinary manner: and there was an extraordinary guard added besides throughout all the mountain of the house, and in the Court, of that course that was going out, 2 King. 11.7, 8.11. Therefore the gate Sur or the gate of the foundation, which was guarded by a third part of those that come in on the Sabbath, cannot be supposed for any gate of the Temple, since the Temple was guarded by two parts of those that went out. So that were I to describe the city as I am now about describing the Temple, I should place the gate Sur somewhere in Zion, and there also should I place the gate behind the guard: and it would not be very hard to gather up fair probability of their situation there. Now though so strong guards were set both in the Temple and in Zion, yet Athaliah for whom all this ado is made, comes up into the Temple, so far as to see the young King at his pillar in the Court before the East gate, and no man interrupts her, partly because she was Queen, partly because she came alone, and chief because they knew not Jehoiadas mind concerning her. But when he bids have her out of the ranges, they laid hold upon her, and spared her till she was down the causey Shalletheth, and then they slew her. If by the ranges, the ranks of men that stood round about the mountain of the house, be not to be understood, I should then think they mean either the ranks of trees that grew on either side that causey, or the rails that were set on either side it for the stay and safety of those that passed upon it. And to this sense Levi Gershom doth not unproperly expound those words in 1 King. 10.12. Of the Al●●g trees the King made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the house of the Lord and for the King's house. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth properly signify a Prop or Support: yet is expressed in 2 Chron. 9.11. The King made of the Algum trees 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 high ways to the house of the Lord: And [q] Ralbag in 1 King. 10. I think (saith the Rabbin) that in the ascent that he made to give up to the house of the Lord from the King's house, he made as it were battlements (that is rails on either side) of the Almug trees, that a man might stay himself by them, as he went along the highway of that ascent. And so in other ascents of the house of the Lord or of the King's house, where there were not steps, at the rise of the Altar, etc. SECT. I. Aeredible wonder of the brazen gate. WE will leave the belief of that wonder that hath been mentioned about the brazen door of Niconer in its shipwreck, to those that record it: but we may not pass over another wondrous occurrence related by Josephus, of the brazen gate (whether this of Nicanor, or the other which he calleth the brazen gate, as by its proper name, we will not be curious to examine) which is a great deal more worthy of belief, and very well deserving consideration: He treating of the prodiges and wonders that presaged the destruction of Jerusalem, amongst others he relateth this. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. The Eastgate of the inner Temple, being of brass and extreme heavy, [a] los. de bell. lib. 6. cap 31. and which could hardly be shut by twenty men; being barred and bolted exceeding strong and sure, yet was it seen by night to open of its own accord: which the simpler and more foolish people did interpret as a very good Omen, as if it denoted to them, that God would open to them the gate of all good things: But those of a deeper reach and sounder judgement, did suspect that it presaged the decay and ruin of the strength of the Temple. And with this relation of his do other writers of his own nation concur, who report, [b] juchasm. sol. 21. That forty years before the destruction of the City, the doors of the Temple opened of their own accord: Whereupon Rabban Jochanan ben Zaceai (afterward chiefe of the Sanhedrin) cried out, Open thy doors O Lebanon that the fire may devour. And from that time the great Sanhedrin fitted from the room Gazith, and so removed from place to place. The like saith Rabbi Solomon on Zeob. 11.1. Open thy doors O Lebanon: [e] R. Sol. in Zech. 11. He prophesieth (saith he) of the destruction of the second Temple: and forty years before the destruction, the Temple doors opened of their own accord: Rabban jochanan ben Zaccai rebuked them: and said, O Temple, Temple, how long wilt thou trouble thyself? I know thy best is to he destroyed, for Zechariah the son of Iddo prophesied thus of thee, Open thy doors O Lebanon that the fire may devour thy Cedars, etc. There are three remarkable things which the Jews do date from forty years before the destruction of the Temple: namely this of the Temple doors opening of themselves, and the Sanhedrins flitting from the room Gazith, and the Scarlet list on the Scapegoates head not turning white, that are as Testimoneyes against themselves about the death of Christ, which occurred exactly forty years before the Temple was destroyed: Then the Lord shown them by the Temple doors opening, the shaking of their Ecclesiastical glory, and by the flitting of the Sanhedrin, the shaking of their Civil, and by the not whitening of their Scarlet list which had denoted pardon of sin, their deep die of sin and guilt for the death of Christ. Compare this self-opening of the Temple doors with the renting of the vail of the Temple of its one accord, and they may help the one to illustrate the other. And me thinks the words of Rabban jochanan upon the opening of the doors, O Temple how long will't then disquiet thyself? do seem to argue that before that opening there had been some other such strange trouble in the Temple as that was, which might be the renting of the vail. SECT. 2. A Sanhedrin sitting in this Gate. THis Gate of Nicanor or the East-gate of the Court, was the place where the suspected wise was tried by drinking of the bitter waters and where the Lever cleansed stood to have his atonement made, and to have his cleansing wholly perfected, the rites of both which things we have described in their places. In this Gate also did women after childbirth appear for their full purification; here it was that the Virgin Mary presented her child Jesus to the Lord, Luk. ●. 22. [a] Talm in Sanhedr. per. 11. In this gate of Ni●an●r (not in the very passage through but in some room above or by it) there sat a Sanhedrin of three and twenty Judges: Now there were three ranks of Judicatories among the Jews. A Judicatory or Consistory of three. A judicatory of three and twenty: and the great Sanhedrin of seventy one. In smaller towns there was a Triumvirate or a Consistory set up consisting only of three Judges: [b] Ibid. per. 1. these judged and determined about money matters, about borrowing, filching, damages, restitutions, the forcing or enticing of a maid, pulling off the shoe, and divers other things that were not capital, nor concerned life and death, but were of an inferior concernment and condition. In greater cities there were Sanhedrins of three and twenty, which judged in matters of life and death in some cases; but reached not to all: And there was the great Sanhedrin at Jerusalem which was to Judge of the greatest matters. Now a Sanhedrin of three and twenty was not set up in any great City, but only in such a one as in which were 120 men fit to bear office. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 How many are to ●hee in a City that it may be fit to have a Sanhedrin set up in it? It is a question of the Talmud, own proposing, and it giveth this answer, That there are to be 120. compare Act. 1.15. And into what offices or places these are to be distributed, might be alleged out of the Gemarists and Maymony if it were pertinent to this place: Only these many let us name of them. [c] Maim in Sanhedr. per. 1. Every Sanhedrin of three and twenty, had three fourms of Prebationers of three and twenty in every fourne 〈◊〉 And when there was need of a man in the Sanhedrin, the highest in the first ●ourm was fetched in, and made Judge: and the highest in the second form came in and sat lowest in the first form: and the highest in the third form came up and sat lowest in the second: and some other man was found out from abroad, to sit lowest in the third four form: and so the Sanhedrin and the fourms were still kept sult. Now as the grean Sanbedrin sat in the Temple, so also did two lesser Sanhedrine of three and twenty a piece, the one in the gate Shusham or the gate of the mountain of the House, and the other in this gate of Nicanor or the gate of the Court: And their rising to be Judges in the highest Court of seventy one, was first by degrees through these two. [d] Id. ibid. per. 2. Whosover was found a 〈◊〉 of fit and competent qualifientions, he was first made a Judge in his own City: and thence he was promoted into the Judicatory of the gate of the mountain of the house, and from thence into the Judicatory in the gate of the Court, and so at last into the great Sanhedrin. In some of these Judicatories in the Temple our Saviour shown his wisdom at twelve years old, Luk. 2.46. And some of these Judges were they that tempted him with the question about the woman taken in Adultery, which was brought to be judged before them, joh. 8.4, 5. In the times before the captivity into Babylon the great Sanhedrin itself sat in these two Gates, sometimes in the one, and sometimes in the other, as they thought good, jer. 34.4. & 26.10. & 36.10, but in after times when the room Gazith was built, and the great Sanhedrin of seventy one betook itself thither, these two gates were furnished, either of them with a lesser Sanhedrin of three and twenty: The place of their sitting was in some room over the gate: for as it was not possible for them to sit in the very passage through which people went and came, so was it not lawful for them to fit in the gate of Nicanor, in that part of the gate that was within the Court; for within the Court might no man sit but the King only. Yet might they sit in the upper rooms though they were within the compass of the Courts, for they held them not of so great a holiness as was the space below. This is the gate of which Ezekiel speaketh, chap. 46.1, 2. The gate of the inner Court that looketh toward the East, shall be shut for the six working days: but on the Sabbath it shall be opened, and in the day of the New Moon it shall be opened: And the Prince shall come by the way of the porch of that gate without, and shall stand by the post of the Gate, etc. Before this gate within had Solomon pitched his brazen Scaffold, on which he kneeled & prayed at the Consecration of the house. 2 Chro. 6.13. compared with 1 Kin. 8.22. and in after times the Kings entering in at this gate had their station within it, as he had given them example, and there stood the King's pillar as it is called, 2 Chron. 23.13. that is, his seat was set within this gate in the Court by one of the pillars that bore up the Cloister: For as this East quarter of the Court was the most proper place for the people to worship in, so most especially in that place of it which did most directly face the door of the Temple and the Altar before it, and that was in the very entrance up from the gate itself, and here was the King seated by one of the pillars. Something according to this disposal of the King in his place in the Court doth Ezekiel speak, though in his description there is some kind of difference for mystery sake. You may observe in him, that the East gate of the outer Sanctuary was contiwally shalt, and the East gate of the inner was shut all the six days of the week, which were not indeed so in the common use of the Temple as it stood, for both the gates were daily opened, but he hath so charactered them for the higher magnifying of that glory which he saith was now entered into the Temple: And whereas indeed the King in his worshipping did go within the Court, or within the gate and there worship, and there fit down in the time of Divine Service, he hath brought in the Prince but to the posts of the gate and there standing whilst his Sacrifice was offering: By his description every one that came up to this gate, must either enter at the North gate or South gate of the Court of the women, because the East gate was shut, chap. 44.1. and hereupon is that injunction, that when the people of the land come before the Lord in the Solemn Feasts, he that entereth in by the way of the North-gate to worship, must go out by the way of the South gate, and he that entereth by the way of the South gate, must go forth by the way of the North gate: he must not return by the way of the gate whereby he came in. Ch. 46.9. Whereas in the common access to the Temple as it stood either before or after the captivity, the East gate of the Court of the women was constantly open and their most ordinary coming in was at that gate, & so they went up through the Court of the women to the gate of Nicanor, yea and oftentimes within it into the Court: Yet did they imitate and follow this prescript of the Prophet, under the second Temple, in not returning and going out at the same gate at which they had come in; The Talmudists have this Tradition about this matter. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Mid. per. 2. All that come to the Temple according to the custom of the place, come in at the right hand, and fetch a compass and go out at the left, which meaneth not (as the Glossaries do explain it) that a man was always to go out at the gate opposite to that gate at which he camein, but that he may not go out at the same gate at which he came in but at some other: as came he in at the East gate, he must not go out at the East gate again, but at the North or South: Only they give exception in two sorts of persons 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to whom particular occurrences had befallen, for they went about still to the left hand. What is the matter with thee that thou goest that way? Because I am a mourner. Now he that dwelleth in this house comfort thee. Or because I am an excommunicate: Now he that dwelleth in this house put into thy heart that thou mayest hearken to the words of thy fellows, and they may receive thee. So that the common and ordinary way of coming into the Temple to worship, was to come in at the East gate of the Court of the women, and up to the gate of Nicanor, and there to worship and so back again, and out at the North or South door of that Court: The Pharisee in the parable went up to this gate as fare as he could go, because he would put his seeming devotion to the farthest, but the poor Publican stood a far off. Luk. 18.13. Even the King himself though he came in on the West quarter of the mountain of the house, yet came he down hither to go into the Court of the women, and so up through the East gate of the Court, to his seat which was before that gate. The stationary men, of whom we have spoken in due place, they went within the gate into the Court of Israel, and so did other Israelites at the solemn festivials when there were abundance of Sacrifices, especially at the Passeover, and he that brought a single Sacrifice, went into the Court at one of the North gates of it, of which we shall speak when its course comes: but ordinarily a man that came into the Temple to pray or to worship, and brought not a Sacrifice, he worshipped before the gate of Nicanor which faced the gate of the Temple, and so returned. CHAP. XXI. Of the Gates and Buildings in the Court wall on the East and South sides. AND now are we come within the Court, where having very many things to survey and take notice of, let us first begin with viewing the gates and buildings that were in the wall which did enclose it, and first of all let us observe the East quarter of the wall, in which the gate of Nicanor was, which we have newly surveyed and at which we entered: There was never a gate but this in all this East quarter, nor were there any buildings in the wall in this quarter, but only two, which stood on either side of the gate one, and near to the gate, on your right hand and on your left as you entered in. [a] Mid. per. 1. That on your right hand was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The chamber of Phineh as the wardrobe man: of whom there is mention in the Treatise Shekalim, among the chief Officers in the Temple, These are the chief Officers in the Sanctuary, ( [b] Talm. in Shekali, per. 5. saith the Talmud there) Jochanan the son of Phinehas over the Seals: Ahijah over the Drinke-offerings: Mathias the son of Samuel over the Lots: Pethahiah over the Birds (for Sacrifice) this Pethahiah was Mordecai, etc. Phinehas over the Wardrobe, etc. Now the gloss upon that place saith that these men named, were the eminentest and worthiest men that ever were in these several Offices, and that they were not all in one but in several generations: Bartenora conceiveth that the Office of this Phinebas was, [c] Barteniu. Mid. to array the Priests, when they were to go into serve, and to disarray them again when they had done, and to keep their . Which we are not to understand of his helping them on and off with their vestments every day, when they went to and came from the service, for they put them on and off themselves, but he provided vestments for them at their first entering into the service, and when they were old he took them into his custody again and provided new. [d] Maym. in Keel Mikd. per. 7. Now this provision was at the public charge, he only took care for it, and the garments being overworn, they were returned again, for the Public use, for we have observed elsewhere, that they were ravelled into wick-yerne for the Lamps and for the great lights at the feast of Tabernacles, at the Rejoicing for the pouring out of water. On the left hand of the gate was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The chamber of the Pastry man, for so let us call him, a man that took care for the providing and preparing of the High-Priests daily Meat-offering which in the Talmud language is commonly called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Menochoth. fol. 96. The two cakes of the Highpriest, of which we have spoken in due place, and this his daily offering was one thing, [f] Maym. in Biath Mikd. per. 4. whereby he was differenced from an ordinary Priest. There is much diversity of opinion among the Jews, yea even in the Talmud itself about the number of the gates into this Court: In some places it reckons [g] Mid. per. 1. & joma fol. 19 seven, which indeed was the right number, but in some other places there is mention of [h] Mid. per. 2. & Shekalim per. 6. thirteen: Nay ( [i] Gloss. in Tamid. per. 1. saith the gloss upon one place) some there are that reckon seven, some five, some three, some thirteen, but the generality hold for seven. Now the reason of this difference is in regard that some of them reckon only the gates of most constant and frequent passage which were, especially three, namely the Gate of Nicanor on the East, and one on the North and one on the South, of which we shall speak ere it be long: others reckon only the gates which were guarded; which were only five: some it seems count what doors went out of the Court, into buildings by it, as well as gates to pass through, and so they raise the number thirteen: But the number that we fix upon is seven, as most generally and most properly entertained, both by the Talmudicks and by Josephus, in the second Temple And how many were in the first Temple, we shall say something to before we have done with the Court. [k] Mid. per. 5. & Maym. in beth habbech. per. 5. On the South sides were these three gates. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The water-gate, which was most East of all the three. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of the Firstlings, called also sometimes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of offering, this was in the middle. And 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of kindling which was most West. Now besides these three gates on the Southside, there were also three other buildings in the wall which bore these names. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The room-Ga●ith. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The room of the draw-well. And 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The room of the wood. And so we have the materials or subject of our Survey on this South side before us: let us now fall to work, and observe the situation and use of these several places. And first [o] Antiq. lib. 15. cap. 14. Josephus as he giveth testimony to this number that we fix upon, when he saith that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this inward bound had three gates, North, and South, so doth he also give us good light for the situation of them when he saith, they were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 equidistant one from another. He had said much the like concerning the gates that were in the outmost wall or bound, (namely that that enclosed the mountain of the house), that the gates in it on the South side [p] Idibid. were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is so set, as that there was an equal space betwixt gate and gate, and betwixt either gate and the corners of the wall: And so doth Symmetry and the rules of the best proportion engage us to understand his expression about these gates in the like sense; namely, that they both stood at an equal dista●●e one from another, and that the two on●most stood at the same distance from those corners towards which they stood. Now the length of the Court (and so of this wall) being an hundred eighty seven cubits, the situation of the gates according to the Symmetry will fall into these proportion's 〈◊〉 from the East corner of the wall, 46 courts and three quarters upwards towards the west, was the very middle of the water gate. As much forward still, was the middle of the gate of the firstlings: the same measure still forward, was the middle of the gate of kindling, and as much yet forward, taught to the West Angle of the wall: And so may we best and most uniformly conceive of the situation of the gates. And therefore whereas the Hebrew writers do most ordinarily when they speak of these gates, say that they were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [q] Vid. Maym. ub● & supr. & ibid. Mid. Near the West, it is not to be so taken as if they were all crowded toward the West corner, but it is spoken in comprehension of both Courts together, the women's and this. As for the three several buildings that were also on this side intermixed with the gates, these things may be observed towards their posture and situation. 1. That the water gate and the draw-well-roome do seem by their very names to refer one to another, as that it is not proper to part them, and howsoever there was something else in the reason of the name of the water-gates, besides its standing so near the draw-well, yet shall we observe hereafter that this might be also one reason of the name of it, and that those two did indeed stand joining together. 2. The Talmud saith the roofs of these three pieces of building were even (Mid. per. 5.) by which it seemeth that they stood not at distance one from another but conjoining, but only that a gate interposed between them 3. We shall see anon out of the Jerusalem Talmud, that the water-gate of the wood-room stood joining together, 4. The Talmud, Maymony, and other of the Jewish writers speaking of, and naming these three rooms, do ever set Gazith first or last, and thereby they show that it stood on the outside one way or other, East or West, and stood not in the middle. 5. If we set it further West, it will then stand in the Lot of Benjamin, whereas the great Sanhedrin which sat in it, [r] Talm. in Ze●achin: fol. 54. are held by the Jews, and that upon good ground, to have sitten in that part of the Court that was in the Tribe of Judah, Gen. 49.10. Therefore in most propriety (these things considered) must it be concluded that Gazith did stand below the draw-well, the draw-well below the water-gate, or more toward the East corner of the Court; the water-gate below the room of the wood, and all these joining together, as their situation will be confirmed in our further progress: we will first begin at the East corner where was the room or building Gazith. CHAP. XXII. The chamber or room Gazith, the seat of the great Sanhedrin. THE building Gazith ( [a] Aruch. in. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so called because it was made of stone neatly wrought, as the word is used 1 King. 5.16) appeareth [b] jucha. f. 16. by the Author of Juchasin to have been built by Simeon ben Shetah [c] Avoth. pe●. 1. Sect. 8. who was the Vicepresident of the Sanhedrin, when judah ben Tabbai was Nasi in the sixth Generation from Ezra, [d] jucha. ubi supra. even in the time of Hyrcanus Januaeus the Asmonaean. It was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] joma per. 2. in Gemara fol. 25. half of it holy, and half of it common, that is, half of it stood within the Court, and half of it within the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel, and it had a door into either place. [f] Maym. in beth. habbech. per. 5. And in that half of it that stood in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel, did the great council or Sanhedrin sit, of seventy one Judges: Now a special reason why they sat on that side of the house, which was in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chel was, because it was not lawful for any man whosoever to sit within the verge of the Court unless it were the King, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [g] Vid. R. Sol. & Kimch. in 1 Kings 12 & Midr. Tillin. in Psal. 1. ab initio. there is no man may sit in the Court unless it be out of the Kings of the house of David. In the other part of this building which stood within the Court, the Priests used to cast lots daily for the distribution of the Service amongst them, of which we have spoken largely elsewhere. We cannot come so near the great Sanhedrin, as to survey the room in which they sat, but that we must take some notice of them before we go, and look a little into their constitution, sitting, power and story: They will not take it well if we pass by them and take no notice of them at all. [h] Talm. in Sanhedr. per. 1. The number of the Judges in this high Court was seventy and one, answering to Moses and the seventy Elders chosen by him, when God in the Wilderness did first ordain this great judicatory, Numb. 11. They were to be indifferently chosen of Priests, Levites, and Israelites, (the New Testament often expresseth the distinction, by chief Priests, Scribes and Elders) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but if Priests and Levites fitly qualified were not to be found, i Maym. in Sanbed. per. 1. if all the Council were men of other Tribes it was good and lawful. [k] Id. ibid. ●er. 2. Their qualifications must be, that they must be Religious and learned both in Arts and Languages: must have some skill in Physic, Arithmetic, Astronomy, Astrology, yea to know what belonged to Magic, Sorcery, and Idolatry, that so they might know to judge of them: They were to be without maim or blemish of body, men of years but not extreme old, because commonly such are of too much severity, and they must be Fathers of children, that they might be acquainted with tenderness and compassion. Their manner of sitting was thus; The eminentest among them for worth and wisdom, they appointed to be the chief in the Council, and him they called the Nasi or President, and him they took to represent Moses. Then the next eminent, they chose to be his second, and him they called Abh beth Din. The Father of the Council or Vicepresident. He sat upon the right hand of the Nasi, (compare the Phrase of sitting on the right hand of power, Matth. 26.64.) and then the whole Sanhedrin sat on the one hand and on the other in a semicircle. On the right hand before them, and on the left there were two clarks of the Council, one registered the acquitting votes and Testimonies, and the other the casting compare, Matth. 25.33. [l] Id. ibid. per. 3. The proper and constant time of their sitting, was from the end of the morning Service, to the beginning of the Evening Service, and so their sitting and the Divine Service did not clash one with another: yet sometime did occasions that came before them, prolong their session even until night, and then they might determine the matter that they had been debating on by day: but they might not begin a new business by night: They violated their own custom and tradition in judging of Christ by night. It was in their power and cognisance to judge all persons, and all matters (yet inferior matters they meddled not withal, but referred them to inferior Courts) in somuch that they Judged a whole tribe, a prophet, the Highpriest: nay the King himself if there were occasion: [m] Id. in. If the Highpriest did any thing that deserved whipping they whipped him (saith Maimony) and restored him to his dignity again: [n] Id in Sanhedr. per. 2 And although they admitted not the King of the house of David to be a member of the Sanhedrin (saith the same author) yet did the Kings judge the people, and the Sanhedrin judged them if there were occasion: They had these two traditions clean contrary one to another, and yet both of force and took place in their several seasons, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The King judgeth and they judge him: And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The King judgeth not and they judge not him: [o] Sanh. per. 2. in Gemar. The former was in vigour, till King Jannai was convented before them, and then because partiality could not be prevented they enacted the latter. [p] Ibid. per. 7. Of capital penalties, in which kind of matters they especially judged, they had four sorts: stoning, burning, slaying with the sword, and strangling. In reference to which the Targum on Ruth hath this gloss in the first chapter, ver. 16. [q] Targ. in Ruth. 1.16. Naomi said unto her, we are commanded to keep Sabbaths and Holy days, so that we may not walk above 2000 cubits: Ruth saith, whithersoever thou goest, I will go: Naomi saith, we are commanded not to lodge together with the heathen; Ruth saith, where thou lodgest I will lodge: Naomi saith, we are commanded to keep the six hundred and thirteen commandments; Ruth saith, what thy people observe I will observe as if they were my people: Naomi saith, we are commanded not to worship strange gods; Ruth saith, Thy God shall be my God: Naomi saith, we have four judicial deaths for offenders, stoning with stones, burning with fire, killing with the sword, and hanging on the tree, Ruth saith, as thou diest I will die. [r] Sanhed. ubi supr. 1. Those whom they burned they used thus: They set them up to the knees in a dunghill, and two with a towel about his neck pulled and strained him till he opened his mouth wide, and then they poured in scalding lead which ran down into his bowels. 2. These that were strangled, they also set up to the knees in a dunghill, and two with a to well stifled and strangled him, the one pulling at the one end, and the other at the other, till he died. 3. Those whom they slew with the sword, they did it by beheading them. 4. [s] Ibid. per. 6. Whom they stoned they stoned naked: first one of the witnesses threw him or pushed him that he might dash his loins against a stone, if that killed him, there was no more ado, if it did not, the other witness took a great stone and dashed it on his breast as he lay on his back, if that killed him there was an end, if not, all the people flung stones at him: This helps us to understand what is meant by the witnesses laying down their garments at saul's feet, at the stoning of Steven, Act. 7.58. namely because they were to be employed first in his stoning, and they laid by their upper garments that they might not trouble them. And this illustrates that passage of our Saviour, which indeed alludes to this manner of stoning. Whosoever shall fall upon this stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder, Mat. 21.44. for he that was stoned, was first fling upon a stone, and then a stone was dashed upon him. These that were stoned were also hanged: there is some dispute among the Talmudists whether all were hanged that were stoned: but howsoever, they conclude that blasphemers and Idolaters were: and this helps us still to understand the usage of Steven whom they condemned and stoned for blasphemy, for so they made it: He was first dashed upon a stone by one of the witnesses, and then a huge stone dashed upon him by the other, yet died he not by either of these, but recovered his knees again, and died kneeling and praying, all the people flinging stones at him; and afterward he was hanged upon a Gibbet: and that night taken down and buried: for so was the law that he should not hang upon the tree all night: Now his burial was different from the common burial of those that were executed: as Christ's was also being begged by Joseph of Arimathea: for whereas the Sanhedrin had two burying places for executed malefactors, one for those that were stoned and that were burnt, and the other for those that were slain with the sword and that were strangled, it appeareth that some devout christians took down the body of Steven and made a solemn burial for him in some other place. Although the Sanhedrin did sit in the Temple, yet were the executions without the city 2 as Levit. 24.14. Deut. 17.5. Heb. 13.12. Act. 7.58. whipping and stocking was executed often in the Temple, as Deut. 25.2. Jer. 20.2. and for this purpose they had their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sergeants' for officers ready attending them continually for the execution of such a penalty. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [t] Maym. ubi. supr. per. 1. The Shoterim (saith Maymony) were such as carriedreds and whips: and they stood before the Judges: they went about the streets and inns to look to measures and weights, and to beat every offender: and all their do were by the appointment of the Judges: and whomsoever they saw offending, they brought him to the Judges, and they judged him according to his offence. [v] Id. in Mamrim per. 1. This great Sanhedrin in Gazith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was the foundation of the traditional law and pillar of instruction (compare the phrase 1 Tim. 3.15.) and from them decrees and judgements went out for all Israel. And whosoever believed Moses and his law, was bound to rest upon them for matters of the law. Thus Maymony in the place cited in the margin. Therefore in all doubts, about Judicial matters, the ultimate recourse was hither as to a determiner not to be doubted of or varied from. The manner was thus [w] Talm. in Sanhed. per. 11. Had a man occasion to inquire about any such matter, he went first to the Judicatory that was in his own city: if they could resolve it, well and good: if they could not, one of them went to the next Sanhedrin: if that could not resolve it, he went to the Sanhedrin of the three and twenty in the gate of the mountain of the house: if that could not, he went to the other Sanhedrin of three and twenty in the gate of Nicanor: and if that could not, he went to this in the room Gazith, and there he received a positive determination: which for him being a judge to transgress against, it brought him under the notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A rebellious elder, and in danger of trying for his life. SECT. 1. The Precedents of the Sanhedrin from the captivity to its dissolution. HAving digressed thus fare in viewing the Judicatory that sat in the room Gazith, let it be yet a little further to interrupt out further survey so fare as to take a Catalogue and notice also particularly of all the heads or precedents of this court, in the generations from the return out of the Babylonian captivity, till City, Temple and Sanhedrin came to nothing: as their names and order are recorded in the Jewish writers: as in the Talmudick treatise Avoth: in Avoth Rabbi Nathan: in the preface of Maymony to Jadh: in the author of Juchasin: and in dispersed passages in the Talmuds. 1. The first was Ezra, of whom there is so renowned mention in the Scripture. The Sanhedrin of his time, is ordinarily called by the Jews 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the great Synagogue, and those eminent persons are reckoned of it, which are named Ezr. 2.2. Zerubbabel, Jeshua, Nehemiah, Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, etc. He is said to have come up to Jerusalem in the seventh year of Darius Ezr. 7.8. which was four and twenty years after the people's return out of Babylon, and how the Sanhedrin was disposed of before that time, is hard to determine. His Sanhedrin or great Synagogue is ordinarily reckoned of 120 men (compare Act. 1.15.) but whether all at once or successively, it is not much important to dispute here. He lived by the computation of some chroniclers of his own Nation, till that very year that Alexander the great came to Jerusalem, and then died on the tenth day of the month Tebeth; and so by their account he wore out both the Babylonian and Persian monarchies: they hold also that Haggai and Zachary and Malachi died the same year with him, and then Prophecy departed. Compare Act. 19.2. 2. Simeon the Just: Some Hebrew writers that doubt not that he was head of the Sanhedrin, do yet question whether he were high Priest, or an ordinary priest, but Josephus who wrote in Greek, asserteth him for Highpriest: And some again that hold him to have been Highpriest can find in their hearts to think that he was the very same with Jaddna, but Josephus doth clearly distinguish them, placing Simeon after jaddua and Onias between. The times of his government may be discovered by observing that Eleazar his brother who succeeded him in the Highpriesthood was he, to whom Ptolemy Philadelphus sent for the Septuagint, to translate the Bible. There are exceeding high things spoken of this Simeon by his countrymen, some of which, we have mentioned elsewhere, to which I shall only add this record of him, That in his time the scarlet list on the scapegoates head turned white: that the lot for the scapegoate ever came up in his right hand: that the western lamp never went out, and the fire on the altar ever burnt pleasantly, but when he died its force abated. This adagy is ascribed to him: The world standeth upon three things, upon the Law, upon Religion, and upon (hewing Mercy; He was surnamed the Just 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Both because of his piety towards God, and his good will towards his nation, Joseph. Ant. lib. 12. cap. 2. 3. Antigonus of Soco: He was the master of Sadoc & Baithus, who mistaking & misconstruing his good doctrine, vented the Heresy against the resurrection: his doctrine was this. Be not as servants that serve their master because of receiving a reward, but be as servants that serve their master, not because of receiving a reward, but let the fear of heaven be upon you: which his crooked disciples construed into this impious sense, that there was no reward at all to be had for the service of God, & so they denied the world to come. But his scholars, Joseph ben Joezer & Joseph been jochanan held orthodox. 4. josi, or joseph, ben joezer of Zeredah (Ieroboam● town, 1 King. 11.26.) he had josi or joseph been jochanan of jerusalem for his vicepresident. Here the Talmudick records begin to reckon them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by couples, that is, the Precedent and Vicepresident both not but that there were vice-presidents before, but they be not named, and so were there after the times of Hillel also, though they be not named then neither. This joseph ben joezer, had children so untoward that he would not leave them his land but bequeathed it to pious uses. 5. joshua the son of Perehiah precedent: Nittaithe Arbelite vicepresident. This joshua is recorded to have lived in the time of King jannai called also Alexander, the son of Hyrcanus: This Hyrcanus was likewise called jannai; he affected the Kingdom, and thereupon the wise men or great ones of that time would have put him from the Highpriesthood: but he maintained his station by the sword, for he slew divers of the wise men, which caused joshua the son of Perahiah to flee to Alexandria, but he was recalled, upon the mediation of Simeon ben Shetah. 6. judah the son of Tabbai precedent: Simeon ben Shetah vicepresident. A gallant pair for integrity and justice: Were their lives to be written, most eminent actions of theirs might be related which are recorded of them: as that they hanged fourscore witches in one day: Judged King jannai: the one of them wept daily for an error of Judgement that he had committed, and the other preferred the execution of justice, before the safety of his own son. This Simeon ben Shetah is he whom we suppose the builder of this room Gazith that we are surveying. 7 Shemaiah precedent, and Abtalion vicepresident: These were kinsmen, and of the posterity of Sennacherib, but their mother was an Israelite. 8. Hillel precedent, and Shammai vicepresident: At first it was Hillel and Menahem, but Menahem departed to the service of Herod: Hillel was one of the eminentest that ever was among the Jewish Doctors both for birth, learning, rule and children: He was of the seed of David by his mother's side, being of the posterity of Shephatiah the son of Abital, David's wife. He was brought up in Babel, from whence he came up to jerusalem at forty years old, and there studied the Law forty years more, under Shemaiah and Abtalion, and after them he was precedent of the Sanhedrin forty years more: The beginning of his presidency is generally concluded upon to have been just an hundred years before the Temple was destroyed: by which account, he began eight and twenty years before our Saviour was borne, and died when he was about 12. years old. He is renowned for his fourscore scholars, one among which was jonathan been Vzziel the Chaldee paraphrast, etc. 9 Rabban Simeon, Hillels Son: this man was first dignified with the title Rabban, he is supposed to be the Simeon mentioned Luk. 2. that took Christ in his arms, and for that, it is conceived that he is not of so frequent and honourable mention among the Jewish writers as others of the same rank with him are, they not well relishing his confession of Christ, whom they deny: He began his presidentship about the thirteenth year of our Saviour's age, if the date and account of Hillels rule mentioned before be current, and how long he sat precedent, no one mentions, but some assert that his rule was not long. The author of juchasin relateth that he is never mentioned in the Mishneb, or in the Code of the Jews traditions; it may be his embracing Christianity made him cool towards their traditions, so that there is none to father on him, as there are on the other Doctors. It is like he was a secret professor of Christ, as Nicodemus was, and kept both his place and profession. 10. Rabban Gamaliel, Simeons' son: This was he under whom Paul was brought up, Act. 22.3. and see Act. 5.34. He was precedent of the council when Christ was arraigned: and lived two and twenty years after: O●kelos the Targumist of the Law, did solemnly celebrate his funerals: He is commonly styled Rabban Gamaliel the old, either because he was the first of that name, or because he was of a long life: Of him they have this saying in the last chapter of the treatise Sotah: From the time that Rabbin Gamaliel the old, died, the honour of the Law failed, and purity and Pharisaisme died. 11. Rabban Simeon, gamaliel's son: He was slain at the destruction of the Temple: and so should his son also have been, had not Rabban Jochanan ben Zaccai, being in favour with Caesar, begged his life: And thus have we followed the succession of the precedents of the Sanhedrin till the Temple and city fell: but the Sanhedrin fell not as yet, but continued in a flitting and languishing condition for a good space still, and had its precedents till it fell also, which were these. 12. Rabban jochanan ben Zaccai: he was not of the blood of Hillel, but he was his scholar: he came to be precedent upon the death of Rabban Simeon last mentioned, his Sanhedrin sat at jabneh. 13. Rabban Gameliel of jabneh: this was Rabban Simeons' son whom Rabban jochanan ben Zaccai begged from death, of the hands of Caesar, at the slaughter of his father, his minority made him unfit for the presidency when his father was slain, therefore Rabban jochanan ben Zaccai, bore that place, and after his death this Rabban Gamaliel succeeded. 14. Rabban Simeon the son of Gamaliel of jabneh. 15. Rabbi judah the son of this Rabban Simeon: he is eminently called Rabbi and Rabbenu haccadosh: He collected and compiled the Mishnaioth. 16. Rabban Gamaliel the son of Rabbi judah: Here the title Rabban expired: and the Sanhedrin was gone. CHAP. XXIII. The Draw-well room. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AT the west end of this famous room Gazith, there was the House which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the House or room of the Draw-well: and the reason of the name was, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [a] Mid. per. 5. Because there was a well sunk there, with a wheel over it, and from thence they fetched up water to serve all the Court. It was not a little water that was used and spent at the Temple for the filling of the lavers boiling the offerings, washing the sacrifices, nay for washing of the Court, and filling cisterns for the Priests to bathe in: It was not a small quantity of water that did serve these turns, and yet the Temple never wanted but had it always in great abundance: The place itself was dry rocky and without water, [b] Maym. in Biath. Mikdash per. 5. but they conveyed their water in pipes thither from a place at some distance where there was a springhead that lay convenient for such a purpose, which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The fountain Etam: Of this the Babylon Talmud discourseth in the place alleged in the margin and to this purpose [c] Zevachin per. 5. fol. 54. fac. 2. The house of the Sanctuary was higher than the land of Israel, and the land of Israel was higher than other lands: They knew not the like; as they produce in the book of joshua; It is written throughout. The border went down, and the border went up, and the border wrought etc. But of the tribe of Benjamin it is written the border went up, but it is not written the border went down. Learn from hence, that this was a place thought fit to build the Sanctuary in, by the fountain Etam, because it was high: But they said, let us bring it a little lower, because it is written, And he shall dwell between his shoulders, Deut. 33.12. Their meaning is this; that whereas the Sanctuary was to be higher than the rest of the land, and whereas the tenor and scope of the Scripture holdeth out the tribe of Benjamin to be highest, because all ascending and not going down is mentioned in the chorography of his tribe, therefore they thought of building the Temple by the fountain Etam which was the highest ground of Benjamin: but when they considered upon Moses his prophecy that God should dwell between the shoulders of Benjamin and not upon his head; they thereupon chose Moriah a lower ground, and brought their water from Etam thither: [d] Talm. jerus. in Joma per. 3. fol. 41. An Aquaeduct came from Etam, saith the jerusalem Talmud in the place quoted in the margin: It is scarce within the bounds of the subject that we have in hand, to go about to search where this Etam was. There is a place in the tribe of Simeon that is called by this name, 1 Chron. 4.32. now though it is true that Simeon and judah lay intermixed in their habitations, yet I believe this intermixture was not so near jerusalem as our Etam was. There is mention of the rock Etam, judg. 15.8. and of the city Etam, 1 Chron. 11.6. let the reader be his own chooser whether of these he will take for the place that we are upon, or whether he will refuse both: I only mention them; It belongeth rather to a survey of the land, then of the Temple, to debate the matter to a determination: The gloss upon the place of the Talmud cited above, saith [e] Gloss. in Zenechin 〈◊〉 supr. It seemeth that the fountain Etam was the well of the waters of Nephtoah, of which there is mention Iosh. 18.15. And to the like purpose speaketh Kimchi in his comment upon that place of joshua [f] Kimch. on Josh. 18. They say (faith he) that the well of the waters of Nephtoah was the well Etam which is mentioned by our Rabbins: This place appeareth to have lain westward of the Temple, and the pipes from it to have come down upon that quarter, and to have passed along on the South side of the house itself, in the place called the coming down of the waters, of which we have spoken before, and so to have been disposed of into the several offices about the Court: and that in such abundance, as, that it ran continually, and yielded water and to spare, upon all occasions: we shall have occasion to look after it again when we come to speak of the molten sea. Of this conveyance of water, Aristeas an eyewitness and spectator of it, giveth testimony, in these words [g] Aristeas Mist. Lux. interp. in Biblioth. patr. tom. 2. Gracolat. pag. 866. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 etc. There was a continunll supply of water: as if there had sprung an abundant fountain underneath. And there were wonderful and unexpressible receptacles under ground, as appeared five furlongs space about the Temple: each one of which had divers pipes, by which waters came in on every side, all these were of lead, under ground, and much earth laid upon them: And there were many vents on the pavement, not to be seen at all, but to those that served: so that in a trice and easily, all the blood of the sacrifices could be washed away, though it were never so much. And I will tell you how I came to know of these underground receptacles: they brought me out more than four furlongs space out of the city, and one bade me stoop down at a certain place and listen what a noise the meeting of the waters made. Now whereas it seemeth by this testimony, that water came to the Temple from several other places about Jerusalem, as well as from Etam, we shall not be much scrupulous about it, though among the Talmudicks I meet with no such intimation, but since they name Etam as the most eminent, and from whence the chiefest vessels in the Temple were continually supplied, it may suffice to look after that only, and this may be enough to have spoken of it. The Draw-well, which and whose room we are now surveying [h] Gloss. in Mish●ioth in Svo in Midd. per. 5. is said to have been sunk or digged by the children of the captivity upon their return and building of the Temple. But whether to a spring that was in that place, or whether as a cistern to receive the water from Etam, if it shall be questioned, there might be several reasons given to prove that it was for the latter purpose: As 1. Because it not easy to conceive a spring in that rocky place as mount Moriah was, especially there having been none there looked after under the first Temple. 2. Because both the Talmudists and Aristeas cited before, do bring all the supply of water from other places. 3. Because the Laver is said in the testimony alleged out of the Jerusalem Talmud, to be supplied from the well Etam, which that it was supplied from this Draw-well we shall see hereafter. And 4. because there is mention of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The place of the coming down of the water on the South side of the Temple, which hath been showed in its due place not capable of any construction so proper as this, that the pipes from Etam came down along there. The waters then from that fountain Etam being gathered into this well or great cistern, were from hence dispersed into the several offices and places where water was necessary (as the new river from the water house into London) a wheel being used to raise it and force it up into the pipes or conveyances that were to carry it into the several receptacles and uses: For in some places there were baths on the very top of the gates and buildings, as we shall observe as we go along, and to keep them full and in a continual supply of water, was required, some enforcing of the water up, which was done by the use and activity of this wheel. Now over this well there was a fair building, suitable to the rest of the buildings about the Court, and it had a door into the Court, that the priests might readily and without going about, step out of the Court into it, when they had occasion to fetch up water for any use. And so are we to understand of that passage in the treatise Tamid, where speaking of him to whose lot it had fallen to cleanse the burnt-offering altar in a morning, it saith thus: [i] Talm. in Tamid per. 1. He that had it allotted to him to cleause the altar must cleanse it: And they say to him, Take heed that thou touch not the vessel, until thou hast washed thy hands and thy feet: (now the dish into which he was first to take up the ashes, was set between the rise of the Altar and the Altar in a corner on the west side of the rise:) No man went into the Court with him (for all the rest of the priests stayed still in the lottery room) nor bade be any candle in his hand, but he went by the light of the fire on the Altar: and they saw him not neither heard they his voice, until they heard the noise of the engine that Ben Kattim made, namely the engine of the lover: and then they said he is about washing his hands and feet at the laver. Now whatsoever this engine of Been Kattims making was, which we shall inquire into afterward, it is undoubted that the water in which he washed at the laver, was drawn out of the Draw-well and conveyed into it after what manner we shall see anon, for the water might not stand in the laver all night: And so it is apparent that this priest that thus washed his hands and feet, was got into the well-roome out of the Court, when the gates of the Court were not yet opened, but went into it through a door that went into that room out of the Court. This helpeth to understand that passage of Ezekiel of the living waters Ezek. 47. which are said there to come down on the right side of the house on the South side of the Altar ver. 1. alluding to the coming of the water into the Temple from Etam a spring shut up and a fountain sealed for that purpose: for the pipes that brought the water from it, came down on the South side of the Temple, in the place that was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The coming drums of the water, of which we have spoken already, and so into this cistern in the well-roome, just over against the Altar, on the South side of it, and so was carried into the several offices of the Temple, etc. CHAP. XXIIII. The water gate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the room of Abhtines. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. AT the west end of the Draw-well room, was a gate that opened directly upon the Altar, which was called [a] Mid. per. 5. & Maym. in beth habbechir. per. 5. & Shekalim per. 5. the water gate. The reader will readily conceive the reason of the name to have been, because it joined so close to the water-house, and this Etymology might be very current and allowable, but the Talmudists give other reasons of the name besides. The Mishneh in the treatise Shckolim, hath this speech upon it. [b] Shekalim ibid. Why is the name of is called the Water-ga●●● 〈◊〉 through is they brought the tankard of water, which was for the pouring out of water at the feast of Tabernacles. Robbi 〈◊〉 the son of Jacob saith, because the waters ran out thereby, which came from under the threshold Ezek. 47. Of these two reasons the former is more generally entertained for current, and it is indeed the more reasonable in itself. I have showed in the treatise of the Temple service, chap. 16. Sect. 4. how high and how strange a solemnity the Jews had at the feast of Tabernacles, of pouring out of water upon the Altar, and rejoicing after it: For whereas all the year besides their libation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or pouring out the drink-offering was of wine alone, they now added and mingled water with it, and took such joy and rejoicing upon that action, as the like was not used at any other occasion: the manner and reason of which is fully discoursed in that place: [c] Succah. per. 4. Now how was this libation of water? (saith the 〈◊〉 in Succ●●.) There was a golden tankard that contained three logs: One filled it at Siloam, and brought it in at the water gate: and the trumpets sounded etc. Siloam fountain lay South of Jerusalem (although the pool of Siloam lay on the west) and from thence the next way possibly to the altar was through this gate, it facing the Altar and the rise to it, and it was no marvel, if, seeing the pouring out of water in libation was reputed so high a matter, the gate through which it was brought did take its name from the bringing of that water through it. And it is not to be passed without observation, that they fetched their water for this solemn libation from Siloam a great way off, when the Draw-well was so near at hand to have supplied it. There is mention of a Water gate in Nehem. 8.3. where it is said that Ezra read in the book of the Law before the street that was before the Water gate: but this was a gate of the city, and not of the Temple, as is apparent in the same book of Nehem. chap. 3. ver. 26. and whether it took that name from the waters issuing out of Solomon's pool and running that way, or from the waters running that way from the Temple, as Ezek. 47.2. it is not a place here to discuss. [d] Telmud. Jerus. in Joma per. 1. Over this gate of the Temple that we are about, which was called the water gate, there was a room or chamber which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The chamber of the family of Abhtines. This Abhtines was one of the chief men that gave denomination to the office of which they were, to succeeding generations (as we observed ere while also about Phinehas the man of the wardrobe or vestry) and he is mentioned in the treatise Shekalim, where all those chiefe officers are reckoned up, which record let us take out here at large [e] Shekalim. per. 5. These were chief officers which were in the Temple: Jochanan the son of Phinebas over the seals: (what these seals were, I have showed in the Temple Service pag. 16.) Abijah over the drink offerings. Mathias the son of Samuel over the lots: (see there pag. 102, 103.) Pethahiah over the birds (ibid. 87, 88 This Pethabiah is Mordecai: And why is his name called Pethabiah? because he opened and expounded matters, and he understood the 70. languages. Ben Abijah over the diseased in their bowels. Nechonia the digger of cisterns. (ibid. pag. 17.) Gevini Keroz the son of Gebber over the shutting of the gates. Ben Bechi over the correction (to cudgel the Priests or Levites that were found asleep upon the guards, ibid. pag. 50. 51.) Ben Arza over the cymbal (ibid. pag. 58.) Hagros ben Levi over the song: Beth Garmu over the making of the shewbread: Beth Abhtines over the making of the incense: Eliezer over the veils; And Phinehas over the wardrobe. So that this Abhtines was one that had the oversight of the making of the incense: and all that succeeded in this office were called Beth Abhtines or the family of Abhtines, and this room or chamber over the water-gate, was the place where they did their work in this employment. Their traditionary receipt for the compounding and making of the incense wasth is: [f] Maym. in keel Mikdash per. 2. They had eleven Aromatic simples of which they took these quantities: Of Stacte onycha, Galbanum & frankincense of every one 70. pound weight: of Myrrh, Cassia, Calamus, Crocus, ana sixteen pounds. Of Costus twelve pound, of Cinnamon nine pound, of Cloves three, in all 368 pound. All these they pounded very small in a morta● (which was called [g] Erach. per. 2. Aruch. en 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the mortar of the Sanctuary, and which mortar [h] Avoth. R. Nathan ad fin. was carried to Rome at the sacking of Jerusalem) & they added to it some Sodom salt, Amber of Jordan (rarities not rarely spoken of in Jewish writers) and an herb of an odoriferous smoke, which very few were acquainted with: Every year they made this quantity of incense, and every day in the year there was a pound of it offered, and so of the 368 pound there was 365 pound gone: Of the three pounds that remain, the Highpriest took his handful on the day of expiation: and the rest was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The residue of the incense: Not that the yearly stock was spent at the day of expiation, for it was not spent till the beginning of the month Nisan, but that this was the account of the expense of it: On the first day of the month Nisan or on their new years day, they began upon a new stock: [i] Maym. in Shekalim per. And the two pounds and odd that remained of the old, was given to workmen that repaired the Temple towards their pay: and then was bought of them again, and used as of a new stock. Every single spicery was pounded by itself, and all the while that he that pounded it, was about it, he still said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 To be pounded well, to be pounded well, etc. and then they mingled altogether. It was a caution that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [k] Id. ubi ante. All the making & compounding of the incense should be in the Sanctuary in the midst of the Court: By which whether the very open place of the Court, be meant, or that part of this room of Abhtines that stood in the Court it is not much important to dispute; this was the room in which the incense when it was made was reserved, and likely it is that this also was the place where it was made: And here it was pounded again twice a year, and aired and looked to that it might take no hurt. [l] Talm. in Joma per. 1. Into this room the Highpriest was brought for a certain time against the day of expiation, that he might learn to take his handfuls of ineense against that day, as was required, Levis. 16.12. [m] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For this was the place (saith Aruch) where the incense was prepared: And they brought him hither that they might teach him to take his handfuls of it. In this room also the priests kept a guard every night, as it is related in the Talmud in the treatise Tamid and Middoth in these words [n] Tamid per. 1. & Mid. per. 1. In three places, the priests kept guards in the Sanctuary, nam●● in Beth Abhtines, and in Beth Nitsots, and in Beth Mohadh: Beth Abhtines and Beth Nitsots were upper rooms, and there the younger priests kept, etc. which nightly guarding was intentlonally as much for the honour of the sanctuary as for its security, and these two guard chambers Abhtines and Nitsots, were both over against the Altar, the one on the one side of the Court and the other on the other: and here the younger sort of priests watched, but the grandees in Beth Makadh. in the furthest end of the Court westward, as we shall see when we come thither. On the roof of this water-gate, and of the room Abhtines, there was a bath, in which the Highpriest did wash himself the first time of his washing on the day of explation: for although the Bathing place, on the top of the room of Happervah (which we shall survey in its place) was the place where he washed oftest on that day, yet here he washed first: for here had he spent some time in the chamber of abhtines before the day came, and here was the sittestand readiest place for him to bathe when the day was come: Here he had been all the night before, and when the morning was come, and he is to go about the service, he first goeth to the top of this gate and there batheth himself in water. And this the treatise Joma intendeth when he saith thus: [o] Joma per. 3. Five bathe of his body and ten washings of his bands and feet did the Highpriest use on that day, and all in the holy ground, on the top of the room of Happarbah, but only the first, etc. This was a place most convenient for a bath, it being so near the Draw-well room, as joining to it, and this it may be helped forward the naming of it the watergate. CHAP. XXV. The Wood room 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the room Parhedrin. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THe Pile of building that we are now about, joined to the water-gate on the west side of it, and it carried a double name: for it was called either 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The chamber or room of the wood, or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The room of Parhedrin. It was called the room of the wood, because that after the blemished priests had wormed the wood, in a room of the same name in a corner of the Court of the women, as we have observed, they brought that that they found fit for the Altar, into this room that it might be near, and ready to be carried to the Altar when there was occasion. As for the other name that this building carried, it is written two ways [a] Joma per. 1. The Babylon Talmud [b] Beth habbechir. per. 5. Maymony and some others read it with r and call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The chamber of Parhedrin. But the Jerusalem Talmud, [c] In joma ubi supr. Mishnaioth in octave, etc. read it with l and call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The chamber of Palhedrin: about which difference we shall not controvert: Now though the two Talmuds do thus one letter in this matter of the name, yet they both agree upon another matter and say that in old time, it had been called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Talm: uterque in Gemae. The chamber of the Counsellors. I observe also from Maymony, that it was called the High-priests chamber, by a sigular Propriety: for speaking of putting of the Highpriest apart for seven days before the day of expiation into this room (for so the Talmuds in the place cited in the margin inform us) he expresseth it thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Maym. in jom. haccipp. per. 1. They put him apart from his own house into this chamber in the Sanctuary. And so the Jerusalem Talmud doth also call it, though it do not express it by the proper name when it saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that [f] Tal. Jerus. ubi supr. The Highpriest was put for a certain time into the chamber of Abhtines which was over the Water-gate, and which joined to his own chamber: And here by the way you may observe, that this woodroome, and room of Parbedrin did join to the Water-gate as we have seated it: the one room being over the other, the wood room below and Parbedrin above. Now it was called the High-priests chamber, not so much for that he was put apart hither for a few days in the year, as for that it was ordinarily employed by the Highpriest to call his brethren of the Priesthood together in it, to consult about the affairs of the Temple and the service: so that it was as the Vestry, or as I may so express it, the Dean and Chapter-roome, where they met together in consultation about such matters: We have observed * Temple-Service, chap. 5. elsewhere, that besides the Highpriest, there was the Sagan, two Katholikin, seven Immarcalin, and three Gizbarin, which were principal officers in the Temple for the receiving, disbursing, and taking care of the stock of it, and providing for the repairs of the buildings and the due administration of the service: These were the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Counsellors of the Temple, that advised and took care for the welfare of it, and this was the room where they sat constantly in counsel for that purpose: and hereupon it was called the chamber of the Counsellors. The reason of the change of its name into the chamber of Palhedrin, or Parhedrin (read it whether way you will) the Gemara of the Talmud in the place cited above giveth in these words. It was called the chamber of the Counsellor still the High-priesthood began to be bought and sold for money, and came to be changed often: these counsellors were then also changed often and then it was called the chamber of Parhedrin. The meaning seemeth to be this, that whilst the High-priesthood stood and remained in its beauty and integrity, the Highpriest and his brethren, kept a solemn and grave counsel table here for the benefit and advancement of the Temple, but when money and prowling did make and change High-priests, money and silver did also make members of this council, and they sought themselves rather then the public, the people therefore could not find in their hearts to call them Counsellors, but called them Parhedrin or Sitters only. Yet were they also called Counsellors even while they were called Parhedrin, to distinguish them from the great Council: Joseph of Arimathea was on: of these Mark. 15.43. The word Parhedrin is as like the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, as Sanhedrin is like 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and it may very well be conjectured, that since the great Sanhedrin and Society, were both Counsellors, that this company was called Parhedrin, to distinguish it from the Sanhedrin: especially considering how near they sat together, there being but the Water-gate and the Well-roome, between this room and Gazith: There sat the great Council of the nation, and it was called Sanhedrin, and here sat the Council of the Temple and it was called Parhedrin: that is Assessores, or the Council that sat near the Sanhedrin: And thus were there four Counsels in the Temple: three of them not only Counsels but Judicatories, namely the great Sanhedrin of 71. and the two lesser Sanbedrins of 23. And this of Priests which was not so properly a Judicatory as merely a Council. The Jerusalem Talmud expoundeth the word Palhedrin 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (for so it readeth it) by the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, a word of as much obscurity as the other: It is like it is some Greek or Latin word of Priority, but not easily pitched upon particularly: Baal Aruch renders Palbedrin by a word as hard as itself too, namely by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Agardemin: but he facilitates it it by this interpretation, namely that it signifies [g] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The overseers of the weights and measures, that were to look to the Ephah and the Hin, that they were right, and sealed them, and they smote those that kept shop in the mountain of the house, if they sold too dear, and they bade them sell cheaper. CHAP. XXVI. The Gate of the Firstlings. THis Gate which was next beyond the buildings last mentioned, westward, was called by two names. Sometimes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [a] vid. C. Lemp. pag. 17. in Mid. The gate of offering: so some read it: but most commonly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Mid per. 1. & 2. & Shekalim per. 6. The Gate of the Firstlings: both which names redound but to one and the same sense, for the gate took its denomination, [c] Barten. in Mid. from the bringing of the Firstlings through it to be offered up. The law concerning consecrating to the Lord whatsoever first opened the womb and matrix, Exod. 13. was intricated by the Jewish tradition with a world of difficulties, but for an ultimate resolution, of what Firstlings were fit to be offered and what not, there was one appointed whom they called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mum●hth, who did determine it: of this title the Glossaries give this interpretation and account. [d] Gloss. in Becoroth. per. 4. Mumcheh is derived from the word Machah as it signifieth in that clause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And it reacheth to the Sea of Cinnereth, Num. 34.11. which betokeneth going strait: And this word Mumcheh means that he was skilful: and be received authority from the precedent of the Sanhedrin or from a Sanhedrin in the land of Israel, of men ordained. [e] Maym. in Becor. per. 3. The head of the Sanhedrin gave him power for this office saying to him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: Lose Firstlings concerning blemishes: that is, take thou power to bind and to lose as concerning bleishes of Firstlings, to determine what blemishes do hinder them from being offered and what not: The Talmudists do use the phrases of binding and losing in reference to things prohibited or permitted: as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [f] Tanch. fcls. 1 Col. 3. Upon necessity the Lord loosed salvation on the Sabbath, that is, they permitted it. [g] Talm. in lesachin. per. 4. The School of Shammai 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bound working on the Eve of the Passeover, that is, prohibited it; but the School of Hillel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 loosed it: that is, permitted it, or held and taught that it was lawful. [h] Maym. in Mamets' etc. per. 1. The Scribes have bound leaven: And [i] Tanch. fol. 74. Col. 3. The wise men have loosed all fat things, etc. It were not a very hard task to produce hundreds of examples out of Jewish writers to this purpose, wherein their use of the expression of binding and losing doth most ordinarily refer to things and to things lawful or unlawful as they were so held out by the law and by their doctors: And particularly the binding and losing of Firslings, and the binding and losing of vows, were of singular note and notice among them, [k] juchasin fol 50. And the losing of Firstlings (saith Abraham Zaccuth) was a matter of more difficulty than losing of vows: where, by losing of vows, he meaneth not that any one had power to absolve and acquit from lawful vows once made, but that there were some appointed to judge of vows, and to determine concerning them whether they were lawful or not lawful, and whether they bond or bond not. No Firstling must be killed or offered till it had been first viewed by the Mumcheh: [l] Talm. in Becoroth per. 4. And he that was not a Mumcheb (appointed by the Sanhedrin) and yet would take on him to view a Firstling, and so it was killed upon his approval, he was to make it good: and he that received a reward or was hired to view a Firstling, it was not currant, unless he were authorised by the Sanhedrin so to do, as Ailah a wise man of Jabneh, to whom the wise men permitted to take 4 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Assarii for viewing a lean Firstling, and 6 for viewing a fat, etc. A Firstling lamb or call, approved by the Mumcheh as fit for sacrifice and brought to the Temple for that purpose, was slain on the south side of the Altar, or at the least on the south side of the Court. The Talmudick tract Zevachin in the fifth chapter doth purposely discuss what sacrifices were to be slain on the North side of the Altar, and what other where: And having nominated particularly what on the North side; it saith [m] Id. in Zevachin per. 5. That a sacrifice of thanksgiving, the Nazarites ram, the ordinary peace-offerings, the Firstlings, tithe, and Passeover were slain in any part of the Court: where by any part of the Court, it meaneth the South side, in opposition to the North of which it had spoken before, and it meaneth the South side in such a latitude, as not only just over against the Altar, but in a larger extent, as we shall show more fully when we come to survey the sides of the Court itself. The Firstlings then being to be slain on this South side of the Court, on which we are surveying the gates and buildings, they were brought in at this gate which we are upon, and from thence it took the name of the gate of the Firstlings. The water-gate indeed was nearer the Altar, and a more direct way to it, but to have killed the beasts thereabout would have hindered the passage to the Altar, from the Draw-well, Water-gate and woodroome, unto which places there was very frequent recourse from the Altar, and therefore the Firstlings and other Sacrifices that were to be slain on the South side of the Court, were brought in at the gate above, as more out of the way, and slain thereabout as in a place of less interruption. Now whereas the tradition mentioned, doth allot the South side of the Court for the proper place of slaying those particular sacrifices that it nameth, yet doth it speak it in this latitude 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That their killing might be in any part of the Court: because that though ordinarily and regularly they were to be slain on the South side of the Court, yet if they were numerous and could not conveniently be slaughtered in that place, they might be slain on the other side, as the Passeover were killed on both the sides, because of their number: whereas the sacrifices that were to be slain on the North side must be slain there, and there was no dispensation to remove them thence. The presenting of the Firstlings at the gate that we are about, may put us in remembrance of presenting the first borne; All the males of Israel were to appear before the Lord thrice every year, Exod. 23.17. now this command did not take in children (as their tradition did interpret it) [n] Id. in Hagiga per. 1. till they were able to walk up out of Jerusalem to the Temple in their father's hand: and the presenting of the first borne to the Lord, was not enforced by that command, but by that, Exod. 13.12. & 22.29. where both the Targums of Jonathan and Onkelos, do expound the setting apart of the first borne to be before the Lord, or at the Temple: and so doth the text of Scripture itself in Num. 18.15. Luk. 2.23. The place where they were presented, was in the gate of Nicanor, for that was both the most peculiar place of appearing before the Lord, and there women that had borne children did stand to have their atonement made for them: And there it was where the virgin Mary presented our Saviour Luk. 2. and there she paid five shekels for his redemption, Num. 18. And Hanah did the like at Shilob: 1 Sam. 1.34. only she had kept her son longer than ordinary because when she did present him at the Sanctuary she meant to leave him there for ever, and for that reason, she relieved him not neither, but gave him to the Lord. CHAP. XXVII. The gate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hadlak, or of Kindling, or of the burning fire. IT is easy to justify and assert the translation of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by kindling, but is not so easy to give a reason why this gate which stood most west on the South side did bear this name. The common opinion of glossaries upon it is plausible enough, but only for one objection that may be made against it [a] Bartenor. & C. Lemp. in Mid. & gloss. in Shekalim per. 6. They hold that it was called the gate of kindling or Burning, because through it wood was brought to the Altar to keep the fire continually burning according to the law Leu. 6.12. But why this way? since they might have gone a nearer way to the Altar by far, either through the water-gate or the gate of the Firstlings, seeing the Woodroome was between them two, as hatg been showed: and it is probable enough that the wood out of the woodroome was not brought through any of the Court gates at all to the Altar, but out at a door which went out of the room itself in to the Court. To find out therefore a reason of the name, I cannot but look over to the other side of the Court, from this gate that we are about, to that gate there, that was over against it, and there I observe the gate to be called Beth Mokadh, or the Gate of the burning fire, as well as this is called the Gate of kindling. And the reason of that name was, because a fire was kept there continually for the signior priests, as shall be showed anon, and so it may be well conjectured, a fire was kept here for the Levites: And though I find not mention either in the Talmud or Josephus of any building that joined to this gate, yet since there is mention in the treatise Middoth of the Levites keeping a guard, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Mid. per. 1. In the chamber of the veil, I find not where to allot that place better than to this gate we are about: For when it speaketh of the chamber of the veil, it meaneth not either any chamber joining to the body of the Temple itself, nor any chamber in the Court (for the Levites kept not their guards within the Court but without) but some chamber without the Court, which was over against the place of the veil, which divided betwixt the holy and most holy place. And as there was a long building that ran along from that opposite north gate up toward the west to the very corner of the wall of the Court that way: so from this gate westward there ran a long building to the corner of the Court on this side, in which large piece of building having partitions within, there were two guards of Levites almost joining together: So there were three of those guards very near together: one joining to the gate on the East side, [c] Ibid. (for at five of the gates of the Court the Levites guarded, and this was one of the five) another joining to the gate on the West side, which was called the guard over against the veil, and the third at the corner of the Court: Now as there was a common fire kept for the Priests on the other side of the Court, in a large building opposite to this, from whence the gate joining to it took the name: so is it very likely, there was a common fire kept for the Levites which gave this gate the denomination of the gate of kindling. Thus have we surveyed the gates and buildings on the south side of the Court, their orderthus, coming up from the East towards the West: First the room Gazith at the South-west corner: then the room of the Draw-well: joining to that the Water-gate, and over that the room Abhtines: Joining to that gate on the other side, the Woodroome, and over that the Council chamber: then the Gate of the Firstlings, with a Levites ward joining to it on one side: then the Gate of kindling and a Levites ward on either side it, and that building on the West side of it running up to the West corner of the Court. Now Aha Jose a spokes man in the Talmud, nameth yet one gate more, and more West than these that we have named, on this same side which he calleth the upper gate, and over against it on the North side he nameth a gate more than the common account and calleth it the gate of Jechoniah: But he goeth alone in his opinion as to the number of the Gates of the Court: yet thus fare do other of his nation go with him, that they say there were three gates on the North side of the Court, and that there was besides them, a passage through Beth Mokadh large building out of the chel into the Court, which I suppose is that which he calleth the gate of Jechoniah: and the reason of the name is given, because Jechoniah went out at that gate into his captivity: And so it may be that in this large building on this side which ran between the Gate of kindling and the West corner, there was a passage through, which he styles with the title of the upper gate. But howsoever it was in his account in the second Temple, the very title of the upper gate may not undeservedly call upon us, to look after that which is called the upper gate of Benjamits in the house of the Lord, in the times of the first Temple Jer. 20. 2. It is said there that Pashur smote Jeremy and put him in the stocks that were in the high gate or upper gate of Benjamin, which was in the house of the Lord. Our English hath made it to render is in the house of the Lord, it may be because they thought it improper to have a pair of stocks in the Temple: and therefore they have translated it which was by the house of the Lord, as reputing it not a gate of the Temple but some other: but the words in the originallare so plain, and the consent of translators so unanimous that it meaneth in the house of the Lord, that to swarve from it were but to strain a plain and a facile text, and to obscure a place which is not obscure of itself. The mountain of the Temple lay in the lot of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin as hath been observed before, & the line that divided between the lots came along at the Southeast corner of the Altar as we shall observe anon, so that the Temple and Altar were in the tribe of Benjamin according to Moses prophecy that God should dwell between Benjamins' shoulders, and so was the South wall of the Court till you came down over against that point of the Altar, and then came in the lot of Judah. It appeareth therefore that there were but two gates on this side of the Court in the times of the first Temple, and they were called the upper and the lower gate of Benjamin, because they stood in his lot: And there were two gates on the North side of the Court, and they were called, The gate of the Altar, which was Northward, and the gate of the Lords house which was Northward, as we shall show by and by. And for this place or engine of correction (were it a dungeon as the lxx. seems to hold it, or a pillory as David Kimchies father, or a pair of stocks as our English) it is no solecism to hold that it was in the house of the Lord (namely in that part of this gate that stood out of the Court in the Chel) since there was judging, scourging, mawling, and stoning, even in the Temple itself, as hath been touched before. And now to be going over from the South side to the North, along the wall of the Court at the West end, there was no gate upon that quarter at all, but the wall was plain without any gates or openings in it. And so Josephus makes it clear when he saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Jo●. de bell. ●. 5. cap. 14. That part that was on the West had no gate at all, but the wall that way was an entire continued building: which relation is also agreeable to the general consent of the Hebrew auhors, Aba Jose only excepted whom we mentioned even now, who speaketh of two gates here, but neither nameth them, nor telleth for what use they served: and indeed what needed any gate here at all, so fare from the service, and behind the Temple? There was indeed at the back of the Court wall in the middle betwixt the North and South corners of it, a building standing in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel, where the Levites kept a guard, which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The guard behind the mercy seat: but there is no evidence that there was any door out of it into the Court, and if there had been it was but a door and not a gate. Of the guards of the Priests and Levites about the Temple the record is thus [e] Mid. per. 1. In three places the Priests kept guards in the Temple, in the chamber of Abhtines, in Beth Nitsots and in Beth Mokadh. And the Levites in one and twenty places: five at five gates of the mountain of the house: Four at the four corners of it within: Five at five gates of the Court, and four at the four corners of it without: One in the chamber of Corban: One in the chamber over against the Veil, and one behind the place of the Mercy seat. CHAP. XXVIII. The Gates and buildings in the Court wall on the North side. WE are now come to the North side of the Court, where before we fall to surveying of the gates and buildings, that were there, in the times of the second Temple, it will not be amiss to look what we find there in the times of the first in that passage of Ezekiel chap. 8. ver. 3.5.14. He brought me in the visions of God to Jerusalem to the door of the inner Court gate that looketh toward the North, where was the seat of the image of jealousy which provoketh to jealousy. And he said unto me, Son of man lift up now thine eyes the way towards the North: so I lift up mine eyes the way towards the North, and behold Northward of the gate of the Altar this image of jealousy in the entry. And he brought me to the door of the gate of the Lords house which was towards the North, and behold, there sat women weeping for Tammuz: Here are two gates specified on the North side of the Court and they are called the gate of the Altar and the gate of the Lords house towards the North: because the one was over against the Altar, and the other over against the body of the Temple. To that over against the Altar is the prophet first brought in his vision, and there he seethe the image of jealousy: not in this gate of the Altar, but in the mountain of the house Northward of this gate, and of the prophet as he stood in it. For the prophet is not brought within the Court at this gate, but is set without it, and there he is bidden to look Northward, and there he seethe that image. This was not any picture or image to represent jealousy by, but it is called the image of jealousy, because it provoked the jealous God to jealousy, it being set even in his Sanctuary and before his Altar: what Idol this was is but lost labour to go about to determine: I should assoon conjecture Molech as any other, because that was the highest idolatry and most provoking, namely their burning of their children in the fire, and because they were exceeding taxable and taxed for this Idolatry. Whether there were this Idol in the Temple at this very instant when Ezekiel had the vision, which was in the sixth year of Zedekiah, or whether the vision represent to him the Idolatry that had been in the Temple at any time, is not much easier to determine neither, but be the Idol what it would, and mean he the time when he will, it was no small abomination when an Idolatrous chapel or mansion is erected in the mountain of the Lords house, even facing the very gate that opened upon the Altar. This gate was the lower North-gate which in the times of the second Temple was called the Gate Nitsots or of the Song. Before the prophet is brought to the upper North gate, the text saith he was brought to the door of the Court, ver. 7. that is, to the East gate which was the commonest way of entrance, and in that gate the Sanhedrin used to sit in those times, and there he seethe their councel-chamber painted all about with imagery, and the 70 members of the Sanhedrin themselves offering Idolatrous incense: Then is he brought to the upper North gate, which opened upon the body of the Temple, and there he seethe women weeping for Tammuz: what Tammuz was, or what their weeping meant, it is not to our subject to insist upon here: I will only leave the gloss of David Kimchi upon this matter with the reader, and trouble him with no more discourse about it. Some interpret it (saith he) that they kept a feast to the Idol in the beginning of the month Tammuz: others interpret the word Tammuz to signify burnt from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dan. 3.19. meaning that they wept for him that was burnt, because they burned their sons and daughters in the fire. Others, that they had a trick to convey water into the Idols eyes which was called Tammuz, so that he seemed to weep and to beseech them that they would serve him. But our great wise man Rabbi Moses bar Maiemon writes that it is found in the books of the ancient, that there was a man of the Idolatrous prophets whose name was Tammuz, and he called to a certain King and commanded him to worship the seven planets and the twelve signs, and the King slew him: And on the night of his death, all the Idols from all parts of the earth were gathered into the Temple at Babel, to the golden image which was the image of the Sun, which image hung between heaven and earth, and it fell into the midst of the Temple and all the images about it: It told them what hath happened to Tammuz the prophet, and all the Idols wept and lamented all that night, and when it was morning they flew to their own homes: So this became a custom to them on the first day of the month Tammuz every year, to bewail and lament Tammuz. But some interpret Tammuz to be the name of a beast which they worshipped. Thus may we suppose upon this text of Ezekiel, that in the Temple before the captivity there were but two gates on the Northside of the Court, or at least there is not mention of any more: but in the second Temple there were three: The names of them going from West to East were these. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Mid. per. 2. The gate of Corban. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of the women. And 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of the Song. Now every one of these gates is owned by a double name: for the gate of Corban is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Beth Mokadh: The gate of the women is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate Corban: And the gate of the Song is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate Nitsots: And thus are those Talmudick passages to be understood which carry difficulty with them, because they seem to carry contradiction: whilst one reckons the North gates thus [c] Ibid. & Shekalim per. 1. On the North was the gate of Corban, the gate of the Women and the gate of the Song: And another thus [d] Mid. per. 1. On the North was the gate Nitsots, the gate Corban and Beth-Mokadh: The former, reckoning their order from West to East, and the latter from East to west: the reason of these doubled and differing names we shall look after as we go along. There were also other buildings on this side the Court besides the gates as well as there were on the South side which we have surveyed already. And those were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Ib. per. 6. The room for Salt, the room for Parvah, and the washing room, besides other rooms, which weshall find out in our progress. CHAP. XXIX. Beth Mokadh. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 OUr Survey is to begin at the Northwest corner of the Court wall, and there we meet with the building called Beth Mokadh, a place of remarkableness for several particulars. 1. It was a building so large that [a] Tamid per. 3. it reached from the Northwest angle of the wall to the gate below, of the same name, and so it took up a fourth part of the length of that side of the Court: [b] Mod. per. 1. Maym. in beth habbechir. per. 5. and it contained four several rooms in the four corners of it; that room which was properly called the room Mokadh being in the midst of them as the Centre: And this the treatise Middoth utterreth in these expressions [c] Mid. per. 1. There were four rooms in Beth Mokadh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Like bed chambers opening into a dining-room: Two of which chambers stood within the Court and two without, and marks were set within to show where the two grounds parted. 2. The four rooms in the four corners of it, were these. [d] Mid. ibid. The South-west room was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The lamb room, [e] R. Sol. in. 1 Chron. 23.25. because there they lodged the lambs that were appointed for the daily sacrifice [f] Maym. in Tamid. per. 1. And the room was never without six lambs in it a day together. For no lamb was offered but which had been taken up four days before: and so this necessitated, that if two of the six were taken out to day for the morning and evening sacrifice, other two must be brought in before night: And by this means it was never without six in it a whole day together. 2. [g] Mid. ubi supra. & Tamid. ubi supr. The South-west room was the room of those that prepared the Shewbread, which God had appointed to be set before him on the golden table every Sabbath. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Family of Garmu was for this work. [h] Shekalim. per. 6. These two rooms mentioned stood either wholly or some part of them within the Court. 3. [i] Mid. ubi supr. The Northwest room 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was the place where the Maccabean family laid up the stones of the Altar, which the Grecian Kings had defiled [k] Jos. Ant. lib. 12 cap. 7. 1 Mac. 1 etc. For when Antiochus Epiphanes had made such miserable havoc at Jerusalem, as that he had laid Religion, Laws, Liberties, Altar, Sacrifice, and all waist, and had defiled the Altar with abominable sacrifices, Judas Maccabeus and his brethren getting a little ground of their enemies and of their miseries, began to purify and restore the Temple: and consulting what to do with the Altar stones which were profaned, and which Mattathias their father had therefore pulled down, 1 Mac. 2.25. they laid them up in this room till a prophet should come that might resolve what to do with them. 1 Mac. 4.44. etc. 4. [l] Mid. ubi supr. The Northwest room was a room through which they went to a bathing place out of the middle room which was properly called Beth Mokadh, whosoever had received any nocturnal pollution in their sleep. Now where this bathing place was it is controverted, whether under ground, or whether on the out side of the outmost wall: The treatise Tamid gives account of it in these words: [m] Tamid. per. 1. Doth a nocturnal pollution by Gonorrhaea happen to any of them? he gets out and goes along in the gallery that goeth under the Temple, and candles burn on either side, till he came to the bathing place: there was a closet and a stool: and if he found the door locked he knew there was some one there, but if open he knew there was no body there: so he goes down and baths himself, wipes himself, warms himself in the closet, and comes again and sits among his brethren. 3. The room Mokadh which was in the midst of these four, they being as it were parlours in the four corners of it, is said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [n] Maym. in beth habbech. per. 5. built archwise: not that the surface or upmost part of it was like an arch of stone without any other roof, but that being raised and roofed like the other buildings about the Court, it was only in this lower room made arch wise, because there was a passage through it out of the chel into the Court. And there were two gates to this room of passage, one towards the Chel, and the other towards the Court, and that into the Court had a wicket in it, through which they commonly went in and out, the great gate standing shut: and so it is like had that also into the Chel. And this passage I suppose is that which Aba Jose calleth the gate of Jechoniah, of which we made mention before. 4. This room was called Beth Mokadh, or the place of the burning fire, because a fire was kept here continually, all the cold time of the year for the Priests, both by day and by night: By day to warm themselves at when they came from the service, for upon that they attended barefooted and very thin clad: and in the night to keep them warm as they kept their guard: for in this room was a guard of the Priests as was observed before, and this was the chiefest guard of all: [o] Tamid. ubi supra. Beth Mokadh, (saith the Talmud) was a great arched room, and it was set about with stone benches: on which the Elders of the house of their fathers slept, and the keys of the Court were in their keeping: But the young men of the Priesthood slept in their garments on the ground: they slept not in the holy garments, but put those off, folded them up and laid them under their heads, and lay in their own wearing clothes: So that this room was both a thorough pass, and a great hall where was kept a common and a constant fire: and the gates on either side of the arch being shut, it was as a close room, and as if it had not been a thorough passage at all. 5 In this room there was a box or cabinet as we may call it, in which were laid up the keys of the Court, and taken out and in, as the doors were locked or to be unlocked. The Talmud describes it thus: [p] Mid. ubi supra. There was a flag of Marble and a ring was fastened in it, and a chain, at which the keys of the Court were hung: when the time of locking the gates came he took up the flag by the ring, and took the keys off the ring and locked the gates within, and when he had done he put the keys on the chain, and the flag in its place again: Now this marble flag, which in Hebrew is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A table, on the upper or outside of it had a ring by which to take it up, and on the inner side, a chain so wrought as that the keys might fitly and readily be hanged on or taken off as there was occasion: And this box appeareth to have been in the ground, partly because we have mention of such another flag with a ring in it and that lay upon the ground, and dust was taken from under it for the trial of the suspected wife, and partly because the tradition saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That after the Priest had laid up the keys and laid down the flag, he laid his pillow upon it and there slept. 6. If any in their sleep suffered Gonorrhaea, they were to bathe as was said before, and the way to the bathing place is expressed in these words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He goeth down a turning stair case that went under the Temple. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth generally signify all the body and buildings of the Temple, as the whole stood like a sumptuous and goodly Palace (for so the word doth properly signify) and so it is used 1 Chron. 29.1.19. Therefore it is hard to tell which way this passage to the bathing place lay, since the word will enlarge it to any part of the Temple. It appeareth that it was some vault under ground through which they passed; into which vault they went down by a turning pair of stairs, out of the Northwest room of Beth Mokadh. And from thence whither they went, whether under the Chel as Rabbi Eliezer conceiveth, or under some part of the Court, or mountain of the house, it is but in vain to search: It seemeth the Bath was under ground, and a room by it with a fire in it to warm themselves at when they had done bathing. CHAP. XXX. Of the Gate Beth Mokadh called the Gate of Corban: And of the other Gate of Corban, called also the Gate of the Women. WE need not inquire why the upper of these two gates was called Beth Mokadh; the considering that it joined to the East end of that piece of building that was so called, which we have newly surveyed, will resolve that question: but why the lower was called The gate of the Women, and why both of them the Gates of Corban, will cost more labour to find it out. I shall tender about the former these two conjectures: 1. Because at this Gate the women in the former Temple, did weep for Tammuz, as was observed out of Ezekiel even now: And 2. Because at this gate the women that brought sacrifices went into the Court to see them offered. For although it was not lawful for women to go ordinarily into the Court as it was for men, but they were confined to their own Court, yet as I have observed elsewhere out of Tosaphta, women when they brought sacrifices might and did go into the Court of Israel as well as men. It is true indeed that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 women after childbirth appeared in the gate of Nicanor for the making of their atonement, and came but up into the gate and not into the Court at all, because they came thither for their full purification: but those women that were clean, and came not upon any occasion of purification, but brought burnt-offerings or sin or trespass-offerings, they presented them and themselves with them at this gate. There was a gate was nearer to the Altar than this, namely the Gate Nitsots, which we are to survey by and by, but the place of the rings or slaughter place being between it and the Altar, it was not a place of that clea● and uninterrupted access that this was of, and therefore the sacrifices both of men and women were presented here. Yet did the gate bear the name of the women rather than of the men, as from the rarer matter of the women's going into the Court, which was more commonly done by men. And this helps us to one reason why this gate was called the Gate of Corban, or of the offering, namely because the sacrifices to be offered up were brought up in this way. And this very reason Bartenora giveth saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [a] Bart. in Mid. Here they brought in the most holy Sacrifices, which were to be slain on the North side of the Altar. Over against this Gate on the other side of the Court there was a gate that bore two names as well as this. It was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The gate of offering, because the sacrifices that were to be slain on the South side of the Altar were brought in at that gate and it was called also the gate of Firstlings, because those were the chiefest of those offerings. So also this gate where we are: it was called the gate of Corban or of offering, because the Sacrifices to be slain on the North side of the Altar were brought in by it: and it was called also the gate of the women, because their passage through it with their sacrifices was more rare and remarkable then mens. [b] Zevachin per. 5. Now these were the sacrifices that were slain on this North side of the Altar: The most holy sacrifices, the hullock and goat of the day of Expiation, the hullocks and goats that were burnt, all sin-offerings, whole-burnt-offerings and trespass-offerings. Only the lambs of the daily sacrifice, though they were slain on the North side of the Altar, yet is it like they were not brought into the Court at this gate, but at that that joined to Beth Mokadh, for in that piece of building the Lamb-room was where they were kept as hath been showed. And so we have one reason why these two gates bore the name of Corban. The upper was so called because the daily sacrifice or Corban was brought through it, and the lower, because other sacrifices were brought through that. But there was something more in the name besides: As there were several treasure chests in the Temple, which have been named, and several treasuries in the gatehouses of the mountain of the Temple, and in the chambers that joined to the Temple itself: of vessels, vestments, tithes, firstfruits, etc. So on this side of the Court was the treasury of the poll money, & for the poor, and for the repair of the Temple; which more especially was called Corban: The word as at the first and most properly it signified an offering (and so is it frequently used in Deviticus, and that is the sense that we have newly parted with) so in the Jews common language it came also to signify the Treasury of the Temple, as Mat. 27.6. The Priests took the money and said it is not lawful to cast it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Into the Corban. And so Josephus saith that Pilate occasioned a tumult among the Jews 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [c] Jos. de bell. lib. 2. cap. 14. By consuming the sacred treasury which was called Corban upon making an Aquaeduct. And so the treatise Middoth reckoning the guards that were in the Temple, nameth [d] Mid. per. 1. one at the chamber of Corban: one at the chamber of the Veil, and one behind the Mercy seat: From which last passage, laid to this consideration that we are about, namely that there were two gates on the North side of the Court which were called Corban, there is some ground and probability to place the Corban or chiefest treasury of cash or money there where we do. It appeareth by the distribution of the guards in the tradition cited that the guard at the chamber over against the Veil, and at the chamber of Corban were on the several sides of the Court, or else there were no proportion or conformity in their stations. All the seven gates of the Court were guarded, two with Priests, and five with Levites: all the four Corners of the Court were also guarded, and there was besides (saith the tradition) a guard at the chamber of the Veil, and another at the chamber of Corban, and another behind the Mercy seat, that is, one on the one side of the Court over against the body of the Temple, and another on the other side, and another just behind, which was called the guard behind the Mercy seat. Now where can we so properly look for the chamber Corban, as between those two gates that both bare that name? And the matter here seemeth somewhat nearly parallel to the case that we observed about the gates and house of Asuppim upon the West quarter of the mountain of the house, for as there was a piece of building that ran between two gates which itself was called the house of Asuppim, and gave occasion to the gates on either end of it, to be called the gates of Asuppim; so here was a piece of building that ran between two gates, which itself was called Corban, and gave occasion to the gates on either end it, to be called the gates of Corban likewise. To come down therefore from the gate of Beth Mokadh, towards the East, there was first a piece of building joined to that gate, which was a treasury and was called Corban, and then was there a room where the Levites kept their guard, and joining to that there was another treasury or Corban, and joining to the East end of that, a gate called by the same name Corban but called also the gate of the women. Now to distinguish these treasuries, whether the one of them was the treasury for the half Shekel poll-money, and the other for money and vessels offered for the use and repair of the house, or whether one of them was the treasury for the Temple and the other for the poor, which distinction we observed before, it is but in vain to inquire after, since it is not possible to resolve when we have done all we can: only this I suppose may not unpertinently be observed, that the treasuries wherein they put money, (whether chambers or chests) were those that most properly were called Corban, rather than the treasuries where they laid up other things: And according to the several places where these chambers and these chests stood, the place was called the Treasury, and the House of the Treasury. And here let us look after a place of Scripture, which speaketh something in relation to the treasury, and may not unproperly be taken into consideration before we part with this subject. The place is in 2 King. 12.9. & 2 Chron. 24.8. about the treasure or collection chest that was made by Jehoiada, for the gathering of money for the repair of the Temple, which had been decayed and defaced in the days of Athaliah. And because there appeareth a visible contrariety between the two texts that handle that matter, it may not be amiss to lay them together, and then to see how they may be reconciled. 2 King. 12.9. Jehoiada the Priest took a chest and bored a hole in the lid of it, and set it beside the Altar, on the right side as one cometh into the house of the Lord. 2 Chron. 24.8. And at the King's commandment they made a chest and set it without, at the gate of the house of the Lord. Ver. 13. Howbeit there were not made for the house of the Lord, Bowls of silver, Snuffers, Basins, Trumpets, any vessels of gold or vessels of silver of the money that was brought into the house of the Lord. Ver. 14. And when they had finished, they brought the rest of the money before the King and Jehoiada, whereof were made vessels for the house of the Lord, even vessels to minister with, and to offer withal, even vessels of gold and silver, etc. To heal the contrariety that seemeth to be in these texts, the one saying the chest was set beside Altar, and the other, that it was set without the gate: the one that there were no vessels made of the money that was offered, and the other that there were vessels made: it is to be observed that though the chest might be the same, yet the stories concerning it and concerning the money coming to it are to be understood not of the same time. The zeal of Joash the King and the dulness of the priests towards the repair of the house of the Lord are here compared and laid together (though good Jehoiada did always the utmost in him towards it) Joash had urged the repair of the Temple, and that the Priests should get up all the money accrueing to it for the use of it and bestow it to that purpose: namely the half shekel poll-money of every one that passeth the account: the money that any one was set at to redeem him from any singular vow Leu. 27. and all the money that any offered of his own free will: every one of the Priests to take it of his acquaintance: yet in the three and twentieth of the King's reign, there was nothing done towards repairing: Thereupon the King seeing either the slackness, or falsehood, or both, of the Priests, requires them to meddle no more with receiving money, nor with repairing, since the business under their hands went on no better: which they irreligiously & surlily are content to do, not caring whether the Temple be repaired or no. But good Jehoiada slacketh not, but sets a chest with a hole in it besides the Altar, that what money might be had, might be put in there for the use appointed: But when that did not avail to do the work, nor to buy any vessels for the house and service of the Lord, for the money went still through the Priest's fingers the chest being in their Court, Joash the King either removes that chest, or makes another and sets it without the Court at the coming in, whither every one might have access to it, and proclaims through all the Country that they should bring in the money appointed by Moses; the Princes and people come readily and joyfully and bring it in, so that there was enough to perfect repairs, and withal to make those vessels for the Temple that were wanting. CHAP. XXXI. The Room of Salt: of Parvah, and of the washing. AS there were three rooms between the middle gate Corban, which was also called the gate of the women, and the more westward gate Corban, which was also called the gate Beth Mokadh, namely two treasuries and a Levites ward between the two: So were there three rooms also between the fame middle gate Corban, and the gate more Eastward which was called the gate Nitsots, and those were [a] Mid. per. 5. The room of the Salt: the room of Parvah, and the room of the Washers: The room of the Salt was the most Westward of the three, and joined to the gate of the women, and it was so called, because they there laid up the Salt for the use of the Temple. For howsoever Salt and Wine and Oil and such things were sold in the Tabernae, for the use of particular persons offerings, yet for the public offerings and service, these things were stocked up at the public charge in several rooms appointed for them. The use of Salt at the Temple was exceeding much, [b] Maym. in Issure mizbeah per. 5. for nothing was laid on the Altar unsalted, but only the wood, the blood and the Wine of the drink-offering: and how much Salt might be spent upon all their sacrifices, let any one imagine, for this was the Law, with all thine offerings thou shalt offer Salt, Leu. 2.13. And they had not this way only for the spending of Salt, but they also salted the skins of all the sacrifices when they had flayed them off. For the skins belonged to the Priests as their Fee: the course therefore of the Priests that was in serving, did still salt the skins of what sacrifices they offered, that they might not be offensive, and kept them till the end of the week of their service: and on the Eve of the Sabbath, towards night they divided them to every one his share. The place where they salted and laid up the skins till that time, was in the room of Parvah which joined to this room of the Salt, on the East; and which is the next piece of building that we are to survey: The reason of the name is somewhat doubtful: the Gemarites in the treatise Joma debating it, conclude in this tradition: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [c] Joma per. 3. halacah. 6. what is meant by Parvah? Rab Joseph saith, Parvah was a Magician; [d] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the meaning of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (saith Rabbi Nathan) is to this purpose: Parvah is the name of a man who was a Magician: And there are some of the wise men that say that he digged a vault under ground, till he could come to see what the Highpriest did on the day of Expiation. And the wise men were ware of this vault that he had made, and they found him in it, and they called this chamber by his name. The short gloss upon the Mishnaioth in octavo goes yet further. A Conjurer (saith he) whose name was Parvah built this room by Magic: And some say that he digged through the wall to see the service of the Highpriest, and there he was slain Magic was a matter more in use at the Temple among some of the Grandees there, than one could have possibly thought that it could have been: for the [e] Talm. Jerus. in Joma per. 3. Jerusalem Talmud relates that some of the High-priests used to destroy one another with it. [f] R. Shemaiah in Mid. But others deduce the reason of the name Parvah from Parim which signifieth Bullocks, because of the many hides or skins of bullocks that were laid up there: About which matter we shall not be curious to sway the balance one way or other: but shall leave the reason of the name to be disputed by them that have a mind to such a business, it is enough to our survey to take notice of the place, and name and use of it without more circumstances. At the East end of this building of Parvah, there was another piece of building which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The room of the Washers: And the reason of the name was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [g] Mid. ubi supra. Because in this room they washed the inwards of the sacrifices according to the law, Leu. 1.9. It hath been a very general conceit, of washing the beasts that were to be offered in the pool of Bethesda, of which there is mention, Joh. 5. If that opinion mean, the washing of the beast whilst he was alive, I know not where the least footstep of any such custom is to be found, either in Scripture or in Jewish monuments of antiquity. And if it mean the washing of the inwards after the beast was slain, the room that we are about was the place where that was done, and they went no further: and when they had first washed them here, they did it again upon the marble tables, of which we shall speak ere it belong. [h] Ibid. Out of this room of washing, there was a pair of winding stairs, to the top of the room Parvah, [i] Joma per. 3. and on the top of that room there was a bath, where the Highpriest did bathe himself on the day of expiation, the several bathe that he was to bathe on that day, but only the first which was in the bath on the top of the room Abhtines, as hath been observed before. It appeareth that here was a great issue or running cock of water, in this washing room, which served for the washing of so many entrails as there was occasion to wash continually: and that there was a conveyance of water to the roof of the adjoining room, where also a cock ran to supply the bath. CHAP. XXIX. The Gate, and House Nitsots 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. The house of Stone vessels. WE are now come to the gate that was most East of all the three on this North side, and it bore the double name of [a] Mid. per. 1. the Gate Nitsots and [b] Ibid. per. 2. the Gate of the Song. The word Nitsots 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 betokeneth properly sparkling, as Esai. 1.31. Ezek. 1.7, etc. and so it signifies the beams of the Sun, which as it were sparkle at his rising or going forth. But sometimes it is used by the Rabbins to signify Drops, which are as it were the sparks of water: And sometime as Baal Aruch observes, Froth or Foam: Now to what sense of all these to apply the name of this gate, and to give the reason of its denomination in that sense, will prove more labour than profit, though the pains be put to the best improvement. I shall leave it upon these two conjectures in the sense of Sparkling: That it was called the Sparkling gate, either because the fire or flaming of the Altar shone upon it, it standing in most opposition to the Altar of all the gates on this North side: or because the South sun did give a great dazzling light upon the gild of this gate, which it did by neither of the other on this North side, the height of the Temple interposing betwixt the Sun and them: But this gate lay clearly open to the South Sun and so the leaves of the gate being gilded, they gave a sparkling and dazzling reflection into the Court. But why it is called the gate of the Song, for aught I can find, is left also only to conjecture: And I shall only offer this; Because they that came in at this gate came in the very face of the Levites as they stood in their desks singing, or playing on their instruments and making the Temple music. Joining to the East side of this gate there was a building was called from the gate, [c] Mid. per. 1. The house Nitsots, in which the Priest a kept a guard in the upper room, and the Levites in the lower: and between this building and the gate there was as it were a cloister passage, by which passage there was a way out of the very gate into the room below where the Levites kept, & there was also a passage out of the cloister into the chel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: And so is that clause in the Talmuds survey of the Temple to be under stood when it saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: [d] Ibid. That this gate was like a cloister, and a chamber was built over it, where ●he Priests kept ward above, and the Levites below, and it had a door into the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel. The meaning of which passage may be conceived to be this: That as you went through this gate Nitsots out of the Court into the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chel upon your right hand there was not a plain wall for the side of the gate, as the other gates had, but that side was open with pillars (as the cloister sides were of which we have spoken) and within those pillars there was a little cloister or walk which was almost as long as the passage through the gate was broad: So that when you were in the hollow of the gate you might step in between the pillars into this cloister, and so into the room where the Levites kept their guard, and over this cloister and that room and over the gate, was there a place where the Priests kept their ward, and this was one of the three places where they warded: Out of the Levites room there was a door into the Chel. These buildings ran thus from this gate of Nitsots Eastward a pretty way, and then there joined to them another building which reached to the very corner of the Court wall. And it was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The house of stone: Not as if it were built of stone and the other buildings of wood, for the rest were of stone also; nor as if this differed in manner of building from the rest; but because all the vessels that were used in it were of earth or stone; And so the Gemara upon the treatise Joma explaineth it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [e] Joma per. 1. in Gemara. Before the Temple, at the North-east corner was the chamber of the house of stone, and thither they put the Priest apart, that was to burn the red cow seven days before. And it is called the house of stone, because the work of it was in vessels of dung, earth, or stone. In which passage they do not only give the reason of the name, but they also give an evidence of the situation of this place, when they say it was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Before the Temple at the Northwest corner. And as for the putting of the priest apart into this room that we are about, who was to burn the red cow, there is the like record in the treatise Parah, in these words [f] Parah per. 3. in Mishn. Seven days before the burning of the cow, they put apart the priest that was to burn her out of his house, into the chamber which was before the Temple in the North-east, which was called the house of stone, and they besprinkled him all the Seven days, etc. CHAP. XXXIII. The Court of Israel, and of the Priests: And the Levites desks where they sung. THus having passed round about the wall that enclosed the Court, and observed every particular gate and building in it, we are now to enter into the Court itself and to survey that, and there we shall find much variety. [a] Mid. per. 1. The whole length of the Court from East to West was 187 cubits, and the breadth from North to South 135. [b] Ibid. per. 8. The parcels of the total sum of the length were these, from East to West. The breadth of the Court of Israel eleven cubits. The breadth of the Court of the Priests eleven cubits. The breadth of the Altar two and thirty cubits. Between the Altar and the Temple, two and twenty cubits. The length of the Temple itself, an hundred cubits. Behind the Westend of the Temple to the Court-wall; eleven cubits. The parcels of the breadth were these, going from North to South. From the wall of the Court to the pillars, eight cubits. From the Pillars to the Marble tables four cubits. From the Tables to the place of the Rings, four cubits. The space of the Ring itself, four and twenty cubits. From the Rings to the Altar, eight cubits. The Altar and the rise to it, sixty two cubits. From the foot of the rise to the South-wall of the Court, five and twenty cubits. Of all these particulars we shall give account as we go along: And first it will be needful to clear the terms, of the Court of Israel and the Court of the Priests: Now these are to be understood in a stricter acception or in a larger: In the strictest sense they were taken for the first ground you passed over as you went up from the East wall of the Court, or where the gate of Nicanor was, unto the Altar, and they are said to be eleven cubits broad a piece. But in the larger acceptation, the Court of Israel, was a space of ground upon which the lay men of Israel, for so let me call them, might stand, along within the wall that enclosed the Court, on the North, South, and West quarters of the Court as well as on the East. The Court was cloistered along the enclosing wall of it within, even as we have observed of the mountain of the house, and the Court of the women already: And so not only reason itself doth evince unto us, which will tell that if the inferior places, and of less veneration, were so beautified, much more was this which was of the chiefest honour and highest worship, but both Josephus and the Talmudists, do also give testimony to such a purpose: For Josephus in those words that we had occasion to cite a good while ago, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 etc. [c] Joseph, de bell. lib. 5 c. 14. Cloisters ●an along the wall within from gate to gate, born up with fair and great pillars etc. doth intimate no less: for though he doth particularly in that sentence speak of the cloisters before the Gazophylacia, or treasure-chosts which we placed in the Court of the women, yet doth the scope of this discourse in that place, refer to both the Courts. The Talmudick treatise Tamid likewise speaking of the Priests first coming every morning into the Court, it saith [d] Tamid. per. 1. They came out through a wicket out of Beth Mokadh, and being come into the Court they parted into two companies, and one went one way and another another, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Perexedram, along the cloister, round about the Court to see whether all was well and safe there. And you had mention even now of pillars 8 cubits distant from the North wall of the Court, which though indeed in their very name they speak that they were low pillars and not such as bore up the roof of the cloisters, as we shall observe when we come to speak of them, yet were there higher pillars by them that were such Supporters. On the North and South side therefore, and at the West end of the Court, there was a cloister like unto those that we have spoken of already borne up with pillars and roofed over head, that people might stand under unannoied of rain and weather, and this was the Court of Israel, that went round about the Court: for in this might lay-men stand, and so they did, when there were great multitudes at the Temple, as there was at the three festivals when they were enjoined to appear before the Lord. In the rubric of the Passeover which is given by the Talmud in the treatise Pesachin: It is said, [e] Pesachin per. 5. The Passeover was killed in three companies: And the first company went in, and the Court was filled, etc. Now by the filling of the Court with people is not meant all the parts of the Court within the wall that did enclose it, but this Court of Israel or cloister where the laity might stand, round about: And all inward, or what was enclosed by this cloister, was in the large acceptation the Court of the Priests: This cloister did not retain the same space of liberty of standing or walking, in every part of it, for here and there there were buildings that stood out something into it, as part of Beth Mokadh did at the Northwest corner, and part of the building Gazith at the Southeast, etc. yet was there such passage by them made more or less, that the buildings did not thrust him that would pass, into the Court of the Priests, but that there was a space to pass, sometimes larger, and sometimes narrower even all the Court round about. Now at the East part or quarter of it as you came up out of the gate of Nicanor, you entered upon that which was called in the stricter sense, the Court of Israel, which was eleven cubits over as you went up towards the Altar, and then was that which also in the stricter sense was called the Court of the Priests, and that was eleven cubits over likewise: These two spaces were double cloistered, being roofed over, and the roof supported with a double row of pillars: the one row standing out to the opening of the open Court, and the other row standing where the two spaces parted the one from the other. These were more peculiarly called the Court of Israel and the Court of the Priests upon these two or three reasons. 1. Because hither was the most ordinary access of Israelites and Priests in their most solemn worship, it being just in the face both of Temple and Altar. 2. Because in that which was called the Court of Israel, the Stationary men did constantly stand, in their attendance on the service in representation of all the people, as we have showed them such representatives, * Temple-Service chap. 7. Sect. 3. in another place: And in that which was called the Court of Priests, did those Priests stand that had not employment in the present service (as all of them had not always) and waited upon the worship and service, which their brethren now in employment were about. 3. That part of the room Gazith which stood within the Court, opened into both these Courts; and as that was the room, where the Priests cast lots for the dividing of the service amongst them, so it was the chapel (as it were) where they said a good part of their daily liturgy, and so the people and Priests in these Courts were ready to hear it. The one Court was distinguished from the other by some grates or bars or such like things which the Jews call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: which stood between pillar and pillar in that middle row of pillars that bore up the roof of the cloister. Into the Court of the Priests, whether largely or strictly taken, the Israelites or lay people might not come but upon special occasion, and that occasion was threefold; namely, either to lay his hand upon the beast that he offered, or to kill him, or to wave some part of him, and then his coming into the Court either of Israel or of the Priests or both, was ordinarily at the North or South side of the Court, according as his offering was to be slain on the North or South side of the Altar, as we have observed before. [e] Maim. in Beth habbechirah per. 6. The Court of the people was level with the floor of the East gate or the gate Nicanor, but the floor of the Court of the Priests was two cubits and an half higher, and the rifing thus. Imagine you came up from the gate of Nicanor: or rather imagine the Levites coming up from it with their musical instruments in their hands (which we observed before they laid up in rooms just under the Court of Israel, but the doors of those rooms opening into the Court of the women) when they were risen the many steps into the gate of Nicanor and were come through it, they had on either hand a fair passage into the cloister or Court of the people, (such another as he hath that cometh upon the Royal Exchange either out of Cornhill or Bartlemew-lane, he may step into the cloister walk on whether hand he will) they walked upon even ground till they came over the breadth of the Court of the people or to the pillars which were on the further side of that Court which bore up the cloister, and distinguished the Court of the people and the Court of the Priests one from another: Then was there a rising of two cubits and an half, but stepped up thus. [f] Id. ibid. & Mid. per. 2. Sect. 6. First there was a step of a cubit high, and then three steps of half a cubit high a piece, thus it was as you went directly up from the gate of Nicanor forwards. But if you would turn on either hand, there were the desks or stand of the Levites, where they stood to sing and to make their music, made with steps, as even as that middle rising just now mentioned; first a rising of a oubit height, and that ran along at that height all along before the rails and pillars that parted twixt the Court of the Priests and Court of people: and then were there three steps up of half a cubit high a piece, and on the highest step stood the Levites with their instruments and their song: their feet even with the floor of the Court of the Priests: and a desk before them. Elias Levita it seems observed not this rising both into the Court & in the Levites station, when he saith [g] Elias in Tishbi. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukan (which was the name of their desks, and which the learned render, Suggestus or Pulpitum) was nothing else but a bench or form whereon they stood; for their feet stood even with the floor of the Court, and were not raised above it at all. His words are these, I wonder at this Targum (on Psalm 134.) Lift up your hands O ye Priests upon the holy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For behold 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the bench on which the Levites stood when they sung, and it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ducan in the Arabic: but in the Dutch and vulgar Banea: In this construction of it by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a bench, and owning it for an Arabic word he followeth [b] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Aruch, verbatim, but I confess I do not very well understand the cause of his wonder, especially considering what he saith before the words cited, namely this: We call the place where the Priests lifted up their hands when they blessed the people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukan, and so is the Targum, Lift up your hands O ye Priests on the holy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and at this I wonder. Now if he wonder, that the Targum hath brought in the Priest blessing the people from the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Desk or Pulpit, in that Psalm: he might have found the like in other places. For the Chaldee of Jonathan upon the law doth thus render the 23 verse of the sixth of Numbers [i] Targ. Jonath. in legem. in Num. 6. Speak to Aaron and his sons saying, Thus shall ye bless the children of Israel spreading their hands upon the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukana, and they shall speak to them in this manner; where the Hebrew gloss in the margin interprets it [k] Glossa marg. ibid. by spreading their hands in the place called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukana; and a little after, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The benched place called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukan. And so the large Chaldee Paraphrase upon the Canticles, glosseth the seventh verse of the third chapter (Behold his bed which is solomon's: threescore valiant men are about it) thus [l] Targ. in Cant. 3. when Solomon the King of Israel built the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord in Jerusalem, the Lord said by his word, How beautiful is this house of the Sanctuary which is built to me by King Solomon the son of David, and how beautiful are the Priests when they spread forth their hands, and stand upon their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukan and bless the People the House of Israel by the threescore wonders that were delivered to Moses their master! But it seems his wonder is at this, that the Jews so generally, and the Chaldee Paraphrase particularly should hold that the Priests when they blessed the people stood upon the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dukan, whereas the Dukan or these Desks were for the Levites and not for the Priests: And if I did conceive that they meant these very desks of the Levites, when they say the Priests stood in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ducan and blessed the people, I should wonder with him also, but I suppose they meant some other desks appropriate to the Priests for this purpose or the place of the priests standing when they blessed the people, and as by a name best known they call it Dukan. The words of the Talmud in description of these desks where the Levites stood to sing and to make their music are these. [m] Mid. per. 2. Fahbi Eliezer the son of Jacob saith, there was a rising (viz. out of the Court of the people into the Court of the Priests) and it was a cubit high, and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ducan was set above it, and in that there were three steps of half a cubit high a piece: So that the Court of the Priests is found to be higher than the Court of Israel by two cubits and an half. So that it appears indeed that the Levites stood upon raised steps in their desks, but it is plain withal, that the highest step was no higher than the floor of the Court before them and that that step whereon they stood, was not called the Dukan, but the whole place of the three steps rising. And thus were the eleven cubits of the Court of the Priests at this East quarter of the Court taken up and divided: Namely two cubits and an half taken up by the desks of the singers (for as was the height of the steps, so was their breadth) and eight cubits and an half for the Priests standing. The Court of Israel parted from the Levites desks, by pillars and rails: The Levites standing parted from the Priests by a wainscot desk or some such thing. The Court of the Priests open to the Altar, but only that the pillars that supported the cloister, stood in a row before it. And so we have the dimensions and platform of the Court, & of the buildings and the cloisters that stood about it: But before we proceed to observe the particulars that were within it, I cannot but think of a piece of structure, that in its story looks something like to some of the cloisters that we have described either in the mountain of the house, or in one of the Courts, though I believe it was none of them, and that is. The Covert of the Sabbath, of which there is speech and mention, 2 King. 16.18. where it is said of Abaz, The Covert of the Sabbath, that they had built in the House, and the King's entry without, etc. How to frame the verb to this sentence is somewhat doubtful: whether to say he turned it from the house of the Lord, and so doth our English, or he turned is to the house of the Lord, and so doth the Chaldee Paraphrast & some others with him for the word in the original doth not determine it: were that the question before us, I should adhere to the sense of our English (for the King's entry without was turned to the house of the Lord from its first making) but our question is what this Covert of the Sabbath was: The Lxx. have rendered it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The foundation of the chair or seat, upon what mistake in their unprickt bible, a mean Hebrician will easily discover, namely that they read Musadh for Musach (Daleph and Caph final being like) and for Shabbath they read Shebeth. [u] Vid. Kime. & Leu Gersom in loc. & Nehil. in Lxx. Ibid. The most received opinion about this matter is, that this was some special piece of building, that was purposely made for the course of Priests that went out every Sabbath to repose themselves in, till the Sabbath was out, or till they might go home. And the reason of this conception is because of the word Sabbath, which they suppose to refer rather to the change of the Priests courses, who came in and went out on the Sabbath, then to the service, or the people's attending, whose concourse was greater at the festivals then on the Sabbath; I should rather take it to mean some Court of guard that was made on the Top of the causey Shallecheth up towards the gate Coponius, where the Kings guard stood on the Sabbaths having attended the King into the Temple, till he came out again, there to receive him again and to guard him home: and I should understand and construe the word The Kings in conjunction with both particulars named, namely that it meaneth the King's covert of the Sabbath as well as the King's entry without: and my reason for this opinion I should fetch partly from the mention of these gates that we had in speech before, namely, The gate of the foundation, and the gate behind the guard, 2. King. 11.6. And partly from the passage in Jerem. 38.14. where it is said that King Zedekiab sent and took Jeremy the Prophet unto him into the third entry that was in the house of the Lord, where Solomon Jarchi doth ingenuously confess that he knows not what this third entry in the house of the Lord was: but perhaps saith he it meaneth the Court of Israel; the Court of the women and the Chel being the two other. Kimchi doth well conceive that this entry was as they came from the King's house into the Temple, but more of it he hath not determined. I should say it meaneth the gate Coponius: and conceive the King coming to the Temple, through these entrances or passages. First at the bottom of the stairs or descent of Zion, much about his turning to come upon the causey there was the gate of the foundation, then being come up the causey towards the Temple, he passed through the gate behind the guard and walked through the Court of Guard which I suppose was called the King's covert for the Sabbath, and so through the gate Coponius which was his third entrance or gate he passed through. These gates we said before, were gates of Zion, meaning that they were in the way from the Temple thither, and not gates of the Temple itself. According therefore to this supposal, I apprehend that Ahaz becoming a Renegado to religion, did deface and defile the Temple within, and did clean cut off the way of the King's access thither without, as if he and his should never have more to do there: And according to this supposal also I apprehend, that Zedekiah having garisoned himself in the Temple, while the Chaldeans were now lying in siege about the city, he sends for Jeremy from his prison in Zion, and he comes up to the gate Coponius or Shallecheth, and there the King and He confer together. And now let us turn our eyes and observation upon what is to be found in the Court from which we have thus fare digressed: and first we will begin with the Altar: which is not only the most remarkable thing to be observed there, but which must also serve us as a standing mark, from whence to measure the place and sight of other things. CHAP. XXXIIII. Of the Altar of Burnt-offering. THe Altar that Moses made in the wilderness, because it was to be carried up and down, was of light materials and of small dimensions: for [a] Exod. 27.1. it was of Shittim-wood, and but five cubit's square, and three cubits high, with a grate of brass hanging within it for the fire and Sacrifice to lie upon. And therefore when it is called the brazen Altar, 2 Chron. 1.5. it is because it was plated over with brass, Exod. 38.1. But when Solomon came to build the Temple, and there was to be no more removing of the Tabernacle of the Congregation as there had been before, [b] 2 Chron. 4.1. he made the Altar fare larger and weightier than that of Moses: namely of brass and of twenty cubite square and ten cubits high. I shall not be curious to inquire whether Solomon's Altar were of brass indeed or no, or whether it is said to be of brass, though it were of stone, because it succeeded in stead of Moses his brazen one as [c] Vid. Kimc. in 1 King. 8.64. some Jews conceive, [d] Vid. Leu. Gers. ibid. or as others, because though it were of stone, yet it was overlaid with brass: I see no reason why it should not be properly and literally understood that it was of massy brass indeed: for why may we not well conclude by the plating of Moses his Altar over with brass, that it was made of wood only for lightness, and had it not been for that, it had been all of brass as well as the outside: And that that outside plating, might be a warrant to Solomon to make his Altar of Massy brass: It is true indeed that there is a command of making an Altar of Earth or stone, Exod. 20. but it may very well be questioned, whether these altars meant not such as were made upon special and emergent occasions, namely upon the Lords singular appearing to particular persons, as to Gedeon, Manoah and others, who upon such appearances built Altars and sacrificed. Judg. 6.26. & 13.19. 1 Kin. 18.30, 31. There is but little to be discovered about the exact fashion and fabric, of Solomon's Altar, because the Scripture speaketh very concisely of it: For it saith only thus, He made an Altar of Brass, twenty cubits the length thereof, and twenty cubits the breadth thereof, and ten cubits the height thereof. 2 Chron. 4.1. So that it was four times as big in it square, as was the Altar made by Moses, and three times as high, and a cubit over: but whether it were exactly of the fashion of that of Moses, as whether the middle space within its square were hollow like his, or made up with stone, and whether it had a grated hearth like his or a solid, and what was the manner of the ascending and going up to it, may be rather apprehended by supposal, then certainly known by any scriptural description or demonstration. The sacrifices that are recorded to have been offered sometimes at once, both upon the Altar of Moses and that of Solomom, are exceeding wonderful, and may cause a man to marvel, how so vast numbers should be laid and burnt in so little a space as even the larger of them was of, though a very large time should be allowed for it: as Solomon's 1000 sacrifices upon Moses his Altar, 1 King. 3.4. and the people's 700. oxen and 7000. sheep upon solomon's, 2 Chron. 15.11, etc. Moses his Altar was but five cubit's square, and how long a time might be required for 1000 beasts whole-burnt-offerings, for so they are called, to be burnt in so small a compass? David Kimchi upon that place and story glosseth thus. He offered not all these sacrifices in one day, but before he returned again from Gibeon to Jerusalem: yet it seemeth by our Rabbins that they took it to be done at one time. The greatest solemnities that ever were at Jerusalem lasted ordinarily but seven days; or at the utmost but fourteen, when they would double their festivity, as at the dedication of the Temple, 1 King. 8.65. now grant Solomon fourteen, nay twice fourteen days stay at Gibeon, yet will it seem difficult that he should dispatch so many sacrifices even in that time. And at his own Altar at Jerusalem, how vast is the number of sacrifices that is mentioned, 1 King. 8.63. And Solomon offered a sacrifice of peace-offerings, which he offered to the Lord, two and twenty thousand oxen and an hundred and twenty thousand sheep: so the King and all the children of Israel dedicated the house of the lord The same day did the King hollow the middle of the Court, etc. Allow the whole fourteen days that are spoken of in ver. 65. unto this business, and yet the text seems to limit it to a shorter time, and for all that, a man may rather stand amazed at such a thing as this doing, then find out any satisfactory apprehension how it should be done. Sure the divine fire upon the Altar, was of a more singular quickness of dispatch then ordinary fires: or else I know not what can be said to these things. The Jews do reckon several wonders that were continually acted at the Temple, as that no flies infested that place, though there were so much slaughtering of beasts there, and that the smoke of the Altar always went strait up and was never blown aside by the wind, etc. which though it may be they are the less believed for the relators sakes, yet certainly well weighed in themselves they carry very good sense and reason in them. For who would have been able in the summer to have stood in the Court near the Altar where there was so much blood shed, and flesh stirring, if the slaughter place there had been troubled with stink, flies and wasps, as our common slaughter houses are? And how reeky and smoky a place would the Temple and all the places about it have been, and how would those that attended the service, have been choked and stifled, and no man able to have endured in the Court, if the smoke from off the Altar had been blown up and down with every puff of wind, as we ordinarily see smoke to be? So that for the prevention of such unconveniences as these which would have made the service intolerable and unaccessible, we cannot but acknowledge a continual miraculous providence and dispensation. And so in this particular that we have in hand: that multitudes of sacrifices, such as were especially at the three festivals, should be dispatched by the fire within the time allotted for the offering of such sacrifices, is rather to be ascribed to miracle then to any thing else. The Altar is called Ariel, the Lords lion, as we shall observe by and by, and it was a lion of a very quick devouring. Now whereas it is said that Solomon did hollow the middle of the Court that was before the house of the Lord, for there he offered burnt-offerings and meat-offerings and the fat of the peace-offerings because the brazen Altar that was before the Lord was too little to receive them: lay this also in too, and yet it will be difficult enough to apprehend the dispatch of so many thousand sacrifices in so short a time, if this consideration be not also laid in therewithal. But the question that is most ordinarily raised out of these words is, in what sense to understand this hallowing of the middle of the Court: whether he burned the sacrifices upon the very pavement, as is the opinion of Rabbi Judah, or whether he set up Moses Altar by his own Altar and offered on it, or whether he built an Altar of stone by his brazen one, for these opinions are also held, but me thinks the greater question is about the place, and what is meant by the middle of the Court? Upon which quaere, these two things, may first be taken into observation. 1. That fire from heaven in the time of David, had apponted out the exact place of offering sacrifice or of the Altar, 1 Chron. 21.1. and to go about that piece of service in any other place of the Court, required either a prophetical warrant, or a dispensation through mere necessity, both which dispensers were concurred here. 2. That this place which Solomon hallowed in the Court, was hallowed by the very service performed upon it; The Altar of Moses was hallowed at its first setting up, by being anointed, and so do the Jews, not without good ground, assert that Solomon's Altar was hallowed likewise: but this necessitated place, for so let me call it, which Solomon was constrained to set apart for that service, was not so served, but his very sacrificing there did hollow the place: namely for such a present employment, but not for future. And so the current of the text may be interpreted, he hallowed the middle of the Court, for there he offered burnt-offerings: so that whereas the other altar, being anointed sanctified the gift, this extraordinary Altar did not so much sanctify the offering at the first, as was sanctified by it: And so the Temple after the return out of the Babylonian captivity and all the utensils belonging to it, were sanctified by the very service, for there was neither divine fire, nor any cloud of glory, nor any anointing oil to sanctify them. The middle of the Court which Solomon hallowed, I suppose is to be expounded in the largest acceptation of either of the words, both the middle, and the Court: for the word the middle of a thing in the Scripture language, is not always taken for the very Centre of the thing mentioned, but for any part within that thing, be it in it whatsoever it will, as in the middle of the land and in the middle of the Congregation, meaneth but within the land, and in the Congregation: So is the phrase to be understood here, that Solomon hallowed the Court in any part of it for the burning of the Sacrifices, though the precise compass of the Altar, was fixedly pointed out as the only place for such a purpose, by fire from heaven: And as for the word the Court, the present occasion doth seem to extend the sense of it to the whole compass of the holy ground: for if we look upon the vast and infinite number of sacrifices that were to be slain and offered, we can do no less, and all little enough too, then allow the whole compass of the holy ground for it: And the word the Court, standeth not in opposition to the mountain of the house, but both the mountain of the house, and the Court itself, are both called by that general name the Court in contradiction to the very body of the Temple. Ezekiel's Altar is said to be twelve cubits long, and twelve cubits broad, square in the four squares thereof. Ezek. 43.16. which [g] Zevathin per. 5. R. Sol. in Ezek. 43. & ●id. per. 3. the Talmudicks do reckon up to four and twenty cubits upon every side of the square: for they suppose that the account is not as measuring from corner to corner on every side, but measuring from the very midst or centre of the Altar to any of the sides, and thither was twelve cubits: And the reason of this their construction is, because it is said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Towards the four squares of it. It might seem (say they) that the whole Altar was but twelve cubits square in all: but when it is said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Towards the four squares thereof, it showeth, that he measureth from the middle, twelve cubits every way: And of this square, namely of four and twenty cubits on every side, they hold the Altar to have been after the captivity, and so they describe it. R. Jose saith, At the first the Altar was but 28. cubits on every side: And according to this measure it narrowed in its rising till the fire place was but twenty cubit's square: But when the children of the captivity came up, they added thereunto four cubits on the North, and four cubits on the West like the fashion of the letter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gamma. As Solomon's Altar was ten cubits high, 2 Chron. 4.1. so also was the Altar at the second Temple, and so the Jerusalem Talmud doth witness saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Talm. Jerus. in Erubin. per. 7. The height of the Altan was ten cubits: And of that height is Ezekiel's Altar, whose copy the children of the captivity did very much follow: Now as it was impossible for the Priests when the Altar was so high, to stand on the ground and to serve upon it, so had they an expesse prohibition against going up to the Altar by steps, lest their nakedness under their lose coats should be discovered, Exod. 20.26. Therefore as a temper between these two exigents, there was a gentle rising made from the ground to the top of the Altar whereon the Priests might go up to the Altar to serve upon it, and this rising was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kebesh which may well be englished the rise of the Altar. The gloss upon the Mishneb in the treatise Zabim, and R. Nathan from thence hath taught us to understand the manner of this rising, by that instance and description that they give of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. [i] Zabi. per. 3. Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That it is a great plank that mariners have, that when they will come down out of the Ship, they descend, or come down upon it, to save their feet from touching of the water: and this plank is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kebesh; And so in the treatise of the Sabbath they have a case, about a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Keb●sh or such a plank [k] Shabbath. ●er. 16. Sect. 8. Doth an Idolater make a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Descent for himself, to go down by? an Israelite may go down after him. But doth he make it for the Israelite? it is not lawful for him to go upon it: There is an example of Rubban Gamaliel and the Elders, they were to come out of a ship: and an Idolater had made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a descent for himself, Rabban Gamaliel and the Elders came down by it. So that by this parallel we may observe the manner and nature of this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kebesh or rise to the Altar that it was a sloping gentle rising, but made of stone whereby the Priests might go up to the Altar, without danger of discovering their nakedness: we might call it a rising causey to the top of the Altar; for so doth [l] Maymon. in Shekalim. per. Maimony call the Arched causey over the valley of Kidron to mount Olivet by which the red cow was brought to her burning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by this very name Kebesh. Now as for the manner and form of the Altar and of this rising up to it, and for the right understanding of all, which is not very facile, divers things are to be observed. As, 1. There are reckoned these several parts of the Altar. First, the foundation, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which also in Ezekiel is call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The bosom or bottom upon the ground. Ezek. 43.13, 14. This was one cubit high from the ground, and one cubit broad: and the length of this foundation upon every side of the square was 32 cubits. And therefore whereas it was said before, that the breadth of the Altar and its rise was 62 cubits from North to South, it is to be so taken, as that the rise is to be accounted a thing different from the Altar itself, and lying a great space further out then the compass of the Altar did, as we shall see anon: Now this foundation which is said to be 32 cubits square every way, did not hold the complete measure of a cubit broad in every part of it, but in the Southeast corner of it, it wanted somewhat to make the corner a perfect angle answerable to the other corners. And this is that which the Talmud meaneth when it saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [m] Mid. ubi supr. The foundation was a perfect walk, all along on the North side, and all along on the South: but on the South it wanted one cubit, and on the East one cubit. That is, were a man upon the foundation, he might walk upon all the length of the North side, and might turn at the North west corner, and so walk on the West quarter: but would he do so, to go off from the South quarter to the East he could not, for when he was to turn at the Southeast Angle, there was no such Angle there, as there was at the other corners, for it was broken off, and wanted a cubit on the South side, and a cubit on the East, which two cubits should have met to have brought the corner into a sharp point like the others. Now the reason of the defect is given by them else where, to be because, that very corner only of all the Altar was not in the tribe of Benjamin, but in the tribe of Judah. For they held it necessary that all the Altars should be in the lot of Benjamin, because of those words of Jacob [u] Gen. 49.27. Benjamin shall raven as a wolf, in the morning he shall devour the prey, and in the Evening he shall divide the spoil: which how they understood of the Sanctuary and Altar being built within Benjamins' lot, appears by the glosses that the Jerusalem Targum and Jonathan put upon it. Benjamin, say they, is likened to a devouring wolf, because be was a strong tribe: In his Country the divine Majesty of the Lord of all the world was to dwell, and in his possession was the house of the Sanctuary to be built; In the morning the Priests shall offer the daily lamb, till it be the fourth hour of the day, and between the Evenings they shall offer the other lamb and at Even they shall divide what remaineth of the rest of the sacrifices, and every one shall eat his portion. But more copiously in the treatise Zevachin or concerning sacrifices, where this very point about the want of this corner of the Altar is copiously discussed. The fifth chapter of that book, setteth itself purposely to describe the several places where the several sacrifices were slain besides the Altar: and after other things it falls upon the question that is before us about this deficient angle of the Altar, and it handles and determins it thus [o] Talm. Bak. in Z●vachin per. ●. in Gemara. The Southeast corner had no foundation: what was the reason? Rabbi Eliezer saith because it was not in the portion of the Ravener: As Rah: Samuel the son of Rabbi Isaac saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Altar took up one cubit in the portion of Judah: Rab. Levi bar Chama saith, R. Chama bar Chaninah saith there went a line out of the portion of Judah, and entered upon the portion of Benjamin. And righteous Benjamin was troubled at it as it is said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (The glossary renders it, he was careful for it every day) Yet righteous Benjamin obtained to become 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Host to the holy blessed God as it is said; And he shall dwell between his shoulders: The meaning of which passage is to this purpose: that the line that parted the lots or portions of the two tribes Judah and Benjamin, came just over at this point of the Altar, that if this angle of the foundation had been made like the other, a cubit of the Altar would have been in the lot of Judah, which they had no scripture warrant for, for the Altar was to be in the lot of the Ravenor, that is of Benjamin that should raven as a wolf, therefore they chose rather to make no angle at all at this point of the foundation, then to make it, since it would fall in the portion of Judah. As this Southeast point of the foundation was remarkable for this, that it had no corner, so was the South-west corner of it remarkable for another thing, and that was, for two holes that were in it near to the Angel's point, one upon the West foundation, & the other upon the South, into which the blood that was poured upon the foundation did run, and so into a sink or common-shore under ground, which emptied itself into the valley of Kidron. 2 The base or foundation having thus risen one cubit from the ground and carried a cubit breadth round about, but only in the Angle that hath been mentioned, the square of the body of the Altar, was grown then, a cubit narrower on every side, and so it was but 30 cubits upon every side of the square; and thus it held for five cubit's high, and then it narrowed one cubit more, and this narrowing was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Circuit of the Altar: And there the square was but eight and twenty cubits on every side: But here the Talmuds measure differeth from the measure of Ezekiel, which though Rabbi Solomon observeth, yet he concludeth that the measure in the Talmud was the true measure in the second Temple. Ezekiel saith that from the bottoms upon the ground, to the lower settle were two cubits, whereas the Talmud saith but one, and from the lower settle to the higher, Ezekiel reckoneth four cubits, but the Talmud five: In which difference in the particulars yet there is agreement in the main sum, and both of them do raise the Circuit of the Altar 6 cubits high, and therefore we shall not spend time to reconcile them here, but leave them to be taken up by and by; only we cannot pass over the word that Ezekiel useth, for both the Foundation and the Circuit, and that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Azarah which is the common word that is used for the Court: Because that as the people did tread in the Court at the time of the service, so did the Priests upon these ledges or sides of the Altar: especially upon the higher, which was called the circuit of the Altar, when they went about it to besprinkle the horns of it with the blood of the sacrifices: The manner of which action the Talmudick chapter lately cited, giveth us the relation of, in the Mishneh, in these words [p] Zebachin ubi supr. Sect. 3. The sin-offering of the congregation, or of a private person, and the goats, offered at the beginnings of the months, or at the solemn times, their slaughter was on the North side of the Altar, and the taking of their blood in some of the vessels of the service was on the Northside and it required a fourfold putting on the four horns. How was this done? He went up the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rise of the Altar, and turned off to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 circuit of it: He went to the Southeast horn, and then to the North-east, so to the Northwest, and lastly to the South-west, and the blood that was left be poured upon the foundation on the South side: Either of these ledges the Rabbins sometimes call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [q] Vid. R. Sol. in Ezek. 43 Malhen, either because they were as floors whereon the Priests trod, for so the word is sometimes taken, or because they were often rubbed to keep them white, [r] vid. Aruch. in voce. since there was so much blood sprinkled on them: [s] Mid. per. 3. For the whole Altar was whited over twice a year, namely at the and at the feast of Tabernacles. Rabbisaith, that it was rubbed with a map on the eve of every Sabbath. 3. A cubit height above this upper ledge which was called the Circuit, there was a narrowing again, a cubit breadth, and there began the horns of the Altar, and now the square was but six and twenty cubits upon every side. The horns were at every corner a cubit square being hollow, and rising a cubit upward; for it is a usual saying among the Jews that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [t] Maym. in Beth habbechir. per. ●. The height of every horn was five hands breadth, or a common cubit, which is to be taken so as that the horns risen but one cubit strait up from their foundation or first beginning, abating by degrees from a cubit square in the bottom, into a pyramidical sharp, but so as that for one cubit height it risen strait, & then pointed outward like the tip of a horn: The lowest part of these horns, was seven cubits from the ground, and therefore these words, bind the sacrifice with coards to the horns of the Altar, Psal. 118. can hardly be taken in propriety, as if the sacrifice stood tied to the Altar till it was offered; but as the Chaldee paraphraseth it, it meaneth, Tie the lamb that is to be offered, with coards till ye come to offer him, and sprinkle his blood upon the horns of the Altar Joab in fear of his life is said to have fled to the Altar and to lay hold upon the horns of it. 1 King. 2.29. in which passage the Hebrew doctors say he was doubly deceived, first in that he thought to have refuge and escaping, for wilful murder, and secondly in that he looked for safety by taking hold of it, whereas the refuge of the Altar, was on the top of it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [u] Kimch. in 1 King. 2. Our Rabbins say, saith David Kimchi, the Altar was no refuge but for manslaughter committed unawares and but on the top of it. But whether Joab or they were the likelier to be deceived in this thing, I leave to them to discuss between them: But this certainly cannot go unobserved, that God in giving of the pattern of the Altar, was so punctual for the making of horns to it in the corners of it, as that that is a special charge, both about the Altar of burnt-offering Exod. 27.2. Thou shalt make the horns of it upon the four corners thereof. And also about the Altar of incense Exod. 30.2. The horns thereof shall be of the same. Now what the Lord intended to signify by this so exact a prescription, it is not good to be too bold to go about to determine, yet we not unprofitably look upon them as a lesson for instruction: reading to us that as the Altar signifieth Christ, who offered himself upon himself, the manhood upon the Altar of the Godhead, and as the double Altar, of sacrifice and incense typified the offering up of Christ at his death, and the continual incense of his mediation, so the horns of both Altars may well be conceived to signify, the dignity vigour and merit of his death and mediation: upon which whosoever slayeth hold by assured faith shall escape condemnation: and unto which (as the Priests to these horns at every sacrifice mentioned) a sinner in every service is to make his address and application. It is not an improper conception of Rabbi Solomon, about the law concerning the cities of refuge Exod. 21.13. [w] R. Solain, Exod. 21. that as God enjoined them when they should come into the (and of Canaan to appoint a place for the manslayer that had killed a man at unawares to flee unto, so that while they were in the wilderness God appointed them a place for refuge, upon such occasion, and that was the camp of the Levites: Now the addition that follows in the next verse that they should take a wilful murderer from his Altar, to put to death, doth not only confirm that his supposal, but it doth give some intimation, that even in the Land of Canaan, and when their refuge cities were sir out, yet the Altar was then a Sanctuary for those that fled to it in such or such cases: A very eminent figure of deliverance from condemnation by laying hold upon Christ's merits, [x] Vid. Kimchi. Ibid. The Jews dispute why Joab, whom they hold to have been precedent of the Sanbedrin, and knew the law well enough that a wilful murderer should not escape by the Altar, why he should flee thither: And they answer, that it was either to save his estate, which had he been slain elsewhere had been forfeit: or to obtain his burial, which had he been Judged and condemned judicially, he had lost and been cast away unburied: But it seemeth rather that the occurrence which is mentioned immediately before, and which occurred immediately before, namely about Abiathar, did give him occasion to do what he did: For though Abiathar were in the same fault with Joab, in the matter of Adonijah, yet had he escaped death (being only put from his office) upon these two reasons, because he had borne the Ark and was Highpriest, and because he had been afflicted and partner with David in his afflictions; Under this latter predicament Joab fell as well as he, and might hope for favour in that respect equally with him: And as for the former, joab indeed was not, nor could not be a Priest, yet, thought he, I will do as much towards that as I can, that is, lay hold on the horns of the Altar, and there devote myself to God and his service by that solemn Ceremony, and it may be for these two considerations, Solomon will spare me, as he did Abiathar (For that the laying hold of the Altar in this kind had a vow in it for the future, as well as a present safety, might be argued from the nature of the Altar, which made holy what touched it, and from the very circumstance of laying hold upon it.) But joab to the wilful murder of Ab●er and Amasa, had added contempt and opposal of the King upon David's throne, which figured him that was to reign over the house of Israel for ever, and therefore unfit to escape, and uncapable to be any such vo●ary. 4. [y] Mid. ubi sup. Maym. ubi supr. A cubit above the first rising of the horns of the Altar, the square narrowed a cubit again and so was now but 24 cubits every way, and so held on to that flat of it on the top where the fire lay: The cubits-ledge, that the abatement made to be as a bench round about, was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the place whereupon the Priests went, and stood about the Altar to lay on the pieces of the sacrifice, or to stir them as they lay in the fire: And this helpeth us to judge concerning the manner and fashion of the horns spoken of last: namely, that they did not rise directly upright higher than the Altar itself, for than it had been impossible for the Priest to go about the Altar upon this ledge, for the horns would have hindered if they had risen a full cubit square up hither: but their form is to be conceived as was said before, namely, that they risen indeed up even with this ledge, but they so sharpened and bended outward when they came level with it, that the Priests had passage betwixt them and the Altar. From the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Circuit of the Altar upward, which was four cubits, was that part which more peculiarly was called Harel, and Ariel, Ezek. 43.15. And Harel was four cubits, and from Ariel upwards were the four horns. He had described the gradual rise of the Altar hitherto in the verses before, in these characters and descriptions. Verse 13. The bottom shall be a cubit, and the breadth a cubit, This was the Foundation of which we have spoken, a cubit high and a cubit broad. And the border thereof by the edge thereof round about a span: The edge of this foundation was not sharp as are the edges of stone steps, but it was wrought as are the stone borders of our chimney hearths, with a border of a span over: and so the blood that was poured upon this foundation could not run off to the pavement, but was kept up that it might run down at the holes forementioned, into the common-shore. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And thus was the top of the Altar: The top of the Altar was also finished with such another bordering. Vers. 14. And from the bottom upon the ground even to the lower settle, two cubits. Not that the foundation called here the lower settle, was 2 cubits thick in the flatness of it, as it lay upon the ground, for the verse before saith that the bottom was but a cubit, but that from this foundation, there arose a slope rising a cubit height, which was somewhat thicker than the body of the Altar presently above it, and so from the ground to the top of this rising, where the square narrowed were two cubits: and from the top of this sloping where the square narrowed, to the circuit, was properly but four cubits, but from the foundation five. And so though the Talmud speaketh differently from the Prophet (when it saith the foundation or lower settle was but one cubit high, and he, two: and when it saith the height from the lower to the higher settle, or from the foundation to the circuit was five cubits, and the Prophet saith but four,) yet do they both mean but one and the same thing, but understood as hath been spoken: namely, the one taketh the foundation or lower settle, barely as it lay flat upon the ground, and the other takes it with this cubitall slope rising from it, made leaning a cubit height to the body of the Altar: and this interpretation helpeth to understand that which David Kimchi professeth he cannot tell what to make of; and that is, why the upper settle which was narrower by two cubits in the square, is called the greater, and the lower, which was larger in the square, is called the lesser: The reason whereof is this, because the upper, though it were less in compass, yet was larger in breadth, because this leaning slope rising that we speak of, took up a good part of the breadth of the lower, and so the walk upon it was not so clear and large as it was upon the other. And then the Prophet tells us, that when the body of the Altar was thus risen six cubits high to the upper settle, which the Talmudicks call the circuit, That thence Harel was to be four cubits, and from Ariel and upward, the four horns. [1] Kimch. in joc. Const. Lemp. in Mid. P. 97. There are some that conceive that Harel and Ariel are indeed but one and the same word, though so diversely written, from whom I cannot much differ, as to point of Grammar, because the Letters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 do admit of such alternancy in the language, yet me thinks the difference of the words should hold out some difference of the sense: and Harel to signify the Lords Mountain, and Ariel the Lord's Lion upon that Mountain; the lower part at the horns more properly Harel, and the upper more properly Ariel. But since the text gives the [2] Vid. R. Sol. ibid. name Ariel to all that part that was from the Root of the horns upward, we shall not much stick upon it. The word Harel, if you will construe it the Mountain of the Lord, David Kimchi tells you that it is as much as to say The house of the Lord, and because they served other Gods in every place upon high hills, this which was the Hill of the Lord was but four cubit's high: And if you will take the word Ariel, our Rabbins of happy memory, saith he, say the Altar was called Ariel (or the Lord's Lion) because the holy fire that came down from heaven couched on it like a Lion. The word Ariel doth also signify one exceeding strong, 2 Sam. 23.20. and so doth Arel, Esay 337. But take it whether way you will here, either for a strong thing or for the Lords Lion, the Altar was very properly so called, either because of the devouring of many sacrifices Lion-like, or because of the great strength and prevalency the people had by sacrifice, the Lord owning them wonderfully in that service, whilst gone about according to his will: or because of the strong Lion Christ, whom the Altar and Sacrifices did represent. Jerusalem, and especially Zion the City where David dwelled, is also called Ariel, the strong one, or the Lion of the Lord, because of its prevalency against all enemy's whatsoever, whilst it continued to be the Lords, through the strength of those promises that were made unto it: but when it forsook the Lord, and became profane, it is threatened that it shall become as the other Ariel, or the Altar, where was continually abundance of shedding of blood and slaughter, Esay 29.1, 2. The very top of the Altar was four and twenty cubits square, and this was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Maaracab, or the Hearth, where, as we observe elsewhere, there were three fires continually burning, but especially one very great one for the sacrifices. And thus was the bulk and platform of the Altar; It was a large pile of 10 cubits high rising by degrees, so as that at the foot it was 32 cubits on every side of the square, but at the top came to be but four and twenty. The rising thus, 1 The base one cubit rising, and then the square lessened a cubit. 2 The body of the Altar rising plain 5 cubits, and then lessening one cubit in the square. 3 A cubit rising again, and the square lessening a cubit, and at the bench where it narrowed there stood the four horns out at the four corners. 4 A rising again one cubit, and a narrowing one cubit, and there was the bench where the Priests stood to serve. 5 And then a rising two cubits, and there was the Hearth. Thus stood the Altar, and thus stood the Priests upon the highest bench to serve, but how came they up thither? If they could have gone up the steps that we have mentioned, namely, where the square still descended, yet was it unlawful, because of that command Exod. 20.26. But they could not go up that way neither, for we have seen that between the first bench and the second there was five cubits rising, which is a measure fare beyond any man's stepping up: the way therefore for them to go both to the top of the Altar, to their bench two cubits below the top, and to the other benches, as there was occasion, was thus provided. [3] Mid. per. 3. There was a gentle rising causey (for so let us call it, they called it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chebbesh) on the South side of the Altar 16 cubits broad, that began 32 cubits from the Altar foot and risen easily to the head of it in a gentle ascent, made of the same materials that the Altar was, of which hereafter, so that this causey lay out from the Altar two and thirty cubits on the South side, leaving on either side it four cubit's breadth, which it wanted of the breadth of the Altar. [4] Gloss. in Tamid. per. ult. Maym. in beth habbech. per. 2. On the West side of it there stood two tables, one of silver, on which they set and laid the vessels of the service: the other of marble which was called the Table of the fat, on which they laid the pieces of the Sacrifice when they were to be brought up to the Altar. And there was also on [5] Middoth ubi supra. the same side of it, and (as [6] C. Lemp. in Mid. pag. 112. it is probably conjectured) made in the very side of the causey or rise itself, a place into which those birds that being presented to be offered, did prove unfit, were cast, till some convenient time to convey them away, this was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rebubah, for so we may conclude upon [7] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 R. nathan's credit who so readeth, though others differ: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [8] Maym. in beth habbech. per. 2. And there (saith the general consent) they laid up the birds unmeet for offering. [9] Tamid. per. 1. On the East side of it, was the place where they laid the guts and garbage of the birds that were offered, and where he that cleansed the incense Altar poured down the ashes he brought forth, and he that brought the first ashes from off the offering Altar, did the like: But these things continued not long there after they were laid down, but were speedily by some or other conveyed away: [10] Tamid per. 7. By the marble Table, which was called the Table of the fat, the Priests stood when they sounded their trumpets at the time of divine service. [11] Talm. in Zevach. per. 6. The ordinary way of going up this rise or causey, or bridge, or call it what ye will, was on the right side of it, that is, on the East, and to come down on the West, (only upon three occasions mentioned in the place cited in the margin, he came down the same way he went up, but backward,) and this helps us somewhat to understand a story (which we shall have occasion to look after elsewhere,) related in Joma, [12] Joma. per. 2. of two Priests going a strife who should first get up to cleanse the Altar of its ashes, (which was the first work done in the morning) the one of them thrust the other off the bridge and broke his leg, because they went so near the sides though they had room enough to have gone up in the middle without danger, but the manner was not to go up that way. [13] Maym. ubi supr. As a man went up, first there was a little causey on the East side, that brought him from the first beginning of this great causey to the foundation of the Altar if he had occasion to go thither: And as he went up higher, when he was come as high as the circuit, there was another to carry him off thither, if he had occasion to sprinkle blood upon the horns of the Altar: But above that I read not of any such come off, not that the Priests had not constant occasion to step off to the uppermost ledge or bench, for there they used to stand continually when they were turning the pieces in the fire, or the like; but because by the time that the rise was come up thither, the step off was so easy, that a less matter than what deserved the name of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a bridge would serve the turn. Thus was the form of the Altar and the ascent to it: but I must mention here before I have done with the form of it, somewhat that was visible upon it, that had some reference also to the form of it, and that was, [14] Middoth, per. 3. A red line that went round about it in the just middle between the bottom and the top, to be a direction to the Priests that they might sprinkle the blood above or beneath (for sometime they did the one and sometime the other, as we shall show when we treat concerning Sacrifice) as the occasion called upon them to do, and not mistake. For whereas some blood was to be poured or sprinkled at the bottom of the Altar, and some upon the horns of it, some below, some above, to make sure that either of these should keep its right place and not transgress, they set this line to be a bound between them. The materials and manner of working up this renowned pile, let the Reader take in the Talmuds and in Maymonide his own words and expressions [15] Maym. ubi supr. Talm. in Zevach. fol. 54. When they built the Altar (say they) they built it solid like a pillar and they made no hollow in it: but one brought whole great stones and little (for an iron tool might not be used upon them) and he brought mortar and pitch and lead, and mixed all and poured all into the great base that he had laid according to his measure, and so he built on upwards: and he put in the midst of the building a piece of wood or of stone at the South east horn according to the measure of the foundation, and so he put in the midst of every one of the horns till he had finished the building; then he took away those pieces that were in the midst of the building, and so the South east horn was left without a foundation and the rest of the horns were left hollow. [16] Midd. per. 3. These stones that made the Altar and the rise to it are recorded to have been gotten in the valley of B●bbaccerem, a place mentioned in Neh. 3.14. & Jer. 6.1. and the same record tells us, That twice a year the Altar was whited, namely at the Passeover and at the Feast of Tabernaeles: and the Temple whited once a year, namely, at the Passeover: Rabbi saith, on the Eve of every Sabbath they rubbed the Altar with a map because of the blood; they might not plaster it with an iron Trowel, lest that touching should defile it; for iron was made to shorten man's days, and the Altar was made for the prolonging man's life, and it is not fit that that which would shorten should be lifted up upon that that would lengthen. Thus was the fashion and proportion of the Altar the Lords Table, Mal. 1.7. the holiness of it was such that it sanctified the gift. Mat. 23.19. that is, whatsoever came upon it, being fit to be offered 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Altar sanctified whatsoever was fit for it. It is a Talmudicke maxim in the Treatise Zevachin, the very beginning of the ninth chapter: And at the seventh Hala●●h of the same chapter, they say, That as the Altar sanctified what was fit for it, so also did the rise of the Altar: and there they discourse at large what things if they were once brought to the top of the Altar might come down and what might not, which we shall not insist upon. Before we part from the Altar, we have yet one thing more to take into observation about it, and that is the base and wretched affront that ungodly Ahaz put upon it, in not only setting up another Altar by it, but also in removing the Lords Altar out of its place, and out of its honourable employment to give place to his. The story is 2 King. 16. He sends the pattern of an Idolatrous Altar from Damascus, and Vriah the Priest maketh one according to that pattern: and when the King came home and saw the Altar, he offered upon it his burnt-offering, meat-offering, drinke-offering, etc. And he brought also the brazen Altar which was before the Lord from the forefront of the house, from between the Altar and the house of the Lord, and put it on the North side of the Altar, vers. 14. Rabbi Solomon expounding this place, conceiveth that by the Altar of the Lord is not meant the Altar properly and indeed, but some appurtenances that related and belonged to the service of the Altar, and this conclusion he produceth from two or three traditional Premises: his words are these, This Altar that he removed cannot be the brazen Altar that Moses made, for that was laid up; and it cannot be the Altar of stone which Solomon made, which indeed is called the brazen Altar in the Book of Chronicles, for that could not be removed from place to place, but by pulling down: and behold we have a Tradition, that the fire that came down from heaven in the days of Solomon, went not off the Altar till Manass●h came and caused it to go off, for he pulled the Altar down: So that I cannot interpret the Altar here but of the lavers and bases of brass which served for the Altar, and stood beside it, them Ahaz removed, etc. You need not marvel if he go alone in his opinion when you look upon it, and how it is strained, and especially from this pinch, because though the Altar of Solomon is called brazen, yet he holds it to have been of stone, and overlaid: were it of brass or were it of stone, Ahaz his modesty was not so much but that he would pull it down to serve his turn as well as remove it. It appeareth by the Text alleged that Vriahs' modesty was a little more than Ahaz had; for he had set his Altar behind the Altar of the Lord, betwixt it and the East gate, so that the Lords Altar was betwixt that newfound one and the Temple (it seemeth the space at the entering in from the East gate, was more open in the times of the first Temple than it was in the second.) But when Ahaz comes, he removes Solomon's Altar towards the North, and brings up his own and sets it in the place of it, and so does as it were supplant the Lord of his possession and usurp upon it, putting the Lords Altar out of use as well as out of its place, and giving his own the greatness because it was the greater, in the employment for all the Sacrifices that were to be offered, both ordinary and extraordinary, both of the King and People: while the Altar of the Lord must stand by as a cipher, only with this dignity, which was less than none at all, The brazen Altar shall be for me to seek to when I think good. As for the departure of the divine fire from off the Altar, which had come down in the days of Solomon, of which our Rabbin speaketh, it is not unworthy some of the Readers thoughts: For the Temple was so oft profaned, yea and sometimes shut up, before the captivity into Babel, as 2 Chron. 24.7. & 28.24. etc. that it is hardly to be imagined, but that the fire which had been continued from the descent of that divine fire, was at some of these times or other extinguished. And then quaere how Hezekiah and Josiah in their reformation did for fire again upon the Altar. CHAP. XXXV. The Contents of the Court betwixt the Altar and the North side of it; and betwixt the Altar and the South side. THe most ordinary and universal slaughter of the Sacrifices was on the North side of the Altar, and so is it declared at large in the Treatise [a] Talm. in Zevach. per. 5. Zevachin through the fifth chapter, of which we have had occasion to speak before; The most holy offerings (say they) are slain on the North side, the bullock and the goat of the day of Exptation, their slaughter was on the North, and the taking of their blood in a vessel of the service, was an thy North: The bullocks that were to be burnt, and the goats that were to be burnt, were slain on the North, and their blood to be taken on the North: The goats of the beginning of the months and of the solemn Feasts were slain on the North, and their blood taken on the North: The whole-burnt-offering most holy was slain on the North, the peace-offerings of the Congregation and trespass-offerings, were slain on the North, etc. and generally the greatest number of Sacrifices were slain on that side the Altar: On that side of the Altar therefore were necessaries and accommodations for that purpose and convenience, and those were especially these three, the place of the rings, the tables, and the books in the pillars. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Mid. per. 5. Eight cubits from the Altar Northward was the place of the rings, and that place was four and twenty cubits over towards the North still. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [c] Ibid. per. 3. Now th'kings were in six rows, four in a row: but some say they were four rows, and six in a row, and there they slew the Sacrifices. These rings or staples rather, were fixed down in the stones of the pavement, and either a bending hook was fastened to these staples, that they might bring the neck of the beast under and hold him fast, or they drew down the necks of the beasts to be slain with cords to these staples and there fastened them, and so they had them at command to slay them with facility, It is not much to be controverted whether there were six rows of these rings, four in a row, or four rows with six rings in a row; this doth not much break the square, since the same number of rings and the same compass of ground remaineth still. Here was the place where they tied the sacrifices till they were killed and where they killed them: and this place is commonly called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The place of the slaughter: and to these rings they lied the sacrifice with cords, till they were to offer him, and to sprinkle his blood on the bornes of the Altar as the Chaldee Paraphrast renders the 27. verse of the hundred and eighteenth Psalm. Now although the command was strict and express that such and such sacrifices should be slain on the North side of the Altar, Leu. 1.10, 11, etc. that is in propriety, just between the Altar and North wall of the Court: yet where there were many such sacrifices to be slain at once, so that this place of the rings was not able to contain them, than they killed them higher up in the Court, namely in that space that was between the Altar and the porch, but on the North side of it, as near as might be in the place parallel to this place of the rings. This matter is handled and decided in Tosaphta on the treatise Corbonoth in these words [d] Tosaphta. in Corbanoth per. 6. Which is the North side of the Altar, where it was fit to kill the most boly sacrifices? It was from the North side of the Altar, to the North side of the Court even just over against the Altar which was 30 cubit's breadth. The words of Rabbi Meir: Rabbi Eliezer from Rabbi Simeon addeth the space from the Altar to the porch, even to over against the closerts of the Butchering knives, which was 22 cubits. But Ribbi addeth the place where the feet of the Israelites trod, which was eleven cubits broad, and 187 cubits long: and the place where the feet of the Priests trod which was eleven cubits broad, and 187 cubits long: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 From the side of the North wall, to the East wall of the Court: That is, along the North wall, from the West end of the Court to the East, for so both the measure of 187 cubits which was the just length of the Court confirmeth, and the same author in the next following chapter doth also illustrate in these words [e] Ibie. per. 7. Rabbi Josi saith, all the Altar may be understood for Northward: As it is said, and he shall kill it on the side of the Altar, Northward before the Lord. Rabbi Josi from Rabbi Judah saith, From the midst of the Altar Northward was as the North, and from the midst of the Altar the other way was as the South: And so Rabbi lost from Rabbi Ludah saith also: There were two wickets in the house of the but chering knives opening toward the West, and eight cubits from the ground, so that the Court might be sit for eating of the most holy things, and for the kill of the lesser holy sacrifices, even behind the oracle. From both which allegations taken up together, we may observe, 1. That the Israelites had a standing on the North side of the Court as well as on the East, which though it was not nor indeed could be exactly eleven cubits broad as was their station at the East end, yet was it a station for them as well as that: And our author when he speaketh of the place where the feat of the Israelites trod, of eleven cubits broad, and of the place where the feet of the Priests trod of eleven cubits broad: he meaneth not that there was such a space for the Israelites and the Priests to stand in all along the North side of the Court as there was in the East, but his meaning is this, that when the sacrifices to be slain on the North side of the Altar were exceeding many indeed, that rather than want room to kill them, they should not only slay them in the place of the rings, but even in the standing of the Priests and Israelites at the East end, namely so fare on that ground, as lay even with that space that was on the North side of the Altar: and so might they use the like space all along the North side of the Court for the same purpose even to beyond the West end of the Temple. 2. That the house of the butchering knives, called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was in that end of the porch that pointed Northward, and that the doors thereof were behind the porch Westward, even where the wing of the porch stood out more Northerly than the breadth of the Temple and extended: and there the going up to these doors was by steps even eight cubits high: and the reason why the doors were there, rather than in the front or the end of the Porch, was because the passage to them there, took up the least room, and was the least hindrance in the Court. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [f] Midd. per. 5. Four cubits from the North side of this place of the rings there stood marble tables upon which they washed the inwards of the sacrifice, and cut it up into pieces: and four cubits further North, there were the pillars on which they hung up the sacrifice upon hooks that so they might flay it: These pillars the Jews call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which [g] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Aruch interprets 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pillars low or shorty (it may seem the word is taken from the latin Nanus, [h] Parah. per. 2. and so the treatise Parah, speaketh of a red cow 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 low and small, Nana & minuta:) Now these pillars were not those that supported the cloister on this North side of the Court, but low pillars set by these or joining to them, [i] Mid. per. 3. Tamid. per. 3. Pesachin per. 5. eight in number, over the heads of which were said transome beams of cedar, and hooks of iron fastened both in these beams and in the pillars, on which hooks they hanged up the beast slain for sacrifice, that they might the better come at him to flay him; The pillars had every one of them three hooks in them, one above another, that they might be fit for beasts of several highness' and cizes. And before these pillars, or rather, before the space that was between the pillars (so that one might easily pass between) stood the marble tables, on which, after that they had given the entrails of the beasts their first washing in the washing room mentioned before, they washed and dressed them a second time and made them fit and fair for the Altar, and on which after they had flayed the beast as he hanged upon the hooks, they cut him in pieces according as he was to be cut and divided for his laying on the Altar to be offered up. From these low pillars to the North wall of the Court were eight cubits, and this was the place and space for Israel's standing on this side the Court: for though these pillars spoken of did not bear up the cloister under which the people stood, yet did they stand so even or close to those pillars that did, that from these pillars we may, and the Jews do count and measure the space of the israelites station on this side, and it was three cubits narrower then, their standing at the East end. Thus was the space taken up that was between the Altar and the North side of the Court, now let us come to view the space on the other side of the Altar toward the South: Where first the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Causey or Rise that went up to the Altar took up two and thirty cubits: even just as much space on this side, as there was betwixt the Altar and the further side of the place of the rings on the other. But here a question may not improperly be moved out of the Arithmetic of the Talmudicks about the measure of the Altar, and the rise of it, which they hold out: for they say expressly that [k] Mid. per. 3. the Altar was two and thirty cubits square, and that [l] Ibid. the rise on the South side was two and thirty cubits long, and yet summing up both together, they say that [m] Ibid. per. 5. the Altar and the rise were but sixty two cubits: whereas according to the two particulars named they should be sixty four: But the reason of the account is from this, either because they reckon the length of the causey or rise, not from the outside of the foundation of the Altar, but from the narrowing of the Altar above the Circuit; for thither did the Causey bring them and land them there, as the ordinary place of their service, when they went to besprinkle the horns of the Altar with the blood of the sacrifices: or else because they reckon not the two first cubits of the rise or the very entrance upon it, it being so flat and near to the ground, as that there was so much of the rise gone, before there was any stepping off to the bridge that went to the foundation of the Altar: And yet though they do sometime account thus of the Altar and the rise that they took up but 62 cubits, yet in distributing the 137 cubits of the Courts breadth into particular spaces they then allow, as they cannot do otherwise, 32 cubits to the Altar, and as many to the rise: for the particulars are thus: (that we may sum them again.) Front the North wall to the pillars 8 cubits. The place of the marble tables, 4 cubits. From these tables to the space of the rings; 4 cubits. The space of the rings itself, 24 cubits. From the rings to the Altar, 8 cubits. The Altar itself, 32 cubits. The rise or causey, 32 cubits. From the rise to the South-wall 25 cubits. In all 137 cubits. Now these five and twenty cubits which were between the foot of the rise and the South-wall, is given account of by the treatise Middoth in these words: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And the residue of space which was between the rise and the wall, was also a place of low pillars. These were some sacrifices slain on the South side of the Altar as well as these that have been mentioned were on the North: There were sacrifices which were called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The holy of holies or the most holy sacrifices, and those were the burnt-offering, sin-offering and trespasse-offering and others reckoned before, and these were undispensably tied to be slain on the North side of the Altar, or at least on the North side of the Court as hath been spoken: And there were offerings which were called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The lesser holy things, and these might be slain in any part of the Court and were not bound to that side: as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [n] Zevachin. per. 5. Thanksgiving-offerings and the Nazarites ram which were lesser holy offerings, were slain in any place of the Court: Peace-offerings which were of the lesser holy things, were also slain in any part of the Court, and so were the firstlings, the tenths and the Passeover, which were also reckoned as lesser holy things. Now although they speak of any part of the Court, as permitted to slay the sacrifices in, yet most especially have they reference to the South side of the Altar in opposition to the North, and the South side understood in that latitude, as the North side was when extremity and multitude of sacrifices put them to it: For when the sacrifices were no more than what could be killed within the very compass between the North side of the Altar and the North wall of the Court, they were slain there, but when numerousness of sacrifices urged [o] Ibid. per. 6. all the North side of the Court from East to West ends, and as far South as to the middle of the Altar, was used to slay the beasts in, and all that, was accounted as the North: So on the South side of the Altar, there were marble tables and low pillars for the very same use that there were on the other side of the Altar, namely for the flaying and cutting up and washing the intrulls of the sacrifices, but when greater store came then that very space just between the Altar and the South wall would contain, than all the South side of the Court was permitted for that use, even as fare as the middle of the Altar betwixt North and South. The five and twenty cubit's space therefore that we are to give account of between the South wall of the Court, and the foot of the rise of the Altar, were thus parceled. 1. There were eight cubits from the Court wall to the pillars, as there were on the North side, and this was the breadth of the Cloister, and the standing of Israel on that side the Court. 2. The disposal of the Tables as on the other side before the pillars took up four cubits. 3. And then the thirteen cubits between these and the foot of the Altar rise, was partly (as is probable) taken up with some rings as on the North side though not so many (for they needed not) and partly with some plain pavement next to the rise, that the Priests might have access to it the better. CHAP. XXXVI. The space betwixt the Altar and the Porch. THe Altar stood before the gate or entrance of the Porch, that gave access into the Temple, and the space between the foundation of the Altar and the foundation of the Porch [a] Mid. per. 3. was two and twenty cubits: But there was not so much clear ground or plain pavement and passage between them, for the stairs of the Porch being in number twelve and every step a cubit broad besides the half pace or enlarging at every third step, caused that these steps lay down a great way in the Court towards the Altar: and took up a good space of these two and twenty cubits. Every one of these steps was half a cubit high, and thereupon the whole rise ariseth to be six cubits from the ground to the landing in the porch, so that he that stood in the Porch gate, his feet stood even and level, with his feet that stood upon the Circuit of the Altar: [b] Tamid. per. 7. Upon these steps of the Porch the Priests stood when they came out from burning incense and blessed the people. As concerning the space betwixt the Porch and Altar, these things are remarkable about it. 1. [c] Kelim. per. 1. That no man might come upon this space that had any blemish upon him, nor any man might come here bare headed. the reason of the former restraint is easy to be apprehended, because of the holiness of the place, being so near both to the Altar and the Temple: and the reason of the latter is, because in their greatest devotions they used to cover their head, and therefore none might come bare headed into so dovout a place. 2. That no man might stand upon this space, or stay within it, while the Priest was burning incense in the holy place. [d] Maym. in Tamid. in per. 3. For whilst they burned incense in the Temple every day, all the people departed from the Temple, so that between the Temple and the Altar there was not a man till he that burned incense came forth. And so at the time that the Highpriest went in with the blood of the sin-offering, which was to be sprinkled within, all the people withdrew from between the Altar and the Temple, till he came forth again: And because they might know the time when to withdraw from this space at the daily incense, the Sagan or Precedent of the service called to the Priest that was within the holy place with a loud voice and gave him notice when he should begin with the incense, saying to him, Offer the intense, and as he spoke thus, the people withdrew: The reason of this custom I shall not be curious to look after, but whether the Ceremony did not fitly resemble, how far distant all men are from having any share with Christ in his intercession, which the offering of the incense resembled, be it left to the reader to consider. 3. In this space between the Temple and the Altar, was the murder committed upon Zacharias the son of Barachias, as our Saviour mentioneth, Mat. 23, ●5. Now there are various conjectures who this Zachary should be: some think of Zachary the prophet whose book of prophecy we have in the old Testament. Some suppose it might be John Baptists father, and some conceive that Christ speaketh there predictively, foretelling that they should slay Zachary the son of Baru●h in the Temple, the story of which Josephus giveth in lib. 4. the bell. cap. 19 But the Talmudists do help us to understand it of Zacharie the son of Jehoiada, who was stoned by the people in this place in the days of King Joash, 2 Chron. 24. Why he is called the son of Barachias and not the son of Jehoiada is not a place here to dispute: the Jerusalem Talmud hath this story concerning his slaughter, which may give us cause to think, that our Saviour spoke according to the common received opinion: and was understood to mean Zachary the son of Jehoiada, though for special reason he calleth him the son of Barachias [e] Talm. Jerus. in Taanith. fol. 69. Rab. Jorhanan saith, eighty thousand young Priests were slain for Zacharies blood. R. Jodan asked R. Aha, where slew they Zacharias? In the Court of the women, or in the Court of Israel? He saith to him, not in the Court of Israel, nor in the Court of the women, but in the Court of the Priests, etc. And seven transgressions did Israel transgress that day: They slew a Priest, a Prophet, a Judge, shed innocent blood and defiled the Court, and the Sabbath, which was also the day of expiation. And when Nebuzaradan came thither he saw the blood bubbling. He saith to them, what meaneth this? They said to him, it is the blood of bullocks and rams and lambs which we have offered upon the Altar. Presently he brought bullocks and rams and lambs and killed them, and as yet the blood bubled or reeked above theirs. And when they confessed not, he hanged them up. They said, the Lord is pleased to require his blood at our hands. They say to him, it is the blood of a Priest and Prophet and Judge, who prophesied to us concerning all that thou hast done to us, and we stood up against him and slew him. Presently he brought eighty thousand young Priests and slew them: And still the blood bubled: Then he was angry at it: and said to it, what wouldst thou have? that all the people should perish for thee? Presently the holy blessed God was filled with compassion and said: what? is this m●n that is but flesh and blood, filled with pity towards my children, and shall not I be much more? of whom it is written For the Lord thy God is a merciful God, he will not forsake thee nor destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers: Presently he gave a sign to the blood and it was swallowed up in the place. R. Jochanan saith the 80000. young Priests fled to the midst of the chambers of the Sanctuary, and they were at burnt, and of all them, none was left but Joshua the son of Jozedeck, as it is written, It not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Zech. 3.2. In this space between the Altar and the Porch, there stood the Laver, but not directly before the Altar, but removed towards the South, so that it stood betwixt the rise of the Altar and the porch, as we shall observe in the viewing of it by and by. But the Talmud speaketh of a Vessel, which by its relation appeareth to have lain directly betwixt Porch and Altar, which it calleth Migrephah, but what to english it, is not very ready. The Treatise Tamid speaketh thus of it, [f] Tamid. per. 5. They (that were to go into the Temple to burn incense, and to dress the lamps) came between the Porch and the Altar, one of them taketh the Migrephah and rings it between the Porch and the Altar; one man could not hear another speak in Jerusalem, because of the sound of the Migrephah. It served for three things: The Priest that heard the sound of it knew that his brethren the Priests were gone in to worship, and he ran and came. A Levite that heard the sound of it, knew that his brethren the Levites were gone in to sing, and he ran and came. And the chief of the stationary men brought them that had been unclean and set them in the gate of Nicanor. Now what kind of thing this Migrephah was, I find but little light towards an exact resolution. [g] Gloss. in Mishnaioth ibi. Some say it was a great vessel which they rung to make a sound, but of what fashion, and whether for any other use also, they leave uncertain. The Chaldee renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Exod. 38.3. etc. which seemeth to be the same word with this that we are about, and so he understands it to mean some of the fire-shovels that belonged to the Altar, which being either rung upon, or shoved upon the pavement, would make a loud noise being of brass, and very big. The Jews upon the sound of this and divers other things at the Temple do hyperbolise thus, [h] Tamid. per. 3. Even from Jericho they heard the noise of the great gate of the Temple when it opened. From Jericho they heard the ringing of the Migrephab. From Jericho they heard the noise of the Engine that Ben K●ttin made for the Laver. From Jericho they heard the voice of the crier that called them to their services. From Jericho they heard the sound of the pipe. From Jericho they heard the sound of the Cymbal. From Jericho they heard the sound of the song. From Jericho they heard the sound of the Trumpets. And some say also, the voice of the High priest when he uttered the name Jehovah on the day of expiation, etc. The truth of which things is not to be pleaded, seeing it is apparent that they are uttered by way of hyperbole, only it may not be improper to observe how common the phrase was, From Jerusalem to Jericho, which is also used in Luke 10.30. CHAP. XXXVII. Concerning the Vessels and utensils of the Temple. SECT. 1. The Laver. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THe first command of making the Laver, and the end of it being made, is related in Exod. 30.18, 19, 20. etc. in these words, Thou shalt make a Laver of brass and his foot of brass, to wash withal, and thou shalt put it between the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the Altar, and thou shalt put water therein, For Aaron and his sons shall wash their hands and their feet thereat, when they go into the Tabernacle of the Congregation, they shall wash with water that they die not, or when they come near the Altar to minister, etc. And the making of it is related in Exod. 38.8. He made the Laver of brass, and the foot of it of brass of the looking glasses of the women assembling, which assembled at the door of the Tabernacle of the Congregation. The measures and the receipt of it is not at all described: The Holy Ghost hath left it undetermined what was the form or the cize of it, but hath given notice only of the materials of it and the end: It was made of the brazen Looking-glasses of the women that assembled at the door of the Tabernacle: The Septuagint expresseth it, of the Fasting women which fasted at the door of the Tabernacle, reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: The Jerusalem Targum, with which also Jonathans' agrees, reads it, of the Looking-glasses of the modest women, which were modest at the door of the Tabernacle: which Aben Ezra's gloss upon the place helps us to understand thus, It is the custom of all women (saith he) to look their faces in Looking-glasses every morning, either of brass or glass, that they may see to dress their heads; but behold there were women in Israel that served the Lord, that departed from this worldly delight, and gave away their glasses as a free-will-offering, for they had no more use of them, but they came every day to the door of the Tabernacle of the Congregation to pray and to hear the words of the commandment: The end of it was to wash the hands and feet of the Priests, but the most ultimate end was to signify the washing and purifying by the spirit of grace, which is so oft called water in the Scripture; and so the sprinkling of the blood of the Sacrifice, and the washing in the water of the Laver, did read the two great Divinity Lectures, of washing by the blood of Christ from guilt, and by the grace of God from filthiness and pollution. The cize and measure of the Laver, at the second Temple, is not described neither, only we have these things recorded of it in the Antiquities of the Hebrew writers. 1. That it stood between the Altar and the Porch, as the Primitive appointment was, Exod. 30.18. but not just and directly between them, but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [a] Mid. per. 3. Sect. 6. a little aside toward the South. And the reason given for the placing of it there, is this; [b] R. Sol. in Exod. 30. ex Zevachin. Because it is said, And the Altar of burnt-offering at the door of the Tabernacle of the Congregation: meaning that the Altar was to be before the Tabernacle of the Congregation, and the Laver not to be before the Tabernacle of the Congregation, but it was set a little aside toward the South. 2. That at the first it had but two spouts or cocks out of which the water ran, at which they washed, but that in aftertimes [c] joma per. 3. Ben Kattin made 12 spouts or cocks to it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the Mishneh recordeth in the Treatise Joma: It calleth the cocks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 paps, [d] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because (saith Aruch) they were as the paps of a woman, and water ran out of them, at which they washed their hands: and so Rabbi Solomon charactering the Laver, saith, [e] R. Sol. ubi supra. It was like a great Cauldrons, and it had paps (or cocks) that voided water out of their mouths: Now the Gemara of the Babylon Talmud upon the Mishneh cited, disputing the case why Ben Kattin should make 12 spouts to it, they resolve it thus, That the Tradition was, that he made so many that the 12 Priests his brethren which had to do with the daily sacrifice might wash themselves at it all together: we observe in its due place, that there were so many Priests employed about the offering up of the daily sacrifice, some for one part of the service, and some for another: Therefore this Ben Kattin being a Priest himself, did so provide that these many Priests that were to be employed together, might also stand and wash together: and by this that so many might wash together at the several cocks of it, it appeareth to be a vessel of great reception and capacity. 3. There is frequent mention among the Talmudicks of an appurtenance to the Laver, which they call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which before we can english, will cost some inquiry. The Mishneh even now cited, recordeth that as Ben Kattin made the cocks for the Laver, so also that he made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Mukene to the Laver, that the water of it might not be unclean by standing all night. And so in the Treatise Tamid [f] Tamid. per. 1. Sect. 4. where it is discoursing of the Priest that should cleanse the Altar, going to wash his hands and feet at the Laver, it saith, That his fellows heard the sound of the wood which Ben Kattin made, the Mukene for the Laver: The Gemara upon the former place disputes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [g] Joma fol. 37. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what is the Mukene? Robba saith it is a wheel: And so saith Aruch 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [h] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The meaning of Mukene is a wheel: Now in what place and to what use this wheel was, is now all the question: [i] Gloss. in Mishnaioth in Tamid. vid. Maym. in Biath Mikd. per. 5. some say it was to let down the Laver into the Well, to fill it with water, or to let it lie in the Well all night: and so there is speech in the Treatise Zevachin of [k] Zevach. per. 2. fol. 18. drawing and fetching up the Laver out of the molten sea which. Solomon made, for it was let down into that all night, lest the water of it should be polluted by standing all night in it. But when we observe the greatness of this Laver that we are speaking of under the second Temple, at which, as hath been related, 12 men might stand round and wash together; and when we consider that there was not Well near to the place where the Laver stood, by divers paces, it will appear a thing unimaginable, that one Priest should let down the Laver into the Well and fetch it up again full of water, for the Treatise Tamid makes, the dealing with the Mukene of the Laver (be it what it will) to be but one Priests work. I do not remember that I have read of what matter the Laver of the second Temple was made, whether of brass, or stone Conduit-like: for to hold it of wood is very unsuitable to the exceeding great stateliness of the Temple in other things: yet were it of wood, it would have been a very hard task for any one man to manage it in that manner as they do a bucket in a Well, be the Engine of Ben Kattins making never so active, and cunningly contrived; [l] Maym. ubi supr. and therefore Maimonides leaves it as a thing of doubtfulness, about letting it down into the Well, for, saith he, they let it down into a gathering of waters, or into the Well, and on the morrow drew it up, or they filled it every day in the morning. Therefore by the Mukene of the Laver, I see not what else can be understood, than some contrival either found out, or at least the cost of it discharged by Ben Kattin the Priest, whereby water was drawn up and forced by the wheel in the Wel-roome in some singular conveyance to fill the Laver when there was occasion: Not that the Laver was stirred out of its place or needed any such removal, but (as it is known by common experience,) water by the working of a wheel was carried in pipes into it at pleasure. So that whereas the standing of the water in it all night, did make that water useless and unlawful for that end that the water of the Laver was to serve unto, it either was evacuated over night, when the work of the day was done, or if it stood all night it was let out in the morning by the Priest that was to do the first work of the day, (namely who was to cleanse the burnt-offering Altar of its ashes,) and he had no more to do to fill the Laver again, but only to go into the wel-roome, and there to draw at the wheel a while, and that brought up water by conveyances into it: So that now to give an English translation to the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mukene, we may very well call it the Engine of the Laver, and so doth [m] Aruch ubi supr. Rabbi Nathan give us some encouragement to do, when he tells us that it is a Greek word, and I suppose he means the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Machina, an Engine. 4. There was never to be so little water in the Laver, but that it might be sufficient to wash four Priests a row: and the reason of this Tradition Baal Turim would derive from this, [n] Baal hatturim in Exod. 30. because the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is used for this washing, Exod. 30.18. is observed by the Masoreth to be used in all four times: But a reason something more rational is given by others, and that is this, [o] Maym. ubi supr. Because it is said, And Aaron and his sons shall wash thereat, now these were four, Aaron, Eleazar, Ithamar, and Phinehas. 5. Their manner of washing at the Laver, was thus, [p] Id. ibid. R. Sol. in Ex. 30. He laid his right hand upon his right foot, and his left hand upon his left foot, and the cock or spout running upon them, he thus stood stooping and washed hands and feet together: And he that went about the service with unwashen hands and feet in the morning, was liable to death by the hand of heaven: And none might enter into the Court to do the service there till he hath bathed, yea though he were clean: And in the service he must stand upon the bare pavement, so that here was exceeding hard and bitter service all the winter when he must bathe his body in cold water before he enter, and wash hands and feet in cold water being entered, and stand in thin linen and on the cold stones all the while he was there. Sect. 2. Solomon's ten Lavers, 1 King. 7. IT is not much important to question and search whether the Laver made by Moses in the Wilderness escaped the fate of time and survived to be set up in Solomon's Temple, [a] Vid. D. Kimch. in 2 Chron. 4. as some Jews assert; but it is pertinent to observe, that were it, or were it not, Solomon made exceeding great provision in that case, and to that end, for which the Laver was ordained, and as in all other particulars of the Temple he shown and provided for magnificence as well as he did for necessary use and for conveniencies: so in this provision for water for the occasions of the Temple, he did not only take care for abundance, but he did it with that cost and sumptuousness, that only himself in the other things he did can show a parallel. I believe neither any story, nor any Founder's Art, did or will ever show such, masterpieces of Workmanship in that skill and in that mettle, as were his Lavers and his molten Sea: and the Holy-Ghost hath been as copious and precise in the description of these two, but especially of the former, as in any piece of Art or Workmanship, especially of that bigness in all the Scripture. The great addition that Solomon made to the first pattern, in the number of Candlesticks, Shewbread tables, and Lavers, was not only in state neither, but something in figure seemeth to have gone along with it; namely, that there might be signified the abundance of light, bread of life, and Purifying, that was to be exhibited in and by him whom the Temple did represent: And as Moses his single parcels did hold out a signification of these things themselves; so his decuplated number did hold out the happy abundance of them to be found in him that is all light, life, and holiness. The Lavers, ten in number, and all of one mould, cize, and fashion, were for the washing of the parts of the Sacrifices that were to be washed, as the Sea was for the bathing of the Priests. Their situation was five on either side the Court, over against the Altar and place of slaughtering, as evenly and conveniently as they could be set: For howsoever [b] Id. ibid. some of the Hebrew Doctors have been of a mind, that all the ten Tables of shewbread that Solomon made stood on one side of the house, and the Table that Moses made just in the midst of them, and the like by the ten Candlesticks and the ten Lavers; yet is the Text so plain about the Lavers that they were placed five on the one side of the house and five on the other, 1 King. 7.39. that it do not only put the matter out of all doubt for them, but it doth confirm the like for the two other sufficiently, if there were no other confirmation. The fashion of every one of the Lavers (for by any one of them you may view all the rest) is described by the Holy Ghost to this purpose. First, there was a flat piece of brass, of a very great cize for length, breadth, and thickness, borne upon four wheels: such pieces are not to be seen in these our days, and it is great odds that no days have showed such but only these; for every piece is said to be four cubits long, and four cubits broad, and three cubits high: and since in the world we cannot find a piece of brass to parallel them withal, we must compare them to something of another material, and so let us liken them for proportion to a stone or marble Table of those dimensions. The Septuagint (by what misprision, it is hard to tell) have made the length of every one of them five cubits & the height six, and so [c] Jos. Antiq. l. 8. cap. 2. Josephus who constantly followeth them hath followed their error, upon which mistake we shall not spend time: that that [d] R. Sol. in 1 Kings 7. Rabbi Solomon giveth occasion to scruple at, is better worth looking after, and that is, whether when the Text saith that the height of every piece was three cubits, it mean that it was so thick, or that the upper side of it was so fare from the ground as it lay upon the wheels. Of these two things the latter seemeth to be the more probable upon these two considerations. 1 Because it is not said, the thickness, but the height of it was three cubits, as showing that it meaneth not the massy thickness of the piece, but that as it stood supporting the Laver, the surface of it was so high from the ground. 2. There was no need of so vast a thickness, either for the weight that it was to carry, or for the sumptuousness that it was to bear, but half such a thickness would more than abundantly discharge both the one and the other. And therefore the conception of our Rabbin is very probable, and not unfit to be entertained, and that is, that whereas the wheels are said to be a cubit and an half high, vers. 32. it is not to be understood of the full height of the ring of the wheel, but of the height from the ground to the axletree or laying on of this massy piece of brass, and that this piece was a cubit and a half thick itself, and so the surface of it lay three cubits high from the ground. These huge pieces of brass are called by the Original 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (which word the Lxx and Josephus reserve in the Greek, and write it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉) which our English hath well rendered A Base, and so hath the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the very Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: For as when Moses was commanded to make the Laver, he was also commanded to make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Base Exod. 30.8. (which our English hath translated his foot: not to be conceived a long leg or shank whereon the Laver stood, but some flat massy piece of brass whereupon it was to sit) so for the setting and settling of these Lavers, this base of this cize and description was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as [e] R. Levi Gerson & D. Kimch. in 1 King. 7. the Rabbins style it a seat or settle for the Laver to rest upon. Now whereas it is said, that every base had four brazen wheels, vers. 30. it is not to be so taken as to apprehend that they stood two and two on a side, as our Coach wheels or Wagon wheels do, but as the base was square, so there was a wheel on every side the square. And this appeareth at vers. 32. where it is related, that the wheels were under the borders, and we shall observe by and by, that the borders were on every side. The wheels that Ezekiel saw in his vision, chap. 1. were placed in the like posture, namely, standing square and not one edging before another. Thus lay the base upon his wheels: And now for the working of it up unto its completeness; we are first to observe two rows of brazen staves or bars (but not very long) melted of the same piece with the base, standing up, tone row upon the very edge of it round about, and the other standing a little more inward, (and that but a very little) upon it. These are those that the Text calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and which word almost all the learned in the language both Jews and Christians, do say doth signify 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 staves or bars set in rows like the staves of a Ladder, and which, if I may make so homely a comparison, I may resemble to the staves of a Cart standing on either side it, save that this had staves all about, and these too in a double row, whereas a Cart hath but single. Between this double row of stays, there was a border or board of brass, if I may so term it, put between and stood up between them all about upon every side of the square, upon which border were engraven the representation of Oxen, Lions, and Palm trees. This border in the Original is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and that in the plural number, not because the row of the bordering was doubled as the row of staves, but because the one border went about upon every side of the square; and under the border on every side stood a wheel. At the foot of the staves and border, namely, upon the very edge of the base outward, there were large shelves of brass laid round about, not level as our shelves that we set any thing upon, stand against a wall, but sloping and descending much after the manner as weather-boards are laid over windows to put off the reins. The Hebrew Text calleth these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Appendices made in a descending manner, rendered by the Italian, our English and some of the Rabbins, additions made of thin work: The use of these shelves or additions, was, that upon them the Priests might wash what they had to wash, and the filth by reason of the slopeness of the shelves or benches might still run off: For the washing of the parts of the Sacrifice, was not in the Laver itself, but in water running out of the Laver in cocks and spouts, which ran upon these benches or shelves, and they cast the water, both from off the edges of the base, and from off the wheels which stood under them as under a covert. At the head of the rows of the staves, there was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Base above, v. 29. that is, some rest or settle edging inward, upon which the sides of the Laver did rest as it sat down into its base. David Kimchi conceiveth that it may mean a bench, or rest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereon to set a tankard, or some lesser vessel by which they took water out of the Laver: but if it be considered how high it was to the top of the Laver, this will be found a very improbable way for getting of water out of it, and necessity itself will enforce us to conclude that the water they had out of it, they had at cocks: This upper rest or base was gathered into a circle or coronet, which is called a chapter in our English and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Original, of a cubit and a half over, and about this circular edge as near as it would bear a square, a square bordering was set, engraven as those below, and so the Laver bottom being set in this coronet, it stood raised two degrees or ascents of borderings above the base: This bordering above the Coronet was a cubit high, and the Laver bottom for that height was but of the breadth of a cubit and an half over, but than it flowered over and dilated itself so, as that it lay over the upper bordering, and that it sat upon and over the lower bordering and the staves, and came out even with the edges of the base, and this spreading of it out is called its mouth, ver. 31. and so we may observe that the Laver was round in the bottom and square in the top; (we shall observe the just contrary in the molten Sea) and at the four corners of the base, with which the four corners of the Laver pointed and flowered even, there were square brazen pillars, melted with the base itself, and of one piece with it, the feet of which stood upon the ground and their heads stood under the points of the Laver to bear it up, and to keep it steady: These pillars are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shoulders in the Text, and they are said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the side of every one of the sloping shelves, because at their joining to the base these shelves joined to it also, and at every corner of it these shelves were jointed to these pillars and their ends rested upon them: Now the feet of these Pillars stood not upon the very ground, but there was a square of brazen planks cast also with the rest, which lay on the ground upon which these pillars and the wheels stood, and these the Hebrew calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which the Chaldee and the Rabbins do explain by another word of the very same letters, but transposed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Board's or Planks. And now let us take up the Text that containeth this story about the Lavers, in a Paraphrase verse by verse along with it, & as near the words of it as we can for the better understanding of the description, which is as copious as the description of any so little a piece in all the Bible, and as abstruse as the description of any piece whatsoever, great or little. 1 Kings chap. 7. vers. 27. And he made ten bases of brass, four cubits was the length of every base, and four cubits the breadth, and three cubits the height of the surface of it from the ground. Verse 28. And this in the work of every base: they had borders, and the borders were within rows of staves. Verse 29. And upon the borders that were within the rows of staves, there were Lions, and Oxen, and Cherubins: and upon the head of the rows of staves there was another base or settle: and at the foot of the staves, or below the Lions and Oxen, there were additional boards set in a slope and descending fashion. Verse 30. And every base had four wheels of brass, and planks of brass; and the four corners of it had shouldering pillars; the pillars were cast to be under the Laver, at the side of every one of the additional boards. Verse 31. And the mouth of the Laver, that is, the spreading and dilating of itself into its full square, was from within the circular coronet that the upper base made, even from a cubit above it: and the mouth of that coronet was round like a base a cubit and an half over: and also about the mouth of it engravings and borderings stood up a cubit high, but set about it in a square, and not in a circle. Verse 32. And the four wheels were on the four sides under the borders: and the axle trees of the wheels were joined to the base, and the height of a wheel to the base, was a cubit and an half. Verse 33. And the work of the wheels was like the work of a Chariot wheel: their axle trees and their naves and their felloes and their spokes all molten. Verse 34. And there were four shouldering pillars at the four corners of every base, these shouldering pillars were of the base it elf. Verse 35. And on the top of the base, even at half a cubit height above the surface of it (so high were the rows of staves) there was the round compass of the coronet of the upper settle: and on the top of the base, the staves and the borders that were there, were of one piece with itself. Verse 36. And he graved upon the plates of the staves and upon the borders thereof Cherubins, Oxen, and Palm trees according to the proportion of every one: and there were so on the sloping shelves round about. Verse 36. And he made ten Lavers of brass: one Laver contained forty baths, and every laver was four cubits square: and upon every of the ten bases was one laver. SECT. III. The Molten Sea. IT was an equal wonder of Art, that so great and vast a vessel as the molten Sea should be cast, and that when it was cast it should be got up from the plain of Jordan where it was cast, to the Temple: Being brought thither, it was set upon twelve brazen oxen, at the East end of the Court of the Priests towards the North-east corner. The dimensions and contents of it are thus accounted by the book of Kings, It was ten cubits from the one brim to the other, it was round all about, and his height was five cuhits, and a line of thirty cubits did compass it round about: And it contained two thousand haths, 1 King. 7.23.26. with which account the book of Chronicles doth agree exactly in every point but only in the last, and there it differeth exceedingly, for it saith it contained three thousand haths, 2 Chron. 4.5. Now that difference breedeth no small difficulty how to reconcile it, and that is not all the difficulty in this story of the molten Sea neither, for it is not easy to cast, how so small a compass (though it was indeed a huge compass for one vessel) should contain so great a quantity of water. The Bath of the Hebrews which was the greatest liquid measure that they had in use, was within a very little (a pint or such a thing) even and equal with the receipt of our English bushel, or 8 gallons: now how a vessel of but 5 cubits deep and often cubits from side to side, should contain 3000 baths, or near upon 24000 gallons of water, is of some difficulty to imagine: The cubit in this vessel is to be taken parallel to its measure in other vessels and parts of the Temple, and so that particular will help nothing to a resolution. The Jews have deservedly taken this scruple into their consideration and dispute; and the conclusion that they have made upon the doubt and debate is this, [a] Talm. in Erubhin per. in Gemar. & R. Sol. & Kimch. in 1 King. 7. that this Sea was square in the bottom for three cubits high, and every side of the square was 10 cubits broad, and so the whole was forty cubits about: and this squareness they go about to prove from the oxens standing in a square facing under it (in which opinion they are fare different from their Countryman Josephus, for he saith that the Sea was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [b] Joseph. Ant. lib 8. cap. 2. fashioned in form of an Haemisphere, or half a globe, which if I understand a right, doth augment the scruple that we are upon. And they say withal that the upper part of it, namely for the height of the two upper cubits it was round, and they contracting into the round and circular form did so much take in the compass which lay out in the four corners of the quadrangle below, that now it was but thirty cubits about, according as the text saith, that a line of thirty cubits did compass it round about. In which assertion although they speak that; which is uncouth, and not ordinarily apprehended upon this matter, yet is their dispute so rational if it should particularly be given at length, that if it be not found on the sudden worth the believing, yet certainly is the matter very well worth the considering, and so be it left to consideration. Now as for the difference which is between the book of Kings & the book of Chronicles about the contents of this vessel (which is a doubt more obvious and conspicuous to the eye) whilst one saith it contained two thousand baths, and the other, three thousand, the answer that is given generally by the Hebrew writers, may be some satisfaction (which is, that of liquid it contained but two thousand baths, but of dry things that would lie heaped above the brim, it would hold three) though I believe there is more in it. The molten Sea was for the Priests washing themselves in it against they went about the service, 2 Chron. 4.6. Now their washing being twofold, either of their hands and feet, or of their whole bodies, this vessel served for both, but in divers manner: Their hands and feet they washed in the water that ran out by some cocks and spouts out of it, but for the washing or bathing of their bodies they went down into the vessel itself: Now had it been always full of water to the brim, it had been too deep for them to stand in, and would hazard their drowning; therefore there was such a gage set by cocks or pipes running out continually, that the water was kept at such a height, as should serve for their purpose abundantly, and yet should not at all endanger their persons: And so may we very well reconcile the difference in question by supposing, that the text that saith that it contained two thousand baths meaneth, the common and constant quantitity of water that was in it, that was fit and served for their washing, and the other that saith it contained three thousand haths, meaneth that it would hold so much being filled up to the brim. About the body of this huge vessel, there were two borders of engravings, the work of which the book of Kings calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Chaldee and the Jews interpret Ovals, but the book of Chronicles calleth them Oxen: not in their full proportion but the heads only, and the rest in an oval, in stead of the body, and it is conceived by some that out of these heads, or out of some of them the water issued forth, they being made as cocks or conveyances for that purpose. The supply of water to these huge vessels (and that so abundantly that they were not only always full, but continually ran out and yet were full still) was from the well Etam of which we have spoken before: And the Jerusalem Talmud in the treatise Joma, speaking particularly of this molten Sea, and how it was for the Priests to bathe their bodies in against they came to the service, it proposeth this question [d] Talm. Jerus. in joma. per. 3. Aruch. in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Maym. in Beth Mikd. per. 5. But is it not a vessel? Yes, but Rabbi Jehoshua the son of Levi saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A pipe of water cometh into it out of the well Etam: The meaning of the dispute is this; It was not lawful to bathe for purification in a vessel, but in a gathering of waters upon the ground, and how then might the Priest's bath in the molten Sea which was a vessel? To this Rabbi joshua giveth this satisfaction, that the Sea was as it were a spring of water, for water ran into it continually out of the well Etam, and accordingly water run continually out of it. SECT. IV. Basins, Chargers, Dishes, etc. King Ptolemies and Queen Helen's tables. IT is not to be imagined that either the numbers, or the names, or the several fashions, or the several uses of all the vessels in the Sanctuary should be given: it is odds there were but a very few Priests though they waited there, that were able to give a precise distinct account about these things: therefore our going about to speak of them, it is rather because we would not say nothing, then from any hope or possibility we have, to give an estimate or description of them any whit near unto the full. Their number was so great that they were reckoned to 5400 in Ezr. 1.11. and ninety and three are averred by the [a] Tamid. per. 3. Talmud to be used every day about the daily sacrifice: and in the treatise joma it appeareth that [b] joma per. 3. there were special vessels for the service of the day of expiation, & that King Monobazes made golden handles to them; & so other peculiar services had their peculiar vessels, in so much that partly because of the multitude of employments of vessels at some certain times, and partly because of the change of vessels at special times, the number could not but be very great, nor is it to be supposed certain: the piety of one or other still offering one vessel or other in devotion. The several fashions and cizes of them are rather to be guessed at then determined, and the uses to which they were put must help us better towards such a conjecture, then either their names do or any description we can find of them. 1. There were basins in which the blood was taken when the beast for the Sacrifice was slain, as Exod. 24.6. and these the Jerusalem Talmud thinketh to be those that are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Agartalin Ezr. 1.9. [c] Talm. jerusan joma per. 3. Thirty Argatalin of gold. R. Samuel bar Nachman saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In it they gathered the blood of lambs. A thousand Agartalin of Silver: R. Simeon ben Lachish saith, it was that wherein they took the blood of bullocks. 2. There were dishes out of which the blood was sprinkled on the Altar; and these are held to be called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kephorim, in the place alleged out of Ezra: and to be the same with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mizrakim, of which word there is frequent mention in the Scripture: [d] R Sol. in Ezr. 1. Kephorim (saith Solomon Jarchi) are Mizrakim and they are called Kephorim, which betokeneth cleansing, because he that took the blood in this vessel wiped off the drops and blood that sluek on his hand, on the side of the dish: which action we have taken notice of in handling the manner of sprinkling the blood on the horns of the Altar: So that, in these Jews construction, Ezra reckoneth by name but the two sorts of vessels that were first and most certainly used in the service, namely the great Chargers or Basins in which they took the blood and the lesser dishes out of which they sprinkled it: And it may be the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that every one of the 12 Princes offered at the dedication of the Tabernacle Num. 7. were these two sorts of vessels: The Mizrakim are said to be before the Altar, Zechar. 14.21. 3. There were great voiders or trays, as I may call them, of gold or silver, in which the inwards of the beasts were taken and brought to washing, and brought when they were washed to the Altar: And dishes in which Salt was brought for the salting of all the sacrifices. And dishes in which the meat-offering was mingled, and other dishes in which it was offered. And it may be these that brought the inwards or the meat-offering, were those that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaneth, if that word meaneth any vessel at all, as it is thought it doth, in 2 Chron. 24.14. Some think it meaneth pessels (saith Kimehi) wherewith they pounded the spices for the incense: But in mine opinion it was a little vessel, wherewithal they took wine out of the Hin for the drink-offerings: And so it is used in the words of the Rabbins, The maids of the house of Rabbi at he was teaching them in the language of wisdom, said, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 go into the tankard: that is, the little vessel wherewith all they drew wine out of the tankard, etc. I shall not trouble myself nor the reader about this word nor about his opinion; the translation that our English hath made of it is not only very facile, but also very warrantable. 4. There were vessels out of which they poured the drink-offering, it may be those are they that Josephus calls Phialas, Vials [e] Ios. Ant. lib. 11. cap. 1. as he reckoneth the holy vessels upon the place of Ezra before alleged, but nameth more kinds than he doth: let the reader draw among all the names he useth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which may be the title of these drinke-offering vessels that we are about; I should choose between the two last, and take Phialae the rather of the two: and the pouring out of the vials in the Revelation may chance receive some illustration, by the readers reflecting upon the pouring out of the vial of the drink-offering. 5. There were chafing-dishes to take coals from the Altar for the burning of the incense, and dishes wherein to take ashes from the Altar, and from the Altar of incense, and dishea for frankincense and the dishes Teni and Cozimo, which they used about the candles and incense Altar: and Censer or perfuming pans for the incense, Dishes about the shewbread, and such variety of dishes, basins, vials, cruses, tankards and such like vessels, that it were an endless labour to speak of them or seek after them particularly. To which may be added, the axes, knives, flesh-hooks, forks, fire-pans, tongs, snuffers, pots, caldrons, the vessel Pesachtar (a word used by the Chaldee Paraphrast Exod. 27.3, etc.) and the instruments of music, of which we have spoken elsewhere, the mortars for making the incense; and when we have reckoned all we can, we are sure we cannot reckon all, and therefore must leave them to supposal and conjecture. And to the discourse of them which I must leave thus imperfect, let me add two utensils more, which indeed were not of the like nature with these that have been spoken of, yet may well come in mention with them, because they were all furniture of the same house, and those were two golden tables, but of several natures and uses, bestowed by Ptolemy Philadelphus' King of Egypt, and Helena, mother to Monobazes. [f] Arist. in hist. Lxx. Jos. Ant. l. 12. cap. 2. Aristeas and josephus after him, relating the story of Ptolemies sending for the Septuagint to come to him to translate the Bible, they tell what sumptuous bounty and gifts he bestowed upon the Temple and presented thither; and among other things that they spoke of (as a great sum of money, certain golden and silver goblets, and certain golden vials, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉) they mention and describe a golden table, of that richness, cost and curious workmanship, as the like hardly to fellow it in any story, as the reader may peruse them in the places cited in the margin, for I shall not spend time upon their description. There is relation also in the Talmudick treatise Joma, of a golden table of Queen Helen's bestowing and devoting, but it was not of the fashion and nature of any tables that we have mentioned hitherto, but it was of a form and quality far differing from them. It was not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mensa, but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tabula, and the tradition concerning it is thus: [g] joma per. 3. Queen Helena mother to King Monobazes made the golden candlestick that was over the Temple door; And she also made the golden table on which was written the Section of the law concerning the suspected wife. Num. 5. So that this was a written table hanged upon a wall, and not a table with feet standing upon the ground, as those were of which we have spoken. The Gemara of the Jerusalem Talmud informs us about it in these words: [h] Talm. Jerus. jbi. fol. 41. She made the table of gold on which was written the Section of the suspected wife, and when the sun risen, the beams sparkled on it, and so they knew that the sun was risen. And what was written on it? R. Simeon ben Lachish in the name of R. januai saith, Aleph Beth was written on it. But behold the tradition it: As was the writing on the one side, so was the writing on the other: It was not thick nor thin, but a mean between both. As was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that was on the one side so was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that was on the other. As 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the one side, so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the other. R. Hosaiah saith, All the Section of the suspected wife was written on it, and out of it be read and interpreted the whole Section. It seems this table hung upon the wall of the gate of Nicanor, for in that the trial of the suspected wife was made, the manner of which we have observed elsewhere. As there were tables and candlesticks of gold 2 Chron. 4.7, 8. in the holy place, so there were tables and candlesticks of silver which were used in other places, 1 Chron. 28.15. as in the Courts and in the Priest's chambers. SECT. V The Priest's Garments. IT will not be much necessary to spend large discourse upon this subject about the garments of the ordinary Priests which they wore in the service, since we have described the vestments of the Highpriest at large in another place, who wore all the same garments that the other priests did, but he wore other also, we shall therefore but briefly touch these particulars concerning them. 1. That the garments wherewithal the Priests were arrayed when they were about divine service, were peculiar for that place and occasion, and differing from the garments that they used in their ordinary wearing. Some Jews think there were such Priestly garments before the law, and they speak of such, bequeathed from father to son in the holy line even from Adam to Isaac, and they think the vesture in which Jacob obtained the blessing was of this nature: but about this we shall not be inquisitive. 2. The Priests when they were come up in their courses to the service, put off their ordinary wearing clothes, washed themselves in water, and put on the holy garments: See Leu. 1.6. [a] Tamid. per. 1. Yea whilst they were at the Temple and attending there on the service, any of them that would sleep by night, he slept not in the holy garments, but in his own wearing clothes, and in the morning when he was to go to his service, he put off his own clothes, bathed himself in water, and put on the garments of the Priesthood. These expressions in Scripture, Put off the old man, and be renewed and put on the new, Ephes. 4.22, 23, 24. Put on the Lord jesus Christ, Rom. 13.14. Baptised into Christ, and putting on Christ, Gal. 3.27. Washed from our sins and made Priests, Rev. 1.5, 6. Not unclothed but clothed upon, 2 Cor. 5.4. seem to allude to this custom. 2. The holy garments of the Priests were of white linen, [b] Rab. Sol. in Exod. 28. and they consisted of four parcels whereas the High-priests garments were of eight parcels, and they were of other colours as well as white: And, as hath been observed elsewhere, every Priest was first tried by the Sanbedrin, whether he were right and fit, and being so found he had his white garments put upon him, all which garments were found at the public charge. The man clothed with linen with a writers inkborne by his side, Ezek. 9.3. Walking with Christ in white, Rev. 3.4. Araying in white robes, Rev. 7.9, etc. do seem to refer to this holy garb and colour of the Priests. 3. Upon their feet they wore nothing at all whilst they served, but stood in the Court barefooted, were it never so cold; nay though they were barefooted, yet might they not stand upon any thing to keep their feet from the cold pavement, but must stand barely upon that, were the service never so long and the season never so sharp: The reason of their barefootednesse was because of the holiness of the ground, as Exod. 3.5. Iosh. 5.15. and the reason of their standing only on the bare stones, was to show their fervour and zeal to the service. 4. Upon their thighs and loins they wore linen breeches to prevent the discovery of their nakedness, Exod. 28.42. either when they stood upright aloft upon the Altar, or when they stooped down to any work of the service either there or in any other place. And here I cannot but think of that ridiculous passage in [c] Martial. lib. 3. epig. 24. Martial. in lib. 3. epig. 24. which such a provision as this might have prevented: And of that passage in the treatise Tamid [d] Tamid. per. 5. where some of the Priests are said to be delivered to the Chazanim or overseers, and they stripped them of their garments, and left nothing upon them but their breeches. 5. Upon their bodies they wore a linen coat or surplice which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod. 28.4. by the Lxx. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: upon which Nobilius maketh this comment: [e] Nobil. in Lxx in Ex. 28. Graecam dictionem retinet S. Hieronymus ad Marcellam. S. August. q. 114. habet cum cornibus etc. Hierome retaineth the Greek word (Cosymbotam) Austin in quest. 114. translates it with horns, and addeth that the Latin interpreters thought it better, to call it the coat with horns, then if they had said, with tufts. But others interpret it straight and girt: which interpretation seemeth not impertinent, seeing that afterward in this same chapter Cosymbi and Cosymboti do signify knots. But others translate it out of the Hebrew, Ocellatam, or chequered. And so it might be showed from the original of the Hebrew word used, that it so signifieth, and this linen was wrought diaper-like, with chequer or diced work or some such kind of workmanship, which set it out with neatness as well as it was white. 6. This coat was girt to them with a long scarf, which went divers times about them like a swaddle, which was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and which both helped to keep them warm in their thin clothing, and to strengthen their backs in their hard service, which sometime they met withal, tugging with the beasts that they were to slay, and lifting at them whem they were killed. 7. Upon their heads they had a bonnet or a mitre, which was also a linen scarf often wrapped and wrapped about their heads, after the manner of the Turkish Tullibants, as is more fully described in the Temple-Service cap. 4. In these four parcels of vesture, the High-priests and the other Priests were alike, for the Highpriest wore these as well as they, but he had four other parcels over and above which they might not wear, and by which he was singularly distinguished from them; and these were 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The coat of the Ephod: this the Lxx call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Ephod itself, which he put upon that coat, and clasped it together over his paps with a curious girdle. This helpeth to understand that in Rev. 1.13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Breastplate: in which were put the Urim and Thummim Exod. 28.30. which in the Apostles application seem to signify faith and love, 1. Thes. 5.8.4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The golden plate upon his forehead in which was written 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The holy one of the Lord (compare Luk. 4.34.) which have been particularly spoken to in the tract and place cited a little above. As the Priest's garments were provided at the public charge, so when they were overworn they returned to the public again, for their coats and breeches etc. were ravelled to make varne for the lampo●, and for the lights at the solemn nightly festivity in the feast of Tabernacles, and it is like, for the Priests candles in their chambers. SECT. VI The anointing oil. THe appointment and composition of anointing oil is laid down in Exod. 30.23, etc. where the Lord commandeth thus. Thou shalt take unto thee principal spices, of pure myrrh 500 shekels, and of sweet Cinnamon half so much, even 250 shekels: and of sweet calamus 250 shekels: and of Cassia 500 shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuary, and of oil olive an hin: And thou shalt make it a holy anointing oil, etc. The simples need not to be disputed of, only I cannot but observe and wonder at the conception of Rambam about one of them, who holdeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mor which our English hath very properly translated Myrrh to be [a] Maim. in keel Mikdash. per. 1. the congealed blood of an Indian beast: whereupon one of his glossaries takes him up thus. [b] Gloss. ibid. It cannot enter into my head, that they would put the blood of a beast into any holy composition, much less, of a beast unclean. But 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mor is that that is spoken of in the Canticles, I am come into my garden my sister, my spouse, I have gathered my myrrh. For the making up of these simples into the compound of the anointing oil, the way and manner is recorded to have been thus: [c] Ibid. They were bruised every one apart, and by themselves, and then were they mingled and boiled in clean water, till all their strength was come out into that decoction: which decoction strained and having oil put to it, was again boiled to the height of an ointment and so reserved. This anointing oil was only in use in the times of the Tabernacle and first Temple, and with it were their vessels sanctified, according as was appointed in the place of Exodus even now cited, and described Levit. 8. but there was no such ointment under the second Temple, for there the vessels were sanctified by their very use and serving in them: and so indeed was the Temple itself: For there was neither cloud of glory to sanctfie the house, nor divine fire to sanctify the Altar, nor holy oil to sanctify the vessels, nor Vrim and Thummim to honour the Priests, and yet was the place and service then as holy as it was before. God by this abatement of those external advantages and excellencies, and yet by the continuance of the honour of his worship and service, making way to the dignifying of the spiritual worship under the Gospel, when such external and visible appearances of his presence were not to be looked for, & when all ceremoniousness in holy things should be abolished and laid aside. With the holy oil whilst it was in use and employment, was the Highpriest anointed, as well as other things, and when the use of the oil ceased, then was he consecrated by the arraying of him in the garments appointed for the High-priests wearing, and he was said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 consecrated by the vestments, as we have observed in another place. The manner of his anointing whiles that was used, is described by the Talmudists to have been 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [d] Ibid. after the form of a Greek Chi: They anointed the Kings (say they) after the form of a crown, but the Priests after the form of a Chi. what means, after the form of a Chi? [e] Talm. in Kerithuth per. 1. R. Menasses the son of Gada saith, after the form of a Greek Chi. But what meaneth this? [f] R. Sol. in Leu. 8. R. Solomon saith it was first poured on his head, and then put between his eyebrows, and drawn this way and that way with the finger of him that put it there: which others express thus [g] Aruch in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one poured the oil upon his head, and it ran down this way and that way, like two pearling droppings upon his beard, as Ps. 133.2. The oil and anointing wherewith the Priests and the vessels of the Lords house were sanctified did denote the Word and the Spirit of God, whereby he sanctifieth the vessels of his election, even persons of his choice, to his service, and acceptance: Oil and anointing do signify the Word as well as the Spirit, And in that sense should I interpret the anointing in 1 joh. 2.20.27. Ye have an unction, that is the word, from the holy One, and ye know all things by it. And the anointing, that is, the word, which ye have received of him abideth in you: and ye are not to seek for teaching from any man, for the same word hath taught you abundantly of all things, etc. CHAP. XXXVIII. The Emblem of the Divine Glory at Temple. Ezek. 1. Esay 6. Rev. 4. etc. Explained. THe Prophet Ezekiel saw the visionary Glory that he hath described, chap. 1. and chap. 10. four times over. 1 At the River Chebar among the captives of his own captivity, chap. 1.1. that is, that captivity which was carried away with Jechoniah, for than was he himself captived. 2 In a plain among the captives of the other captivity, that is, Jehoiakims, Dan. 1. who dwelled indeed upon the coasts of the same River, but at some distance from the other, chap. 3.15, 20, 23. 3 In the Temple, chap. 8.4. And 4 at the renewed Temple again, chap. 43.2, 3. The vision and glory that he saw, was thus; Ezek. 1. vers. 4. Behold a whirlwind out of the North, etc.) Out of the North appeared a stormy cloud, with fire wrapped in it, which flamed into a brightness all about, and in the middle of all was as a glowing fire. For out of the North, namely, from Babel, was a storm to rise and fire to come, that was to destroy both City and Temple, and that should cause the glory of the Lord which dwelled there, to come out thence as out of burning, as this glory that he saw which represented that, came out of this fire. Verse 5. Four living creatures, and this was their appearance, they had the likeness of a man.) That is, in stature and proportion of body, thighs, and legs, they had the likeness and erect shape of a man; only their head and feet and some particulars else were different, of which he giveth account in the following verses. Verse 6. But every one had four faces, etc.) I render the conjunction 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But; because (the Particle bearing it) it being so translated, giveth the clearer and the readier sense. They had the likeness of a man, But every one had four faces. And in verse 7. The same particle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 being translated exegetically, For, doth also clear the sense, Their feet were strait feet, for the sole of their feet was as the sole of a calf's feet. And they sparkled, etc.) that is, their feet sparkled like burnished brass, for the brightness of their bodies is described at verse 13. Verse 8. And the hands of a man were under their wings on their four sides; so had they four their faces and their wings.) That is, they had their faces and their wings on their four sides: namely, a wing on their breast and a face that way, a wing on the back and a face that way, and a wing on either shoulder and faces likewise, and under their wings every way was a man's hand and arm. Verse 9 Their wings were joining one to another.) This is explained at vers. 11. They turned not about when they went, they went every one strait before his face) Which way soever they were to go, they needed not to turn their bodies, to set their face that way as men and other creatures do; who when they are to go this way or that way, they turn their bodies till their faces stand the way they are to go: but these did not, nor needed they to do so; for go which way they would, they had a face that led them that way. Verse 10. As for the likeness of their faces &c.) Every one had the face of a Man before, and the face of an Eagle behind, the face of a Lion towards the right hand, and the face of a Bullock towards the left. It is not much important to dispute, whether they had four heads as well as faces, or only one head faced on every side; I should rather hold for the former, and could give some reasons that sway me to that opinion, but I shall not insist upon them here. Some there have been that have conceived that the quarters of their faces are named in reference to their standing towards Ezekiel, as that the face towards Ezekiel was a man's, the face which was upon Ezekiels right hand (which was the left hand of the Cherub) was a Lions; the face on ezekiel's left hand (which was the Cherubs right) the face of a Bullock; and the face of an Eagle behind: but they that have been of that opinion have not observed, that the four living creatures stood not in a strait line all facing Ezekiel, but in a square posture, as shall be showed by and by. These living Creatures are called Cherubins by this Prophet very often, chap. 10. and by that name, laid to this description, he teacheth us how to conceive of the form of the Cherubins that we read of so oft in Scripture, as the Cherubins upon the Mercy seat, and the Cherubins that overshadowed the Ark in Solomon's Temple, and the Cherubins wrought in the Tabernacle Curtains, and carved upon the Temple walls, etc. namely, of this feature or having so many faces; saving that in the embroidery of the Curtains and sculpture upon the walls, only two of the four faces could be made to appear. And so it is evident in Ezek. 41.19. where he saith there were Cherubins and Palm trees carved upon the walls, so that a Palm tree was between a Cherub and a Cherub, and every Cherub bad two faces: so that the face of a man was towards the Palm tree on the one side, and the face of a young lion was towards the Palm tree on the other side. Their other two faces were to be conceived obscured in the wall as if they were looking into it. But it may not pass unobserved that these two faces of a man and a lion, were not the cherubs opposite faces, that is, that before and that behind, but they were his face before and his face on the right side: and hence I have one reason to conjecture that they had four heads as well as four faces, because it will otherwise be very harsh to imagine how his fore-face and right side-face should be set to look before and behind. Now these two faces of a Man and a Lion were the faces that the Cherub that stood upon the right hand of the Ark as it stood facing the people, looked upon the Ark and the people withal, his humane face toward the Ark, his Lions towards the people: And we shall observe afterward how those whom the Cherubins represented, had in office to look mutually towards God and his people, and were Mediators between them. The Prophet in chap. 10. vers. 14. reckoning the four faces of these Cherubins again, gins with the face of a bullock first, which was a left hand face, and instead of the face of a bullock, he calls it the face of a Cherub: was not the face of a Lion or Eagle the face of a Cherub, as well as the face of a Bullock? It seemeth strange therefore that he should call the Bullocks face, the face of a Cherub rather than any other: But the reason seemeth to be taken from this consideration: The Highpriest when he went into the most holy place up to the Ark, the Cherub that stood by the Ark upon his right hand, whither he was more ready to look then on his left, stood facing him with the face of a Bullock. Now the Prophet in this place is speaking of God's glory flitting from the Temple, where it dwelled especially on the Ark between the Cherubins, and as if he looked at that right hand Cherub, which was now flitting from his station and removing, so he nameth that face that looked upon him: and he calleth the face of a bullock, the face of a Cherub, because that was the face of the Cherub that was most looked on and observed by him that went into the most holy place. Verse 11. Thus were their faces● and their wings were parted upward,) Though their wings joined one to another at the setting on, yet they opened and parted upward, as also do the wings of other flying fowls: who though they grow near together at the roots, yet they spread and part wider and wider toward the points: And the like in some parity may be conceived concerning the parting of their faces, that they grew upon one root as if were but parted upward, into so many heads: and so the construction of the verse seemeth to carry it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, where the Particle in the beginning of the verse is not ordinary, and requireth observation: It may very well be rendered, Buth their faces and their wings were parted upward. Two wings of every one were joined one to another, and two covered their bodies, etc.) The description of the living creatures in Esay 6. and the parallel to them and these in Rev. 4. must help us to interpret this eleventh verse, about their wings. The Apocalyptick calls them living Creatures, and numbereth them four, and nameth their four faces punctually as this Prophet doth, but reckoneth their wings to be six apeace, Rev. 4.8. Esay nameth indeed the living Creatures that he saw by another name then either John or Ezekiel do, yet he meaneth the very same, both for number and form, for he saw the very same glory of God that these describe, that is, God's glory at the Temple, as the very first verse of that chapter doth explain it: And in this sense is the word His glory to be understood, Job. 12.41. He saw four living Creatures, with four faces, and in all things like to these described here, as to their form and proportion, and he saith every one of them had six wings, Esay 6.2. The Prophet Ezekiel saith no less as to that matter, although he speak it not so very plainly out: for laying verse 11. and verse 23. together, we shall find the account of their wings to be to this purpose, and the same number. They had wings that were parted above: these were the two wherewithal they flew: And they had other two which joined one to another, over their heads, these are parallel to those wherewithal Esay saith they covered their faces: and they had two wherewithal they covered their bodies: those are they that he saith covered their feet: Thus is the eleventh verse to be understood: which the 24 speaketh parallel to, and something explaineth. It is said there, that under the firmament (which was over their heads) their wings were strait one towards another: and they had two wings which covered on this side, and two wings which covered on that side: and the meaning thereof is this, that they always carried two of their wings strait upright, joining together over their heads, and when they stood still they covered their bodies with four wings, two on back and belly, and two on either side: Whereas it is said in verse 24. that when they stood they let down their wings, it is to be understood only of those two wings wherewithal they flew, for they had every one of them two wings that they never let down, and they were those wherewithal they covered their faces; and they had two other which they never lift up, and they were those wherewithal they covered their back and belly, or secret parts before and behind. For that expression of Esay, They covered their feet, meaneth, they covered their secret parts: for in that sense is feet sometime taken in Scripture, as The baire of the feet, Esay 7.20. And thus are we to reconcile those two verses in this first chapter of Ezekiel, which seem to be dissonant, the one whereof, namely, verse 11. saith that with two of their wings they covered their bodies; and the other, which is verse 23. speaks of four that covered their bodies; which mean distinctly thus, that two of their wings continually covered their secret parts before and behind, and they never lifted them up; and when they stood still, they let down their wings wherewith they flew, and with them covered their sides. And so it appeareth that their two flying wings grew out at their shoulders, and the wings wherewith they covered their faces, grew out at their breast and back, and those grew out below them that covered their secret parts. Verse 12. And they went every one before his face whithersoever their mind was to go, etc.) Went they backward, forward, sideway, any way, they had every one a face to go that way, and needed no turning about to set their faces that way they would go. Verse 13. Their appearance was like burning coals of fire, etc.) Hence Esay calleth them Seraphim, or burning one's; and that the rather, because fire is there threatened to the Temple. It went between the living Creatures, etc.) It, that is, fire: Every one of the living Creatures was of a glowing and flaming brightness, glowing like coals of burning fire, and flaming like Lamps, and yet besides this firinesse that they carried every one with them, there was fire also in the midst of them, of a great brightness and flashing as lightning: So in Rev 4.5. Out of the Throne went lightnings and thunders and voices. Thus was the appearance of these Cherubims, one thing more being added out of Ezek. 10.12. That their whole body and their backs and their hands and their wings were full of eyes: The like is said Rev. 4.6. Now their posture or manner of standing was such, that standing still or moving, they were in a square form, as if four men should stand so, as to make a square space or a quadrangle in the midst between them: Their quadrangular standing, was (as I may so express it) lozenge-wise, or after the Diamond square, one looking toward the South with his humane face, and another with his humane face towards the North, a third with the same face toward the East, and the fourth with the same towards the West. Thus they stood when they stood, and in this quadrature they moved when they moved: and to this sense is that passage to be understood in chap. 10.6, 7. where it is said that fire was between the Cherubims, and one of them reached fire from between them, that is, out of the square space that was in the midst of them as they stood. And so is Ezek. 1.15. which is the next verse that comes to be explained, to be understood. Verse 15. And behold a wheel on the earth by the living Creatures 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on his four faces,) That is, on the four sides or faces of the square body as it stood; namely, a wheel before every one of the living creatures on the outside of the square: A wheel before him that stood with his humane face looking East, and a wheel before him that stood with his humane face looking West, and so before them that stood looking North and South: Or if you will apprehend this whole body as it stood in its square, in the form of any of the living Creatures as he was single, do but conceive that one stood looking East with his face of a Man, and another West with his face of an Eagle, another looking South with his face of a Lion, and the fourth looking North with his face of a Bullock; and so you have the four several faces on the outside of the square, and the four several faces on the inside of it, and the four wheels standing before the outside staves. Verse 16. As it were a wheel within a wheel,) The fashion of every wheel was so, as it were one wheel put cross within another, so that they could run upon either of these crossing rings as there was occasion: were they to go Eastward, they ran upon the one ring, but were they suddenly to turn South, than they ran upon the cross ring: And so as the living Creatures had faces to lead them any way, so had these wheels rings or rims to go on any way: And this is meant in verse 17. when it said, they went upon their four sides, and turned not when they went: Not but that they turned about as wheels do when they go, but when they were to change their way, as to go from East to South or North, or from West to either of these quarters, they needed not to fetch a compass and wind about to set themselves to go that way, but they readily turned upon the crossing ring and needed no more ado. And thus did the living Creatures stand in one square, and the wheels in another square about them: And let us take a pattern of their motion, supposing the living Creatures to stand with their humane faces looking severally to the four quarters of heaven. Were they to move East, he that stood East his humane face led him, and his wheel ran before him; He that stood West, his eagle's face led him, and his wheel followed him; He that stood South, his face of a Bullock led him; and he that stood North, his Lion's face led him, and their wheels ran beside them: Were they to turn suddenly South? he that stood South, his humane face led him, he that stood North, his Eagles, he on the East his Lions, and he on the North his Bullocks, and now the wheels ran upon the other ring. Verse 18. Thus were their rings,) That is, one cross within another: And they were high, and they were reverend,) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 It were an easy sense, if the clause were translated, And they were dreadful, that is, wheels had their dreadfulness as well as the living Creatures: But since the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth most properly and most generally signify, the inward affection of fear or reverence, it seemeth in this place to mean the reverential and attendent posture in which the wheels stood, ready to move or stand according to the motion or standing of the living Creatures, and both they and the living Creatures observant of that presence and glory, upon which they waited: Had it been 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it might very well have carried it into that construction, but being 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it may the better countenance this that is produced, and R. Solomon speaketh of some that did so interpret it. Such was the fashion of this divine chariot, of living creatures and wheels, the creatures drawing as it were and acting the wheels, whithersoever they moved, and the wheels moving or standing together with them in all voluntariness and compliance: Now the Lords riding upon this glorious carriage, is described in the verses following; An azure sky just over their heads, borne up as it were with the points of their wings which they held upright over their heads covering their faces with them: Above that sky a Throne, on which sat the resemblance of a man all fiery; from his loins upward like fire glowing, and from his loins downward like fire flaming: and a brightness in the form of a rainbow round about him Compare Rev. 4.2.3. And now to take up the moral or signification of this Emblem, we will first begin with the consideration of the general intention of it, and then descend to the application of particulars. That it intends in general to signify and character out unto us, the Lords glory and presence dwelling at his Temple, and among his people, these observations will make it past doubting or peradventure. 1 The Temple is very commonly in Scripture styled by the name of God's Throne, as Jer. 17.12. A glorious high Throne from the beginning is the place of our Sanctuary, Ezek. 43.7. The place of my Throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel, etc. Which the Lord proclaimeth when his glory was returned to the renewed Temple, as is apparent in the verses immediately preceding. And so the Prophet Esay saith, I saw the Lord sitting upon a Throne high, and lifted up, and his Train filled the Temple, etc. And the house was filled with smoke, etc. Esay 6.1, 4. Where he charactereth the Lords sitting parallel to his dwelling in the cloud of glory upon the Ark, and from thence filling the whole house with the train of his glory. And so in the book of the Revelation, where the Lord is enthroned, with such living Creatures attending him as are described here, there are so plain intimations, that it meaneth his glory at his Temple, that nothing can be plainer: for when there is mention of a Sea of Glass before the Throne, and of seven Lamps, Rev. 4. v. 5, 6. and of a golden Altar of incense, chap. 8.3. and of a voice from that Altar, chap. 9.13. etc. the allusion is so clear to the molten Sea, seven Lamps of the golden Candlestick, the Altar of incense, and the Oracle given from beyond it, which all were before the Ark where the Lords glory dwelled in the cloud, that the matter needeth no more proof then only to observe this: And that the throne and glory of God throughout all that description meaneth in this sense, there is evidence enough in that one clause in chap. 16. v. 17. a voice came out of the Temple of heaven from the Throne. 2 Ezekiel himself showeth that this glory referred to the Temple, because he hath showed it pitched there, flitting thence and returning thither again. 1 He saith, that the glory of the God of Israel was at the Temple, namely, that that he had seen and described in the first chapter, chap. 8.4. though he be there in numbering up the abominations that were committed in the Temple, which were great and many, yet doth he relate that this glory was there still, because the Lord had not yet withdrawn his presence thence. But 2 At the last the provocations in that place do cause it to departed; and that departure he describeth in the tenth chapter, and there he setteth forth the very same glory, and almost in the very same terms that he doth in the first chapter. He telleth that this glory of the Lord departed from off the Cherub, that is, from off the Mercy seat, where it had always dwelled between the Cherubims, and went out, first to the threshold, vers. 4. then to the East gate, vers. 19 then to the City and to the Mount Olivet and so departs, chap. 11.23. But 3 When he speaketh of and describeth a new Temple, than he showeth his glory returned thither again, chap. 43.2, 3, 4. And upon these three particulars of its pitching at the Temple, flitting thence and returning thither again, we may take up these observations for the further clearing of this signification. 1 That the Prophet maketh some distinction betwixt the glory of the Lord dwelling upon the Cherub, that is, on the Mercy seat, over the Ark, and the glory of the Lord upon these Cherubims: for he saith the glory of the Lord went up from the Cherub, and stood ever the threshold of the house, these Cherubims then standing on the right side of the house, chap. 10.3, 4. and then that the glory of the Lord departed from off the threshold of the house, and stood over the Cherubims, vers. 18. The glory of the Lord in the representation that the Prophet describeth in the first chapter was upon the Cherubims already, for he saith the glory of the God of Israel was there according to the vision that I saw in the plain, chap. 8.4. and yet he mentioneth another glory now added to it: namely, the cloud of glory that dwelled upon the Mercy seat, for he saith that upon the flitting of that glory from off the Cherub to the threshold, the house was filled with the cloud; the meaning of this we shall look at afterward. 2 As to the flitting of this glory from the Temple, the Prophet saith he saw it when he came to destroy the City, chap. 43.3. that is, when he came to foretell that the City should be destroyed. And he dated the time of his first seeing of this glory, in the fifth year of the captivity of Jehoiakim, chap. 1.2. which was the fifth year of the reign of Zedekiah, 2 Kings 24.8, 17, 18. in which very year Zedekiah did rebel against the King of Babel, which action was the very beginning of Jerusalem's ruin. 3 As to the returning of this flitted glory again to the new built Temple, chap. 43. it is observable that the cloud of glory which had descended and filled the Tabernacle, and had done the like at Solomon's Temple, did never so at the second Temple, or that built after the Captivity, as the Jews themselves confess, and that not without, good reason: Yet doth the Prophet as clearly bring that glory into his new Temple, as ever it had come into them: but only that this was in a vision, and so it shown visionarily, the Lords dwelling in his Ordinances and presence among his people under the second Temple, unto which the People returned out of Babel, and in the spiritual Temple or Church under the Gospel (for Ezekiels new Temple promised a bodily Temple to the returned, and promised, and typified a spiritual Temple under the Gospel) even as he had done visibly in his cloud of glory, in the Tabernacle and first Temple. And 2 he addeth further, that when that glory was entered, the East gate at which it came in, was shut and never opened after, chap. 44.2. to denote the Everlasting dwelling of the Lord in the Church of the Gospel among his people, and never departing as he had done from Jerusalem Temple. This then being the signification of this appearance and glory, in general, we are next to look upon the particulars of it, which will more fully also confirm and clear this matter, and first we will begin with the living Creatures, or Cherubims. For the better discovery of them what they were, and what they meant, these things do deservedly challenge special considering and observation. 1 That they are plainly distinguished from Angels: For in Rev. 5.11. there is mention of many Angels round about the Throne and about the living Creatures, and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands: And in Rev. 7.11. All the Angels stood round about the Throne, and about the Elders, and the four living Creatures: So that here is apparent difference between Angels and living Creatures both in their names and in their placing: For the living Creatures were about the Throne, the 24 Elders about the living Creatures, and the innumerable multitude of Angels about all. 2 That they were such as Christ redeemed from the earth; For observe in Rev. 5.8, 9 The four living Creatures as well as the four and twenty Elders fall down before the Lamb, etc. saying, Thou wast slain and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood, out of every kindred and tongue, and people and Nation, and hast made us unto our God Kings and Priests etc. So that the living Creatures were redeemed, and were of people and Nations, and were made Kings and Priests as well as the 24 Elders, which cannot be applied to Angels. 3 That these living Creatures or Cherubims are never mentioned but in vision or Hicroglyphick; In vision, as in these places that have been cited of Esay, Ezekiel, and the Revelation, and in Hieroglyphic, as the Cherubims covering the Ark, and wrought in the Tabernacle Curtains, and on the Temple ways. It is true indeed that it is said in Gen. 3. God placed Cherubims at the gate of Eden, which is only for the fuller and more feeling apprehension of the thing, the Cherubims being such forms as with which the people were best acquainted seeing them in the Tabernacle curtains. 4 They therefore being thus constantly held out in a doctrinal and significative tenor, as visions and Hieroglyphics are, they are to be expounded to such a doctrinal and figurative sense, and so is the whole body of glory, as I may so call it, the whole visionary theatre or spectacle that is before us to be taken. And first to begin with the quadrature or foursquare posture of the whole appearance, which was touched before, and now a little more to be considered on. There is intimation enough in Ezekiel, that the four living Creatures stood square, with a fire in the midst of them, and the wheels in a square on the outside of the square of the living Creatures: but in the Revelation it is yet more plain, for there it is said the four living Creatures stood round about the Throne, which could not be but in a quadrature, one before, another behind, and one of either side; for how else could four stand round about it? The Throne then meaning the Temple as was showed before, this double quadrature about it, doth call us to remember the double camp that pitched about the Tabernacle upon the four sides of it, East, West, North, and South: When the Lord did first platform and order the encamping of Israel in the Wilderness. 1 He pitched his own Tabernacle in the middle, as that being the very Centre, heart, and life of the Congregation, and they being all to attend upon it, and God thereby declaring himself to be in the midst of them, Leu. 26.11, 12. 2 He pitched the Tribe of Levi in four squadrons on the four sides of the Tabernacle next unto it: for they being the Ministers that attended upon the public service, and that drew near unto the Lord, and were Mediators 'twixt God and his people, the Lord caused them to encamp next unto his Sanctuary, and betwixt the Camp of the people and himself. 3 The outmost of all, in four main bodies on the four sides of the Tabernacle, and of the Levites Camp, did the whole Congregation pitch, and so there were two quadratures, the Levites about the Sanctuary and the Congregation about the Levites. See Numb. 2. Answerable is the platform here, and the quadrangular posture is in reference and allusion to that, and from thence must we explain it. In the midst was a quadrangle of fire: and upon every side of that quadrangle a Cherub, and on the outside of the Cherubims even before every one of them was a wheel. And in the Revelation, A Throne in the middle, four living Creatures next about it, and the 24 Elders about them. So that by this parallel to Israel's Camp from whence the platform both in the Prophet and the Apocalyptick is taken, the four living Creatures did signify the Priests and Ministers of the Lord, and the wheels in the one, and the 24 Elders in the other did represent the people or the Congregation: And this will arise clearer and clearer still to our observation, as wegoe along to consider their place, actions and descriptions. 1 I know it is conceived by some that the 24 Elders in the Revolution were nearer the throne then the Cherubims (and that opinion must needs conclude the like in Ezekiel) but the contrary is apparent by these observations. 1 That (besides what hath been said upon v. 15.) in Ezek. 10.6. a man clothed in linen, being bidden to take fire from between the wheels, from between the Cherubims, he first goeth in within the compass of the wheels, and then a Cherub taketh fire from the midst of the Cherubims and reacheth it to him. 2 It is said there again at v. 9 that the four wheels were by the Cherubims, whereas if the wheels had been inmost it had been proper to have said, the Cherubims were by the wheels. 3 And at v. 18. It is said the glory of the Lord stood over the Cherubims, and chap. 1.22, 26. etc. It is said the Throne of God was just over their heads, and there is no mention of being over the wheels, which shows it very unlikely that the wheels were in the middle of the Cherubims. 4 In Rev. 5.6. the platform is named thus, In the midst of the Throne, and of the four living Creatures, and in the midst of the Elders; the Throne in the midst, the living Creatures next, and the Elders outmost: and so again in v. 11. etc. 5 In chap. 4.4. It is said that about the Throne were four and twenty seats, and on them four and twenty Elders sitting; and at verse 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: which is a hard piece of Greek to construe, because there is an ellipsis of a particle, which not observed, hath produced but harsh interpretations of the place. The Syriack hath rendered it In the midst of the Throne, and about it and before it; the most translations, In the midst of the Throne, and about the Throne, which how to make a smooth exposition of, is hard to find. The particle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seemeth to be understood, which expressed, the sentence would run thus, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, that is, between the Throne and the encompassing that was about it (of 24 seats and Elders on them) there were four living Creatures. Thus then was the place of the living Creatures, next the Throne; and that being the place of the Levites next the Sanctuary, it showeth that these Cherubims or Creatures, did represent the Ministers and the wheels, and 24 Elders did represent the Congregation. And this will yet appear the clearer by observing that the living Creatures were the first agents and movers continually in any expedition or employment, as the Ministers were in the public service. In Ezek. 1. & 10. the wheels moved or stood, according as the living Creatures did first. And in the Apocalypse the living Creatures first praise and worship, and then the Elders, chap. 5.14. The four living Creatures said Amen, and the 24 Elders fell down and worshipped, etc. chap. 4.9, 10. When the living Creatures give glory and honour, etc. the 24 Elders fell down, etc. 2 And now to come to the consideration of their figure and resemblance, and first to begin with their four faces; the Jews acknowledge that these four faces were severally pictured in the four Standards of the squadrons of Israel's Camp, as they pitched in the quadrangular form that hath already been spoken of. There were figures (saith * Aben Ezra in Num. 22. Aben Ezra) in every Standard and Standard: And our Ancients do say that in the Standard of Reuben, there was the picture of a man, and in the Standard of Judab the picture of a Lion, in the Standard of Ephraim the picture of a Bullock, and in the Standard of Dan the picture of an Eagle, so that they were like the Cherubims which Ezekiel saw: With which assertion Ramban also agreeth, and Targum Jonathan doth not much dissent, and this opinion was entertained as an ancient Tradition of the Nation: upon what ground, and upon what references of these Pictures to the Tribe and Standard to which they belonged, it is not much material to insist upon, to debate here. Upon the observation that these representations were severally in the standards of Israel's camp, some have concluded, that therefore the four living creatures which bore these representations did signify the Congregation or people, and not the Levites or Ministers: which is unproper to conceive, because such a construction allotteth all the four figures to every standard, whereas all the four standards did but make up and carry these four figures amongst them all. But it is not improper to allot all these four figures to every one of the squadrons of the Levites, for every one of them, nay every particular one of the Priests and Levites had interest in and relation to the whole Congregation, as being Ministers in their behalf: And as Aaron carried all the tribes upon his shoulders and breast, so are the Ministers in these emblems of the living creatures, deciphered as carrying the faces of all the standards of the whole Congregation: because of their reference to the whole Congregation, they serving at the Temple for it. What allegorical interpretations are made of these four faces, I shall not trouble the reader to produce, every one may find one such application of them or other as his conception upon them shall lead him to it. As for the rest of the proportion of these living Creatures, they are especially remarkable for their wings and feet, for the rest of their bodies was like the body of a man: Two of their wings were always erect over their heads covering their faces, from under which they spied as it were at their way they were to go, and at the glory they attended on: which pertinently denoteth the reverential respect that the Ministers of the Lord have to his glory and to the mysteries of his counsel; compare 1 Pet. 1.12. With two other wings they covered their secrets, in sign of humble sensibleness of their own deformity, and with two they flew, in signification of ready activity and attendance for and upon the Lord's service; their feet were in fashion like to the feet of a bullock, and in colour like to burnished brass: according to which latter character the feet of our Saviour are described Rev. 1.15. His feet like unto fine brass as if they burned in a furnace. Every one will be ready to frame an allegorical application of these circumstances, according to his own conception: It may be some (if they take those living creatures to represent the Ministers as I suppose they do) will when they read of their feet like to the feet of bullocks, apprehend that it is, because they trod out the corn of the word for the people; and as that was also done with a wheel, so there are wheels here in the like manner: It may be they will think they are described thus footed for the fit setting them forth as the drawers of this divine chariot. It may be they will suppose the beauty and shining brightness of their feet, may signify the holiness of their ways shining in sanctity and burning in zeal: It may be they may think of the Priests feet red for cold as they stood upon the bare stones in their service, and they seeming unsensible of it as are the feet of bullocks, and such variety of apprehensions will be ready to be taken up upon these things, that a man may speak his own thoughts and opinion in this matter, but not readily bring another to be of his mind, The likeness of these living creatures all over their bodies, was as burning coals of fire, and like the appearance of lamps Ezek. 1. v. 13. for the faithful ministers of the Lord are as a flame of fire, as Psal. 104.4 shining in life and doctrine like lamps and lights, job. 5.35. Mat. 5.14, 15, 16. and by the word of the Lord even devouring the disobedient, as jer. 5.14. I will make my words in thy mouth fire, and this people wood and it shall devour them. The fire that was in the midst of these Creatures, which went up and down among them, and out of which proceeded thunderings and lightnings, Ezek● 1.14. Rev. 4.5. may draw our thoughts to the Altar and fire there, and to observe the Priests standing on the 4 sides of it in their attendance on it (and so Esay saith, one of the Seraphims took a fiery coal from the Altar and touched his lips with it, Esai. 6.6, 7.) as these living Creatures stood on the four sides of a quadrangle of fire which was in the midst of them, or rather it so plainly denoteth the word of God among his ministers, and the thunderings and lightnings and voices do so clearly relate to the giving of the word at Sina●, that so to allegorise it, is without any straining at all, especially considering how commonly the word of God is compared to fire in the scripture, as Deut. 33.2. jer. 3.14. &, 23.29. & 20.9. 1 Cor. 3.13. Thos were these living creatures which did resemble and emblem the Lord Ministers: the emblem of the people or the Congregation was two fold; in Ezekiel, wheels; in the Revelatron, four and twenty Elders, and these latter help to understand the meaning of the former. As the Ark and Cherubims upon it and by it are called th● chariot of the Cherubims 1 Chron. 28.18. the Lord there riding as it were in his glory and presence, in the cloud that dwelled upon it, even such another composture doth Ezekiel describe here, the divine chariot of the Lord, of his glorious and triumphant riding and sitting among his people in his word ordinances and his presence in them: And it is remarkable what is spoken by Ezekiel in chap. 10.4.18. of which mention was made before when he saith, That the glory of the Lord went up from the cherub and stood ouber the Cherubims: which meaneth but this, that that glory which had dwelled upon the Ark in the most holy place, did now departed and came to dwell upon this other chariot which he had described, of living creatures and wheels donoting this, that though the visible presence of the Lord which had appeared in the cloud of glory upon the Ark were now departed, yet was his presence still among his people in that manner which he emblemed in that Scheme, namely his ministers & people attending him in his word and ordinances, and acting and moving according thereunto. And in the description of this divine chariot, you may observe, that the living creatures or ministers, are charactered out. as both the body of the chariot and they also that acted the wheels: for the Lord rideth upon their ministry (as it were) and his name is thereby carried where he pleaseth: and they are those whom he useth by that ministry to draw and move the people to obedience, and conforming to his word: and there the Lord doth ride triumphantly among a people, as Psal. 45.4. where ministers and people in joint and sweet harmony and consent, do agree and concur to carry up the word, name, and glory of the Lord, and both do act in the power of the word and ordinances: the ministers ministering, and the people moving or standing according to the direction and influence of that word. What the Apocalyptick meaneth by the four and twenty elders, he himself giveth some explanation of in chap 21.12.14. where he speaketh of the gates and foundations of the new jerusalem, parallel to the twelve tribes of Israel, and the twelve Apostles of the Lamb. And as these twelve and twelve, were the beginnings as we may call them, the one number of the Church under the law, and the other number of the Church under the Gospel, so under the sum and number of both these united together, or under the notion of these four and twenty elders he intendeth the whole Church or Congregation both of Jews and Gentiles. Both wheels and living Creatures are described full of eyes, in Ezek. 1.18. Rev. 4.8. because of the great measure of knowledge the Lord vouchsafed to his people, and to denote the heedfulness of the Saints in their walking before him. The Lord himself is described dwelling upon them and among them, in bright glorious and majestic representations, but withal, encircled with the likeness of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain Ezek. 1.28. Rev. 4.3. which was the emblem of the Lords Covenant with his people: as Gen. 9.13, 14, 15. CHAP. XXXIX. The motions and stations of the Ark and Tabernacle. THe Tabernacle (which in its time was as a moving Temple) being brought into the Land of Canaan by Joshua, [a] Maym. in Beth habbech. per. 1 & Ral. bag. in Josh 4. was first pitched and set up at Gilgal, the famous place of their first encamping, Josh. 4.19. but the Ark and it were parted asunder, immediately after the pitching of it: For that was carried into the field and marched with them in the wars of Canaan: Josh. 6.12. & 8.33, etc. while the Tabernacle stood without it at Gilgal, and there the Sanbedrin sat near unto it, with a strong camp as a guard for defence of both: Josh. 9.6.15. & 20.43. The time of the Tabernacles standing there, was till the land was conquered, and Judah and the sons of Joseph were seated, Josh. 18.1. which was seven years: though [b] Maym. ubi supr. & Seder Olam. some of the Jews do allot it fourteen: in which time, as they also assert, high places were lawful, and it was permitted to offer sacrifices elsewhere then at the Tabernacle: because in that time they were abroad in the wars, and their condition was unsettled. Before the Tabernacle was first set up [c] Talm. in Zevachin. per. 14. (say they) high places were permitted, and the service was done by the first borne: But after the Tabernacle was erected, high places were prohibited, and the service was performed by the Priesthood. The most holy things were eaten within the curtains, and the less holy in any part of the camp of Israel. When they came to Gilgall, high places were permitted again: and the most holy things were eaten within the curtains, and the less holy in any place. The memorable monuments that had been at Gilgal, did leave it as a place of honour and renown, and did prove occasion in after times of exceeding much superstition, will-worship and Idolatry there: for there they sacrificed bullocks, Hos. 12. 11. and all their wickedness was there, and there the Lord hated them Hos. 9.15. [d] Kimch. in Hos. 9 either because they renewed the Kingdom in Gilgal 1 Sam. 11.12. and refused the Lord to reign over them, or because the Tabernacle had been first set up at Gilgal, and that was a choice place, thereupon the Prophet of Bawl persuaded them there to worship Baal. When the Land was conquered and now at peace, they removed the Tabernacle from Gilgol to a town of Ephraim, for his birthrights sake, and set it up there and called the place Shiloh or Peaceable, because the Lord had given them rest from their wars and from their enemies round about. Here was built house of stone, for the Tabernacle [e] Talm. & Maym. ubi supr. as the Jews suppose, but only it was not roofed over with any thing, save with the curtains with which it had been covered from its first making: and this they ground from 1 Sam. 1.9. because it is called a Temple, and 1 Sam. 3.15. because it is said to have doors. The time of the abode of the Tabernacle at Shiloh (Ephrata or in the tribe of Ephraim, Psal. 132.6.) was from the seventh year of the rule of joshus to the death of Eli 349 years, in which time occurred all the story of the book of judges, and the translation of the Highpriesthood from the line of Eleazar to the line of Ithamar, which is not there mentioned, and the cause of which alteration is not recorded. [f] Zevachin ubi supr. In this time high places were prohibited: and at Shiloh, there was no roofe but a house of stone below and curtains above: and it was a place of rest: the most holy things were eaten within the curtains, and the less holy and second tithe without etc. In these times there is mention of a Sanctuary at Shechem: Iosh. 24.1.25.26. which meaneth only the house where the Ark was lodged for that present time: for all the tribes meeting at Sb. chim, and being to make a Covenant with the Lord, they fetch the Ark of the Covenant thither, that the presence and dread of the Lord might be more visible among them, and the place where the Ark was set for that time was called the Sanctuary: as Moses tent was called the Tabernacle of the Congregation, because the glory of the Lord rested upon it before the Tabernacle of the Congregation itself was built. Exod. 33.7. From Shiloh, upon that fatal blow that Israel received by the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4. the Ark was captived, into the land of these uncircumcised, and the Tabernacle removed into another tribe, and they so parted that they never met again, till they met together at Solomon's Temple. The Tabernacle was removed to Nob, a city of Priests 1 Sam. 22.19, in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 11.31, 32. and by the Jews Choregraphy, with in the sight or prospect of jerusalem. The Chaldee Paraphrast glosseth Esay 10.32. where there is mention of this town, thus: [g] Chald par. in Esai. 10. He came and stood in Nob a city of Priests before the Wall of jerusalem: He answered and said unto his army, Is not this the city of Jerusalem for which I have mustered all my Army, and for which levied all my province! behold it is less and weaker than any of the cities that I have subdued. He stood and nodded his head and waved his hand against the mountain of the house of the Sanctuary. For (saith Kimchi) from Nob he might see jerusalem, and when he saw it from thence he shaken his hand at it as one despising it. I shall not be curious to inquire whether Nob were any of the four cities that were allotted at the first division, to the Priests, out of the tribe of Benjamin, Josh. 21.17, 18. or whether it were of a latter possession (as Ramah was to the Levites of the stock of Samuel, 1 Sam. 1.1.) or if Nob were one of those four first cities (and the same with Almon, for the other three are clearly distinguished from it, Esai. 10.29, 30.2 Chron. 1.30) whether it were Baburim, which the Chaldee paraphrast constantly rendereth Alemeth, the same with Almon 1 Chron. 6.60. I shall only observe this, that when the Tabernacle had left the tribe of Joseph one of the sons of Rahel, it be takes it to Benjamin another son of the same mother. The warrant of its conveyance hither I doubt not was divine, by some prophetical direction, though it be not expressed: I dare aver that the removal of it from hence to Gibeon was so, though that be not expressed neither, and I judge of the one by the other: and my reason is this; because when David brings up the Ark to his own city and there settles the Priests and Levites in their attendance upon it, he also settles Priests and Levites in their attendance on the Tabernacle at Gibeen ● Chron. 16.39, 40, 41, etc. Now what reason can be given why David should not rather have fetched up the Tabernacle to his own city as he did the Ark, than thus divide the service of the Priests and Levites, but because he knew the Tabernacle was placed in Gibeon by divine warrant and direction and he would not alter it? If the Tabernacle removed to Nob presently upon the captiving of the Ark from Shiloh, it resided there about 37 years, all which time Samuel is alive, and seethe both the fall of Shiloh and the fall of Nob, and it may very well be, he was the director of the Tabernacle from Shiloh to Nob, and from Nob to Gibeon: In the time of its residence in both these places high places were permitted (as the Talmud conceiveth in the place cited even now) and the most holy things were eaten within the curtains and the less holy things in any city of Israel. At Gibeon another place of the tribe of Benjamin, did the Tabernacle stay from its first pitching there, till Solomon brought it up to the Temple when it was built: and whilst it stood here, a memorable plece of Divine justice against Saul cannot but be observed (to omit all other particulars) for as he had slain the Priests of the Lord, and had ruined the Tabernacle at Nob, so his sons are hanged up before the Tabernacle in Gibeon, 2 Sam. 21.9. And now let us trace the Ark as we have done the Tabernacle till we bring them together. The Ark being captived by the Philistines in the battle at Aphek, was detained in their Land seven months, rather because they knew not what to do with it, then for any comfort or happiness they found in it, for it was a plague to their gods, people and Country: At last it was restored: and first to Bethshemesh, a city of Priests, Josh. 21.16. but there it proved also the destruction of the people: The Hebrew Commentators do scruple both at the cause of the slaughter, and at the number slain: The cause is not so very abstruse, for the text saith it was because they looked into the Ark (though their various construction of the words hath bred their doubting) but it is something strange that Bethshemesh a town of no great note should lose fifty thousand and seventy inhabitants at one time (besides what escaped) a number of people answerable to the greatest cities. The Commentators spoken of, having observed this improbability will heal the matter with as improbable a gloss: Seventy men (say they) which were valuable, every one to fifty thousand; and others retaining the scruple still, do raise it higher by their interpretation, for the fifty thousand men (say they) were every one of them valuable to the seventy men in the Sanhedrin. The text doth plainly distinguish of the persons, for it saith, that he smote of the men of Bethshemesh because they looked into the Ark, and he smote of the people: For the return of the Ark had occasioned no doubt the concourse of the people all about, besides the inhabitants of Bethshemesh (it was now upon the time of the feast of Tabernacles when the Ark came up to them, and it may be that might cause the more conflux to the Ark when it was come) and the Lord for the boldness of Priests and people that would be looking into the Ark, breaketh out upon them with the plague, and destroyeth so many thousands of them. The Priests of Bethshemesh that had escaped, sent to the men of Kiriathjearim to fetch up the Ark to them, and so they do. It is equally questionable, why they that were Priests should send about such a matter as this to the men of Kiriathjearim which were not, and that the men of Kiriathjearim should venture to fetch up the Ark, when they had seen the speeding of Bethshemesh by it: But the Lord had now forsaken the tribe of Ephraine, in which tribe Shiloh stood, and had made choice of the tribe of Judah Psal. 78.67, 68 of which Kiriathjearim was a chief city: and whether he used the counsel of Samuel to the the people for a means to accomplish his determination, or what other way, is not determinable, but it is brought to pass, and the Ark now seated in the tribe of Judah, out of which it never unsettled again whilst it was in being. A long time whilst it stayed in Kiriathjearim it was under the curb of, Philistine garrison which was in that city 1 Sam. 10.5. which might much damp the people's seeking and resorting to it, especially in this looseness and lukewarmness, or rather utter coldness of religion that was amongst them. However, at the end of twenty years a general reformation doth begin amongst them, and they begin to hearken after God, the Ark and religion, and put away the strange gods that were among them, and God at that very instant doth grant them a miraculous victory against the Philistines. 1 Sam. 7. We read once of the Arkes being within the compass of the tribe of Benjamin before David fetched it up to Jerusalem, and that was with Saul at Gibeah 1 Sam. 14.18. but it was restored from thence to Kiriathjearim as the place appointed for it as yet, by divine direction, for otherwise it might as easily have been set up in Nob where the Tabernacle was now standing. David about the second year of his reign in Jerusalem, fetcheth it up from Kiriathjearim thither, and there pitched an habitation for it in Zion, where it resided till it was translated into Solomon's Temple, save only that once it was taken out to have flitted with David in his flight from his son Absalon, but soon restored to its place again. 2 Sam. 15. At this Tabernacle in which the Ark was lodged in Zion David sets up an Altar, 1 Chron. 16.2. for the offerings at that present time of the Arkes bringing up thither, but not for continual sacrificing: And there he appointed a constant music to attend, of the Levites, but the Priests waited at Gibeon, where the Tabernacle was and the daily sacrifice. CHAP. XL. The state and fate of the first Temple. AT Naioth in Ramah where Samuel and David spent some time together, they platfsormed the buildings of the Temple and the manner of the service: It was an unlikely time for David to think and contrive for such a thing at that time, when he knew not where to hid his own head from the fury of Saul, yet so sure was the promise to him, and so assured was his faith in it, that even from that time he laid the foundation of his thoughts towards the building of a Temple, settling of a service, and even all his time after was preparing towards it. In all his wars and victories he still remembered to dedicate something of his spoils for that purpose, 2 Sam. 8.10, 11. 1 Chron. 18.8, etc. so that at his death he left the greatest sums of silver and gold, and stock of brass and iron and such materials that is recorded in any story: And as he had his first instructions from Samuel, so did he ripen then by the prophetic directions of Gad and Nathan the Prophets, 2 Chron. 29.25. and so settled the Priests and Levites in their courses, and carpenters and masons to work, and had described the platform of all thingsso exactly, that he lest to Solomon in a manner but the care to see the work done, for he had prepared all things before. About eleven or twelve years' space was the work of the Temple in hand, before it was finished, namely four years in hewing stone and framing timber, and seven years and an half in bringing up the building: For David in the last year of his reign hath gathered all the proselytes in the land to the number of 153000 and had set them to work, and so they continued framing and preparing materials till the fourth year of the reign of Solomon, in the second month of which year the foundation of the house was laid, and in the eight month of his eleventh year the work was finished, 1 King. 6.38. and so it was seven years and an half in building, which the text for roundness of number doth count but seven. It was a year within a month after that it was finished before the dedication of it, in which time it is likely, they were getting away the rubbish, and preparing for its consecration, it lying useless all the while, for the providence of the Lord disposed that it should be dedicated at such a time, as that the time should carry a mystery and type with it, as well as the Temple itself. In the eleventh year of Solomon's reign in the month Bul which is the eight month it was finished. 1 King. 6.38. and in his twelfth year in the month Ethanim which is the seventh month it was consecrated: even at the time of the feast of Tabernacles, 1 King. 8.20, 2 Chron. 5.3. or the fifteenth day of that month: Concerning the title Ethanim, by which this month was named, the Jews have these glosset: The Chaldees renders that verse in the book of Kings thus, And all the men of Israel were gathered to the King in the old month, which they called the first month, but now the seventh. [b] Aru. ● in vece 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Some of the Rabbins say it was called Ethanim (which signifieth strength, or strong ones) because the fathers were borne in it which were the mighty ones of the world: And others [i] Levi Gersh. in 1 King. 8. because in it were the greatest seasts: or [k] Kimch. ibi. as others, because in it the fruits were gathered, which are the strength of man's life, etc. But whatsoever was the notation of the name, certainly the remarkableness of that month was singular, in regard of many eminent occurrences that befell in it, of which we have spoken elsewhere, the most renowned of all which was, that our Saviour in that month was borne into the world (and what if on that very day that the Temple was consecrated, namely the 15 day of the month) of whose incarnation and birth how lively a type, the Temple and its dedication were. I need not to illustrate: Thus was the Temple dedicate and the service of it began anno mundi 3001. At the dedication of it, both the books of Kings and Chronicles inform us, that the Tabernacle of the Congregation and all the holy vessels that had been in the Tabernacle were brought up thither, 1 King. 8.4. 2 Chron. 5.5. But the question is, What became of them there, were they used on were they laid up? There are that assert either way: and the latter seemeth the more probable, namely that these things of Moses, upon the rising of a greater and more eminent glory, did decay and were laid aside, as all his Ceremonies were to do upon the rising of the Gospel. The Temple though it were of a heavenly resemblance, use and concernment, as figuring Christ's body, Joh. 2.19. enjoying Gods presence, 2 Chron. 7.16. and Israel's worship, Psal. 122.4. etc. yet being but an earthly building it was subject to the universal condition of earthly things, casualty and changing: Nay there is hardly any state or place in any story, of which may be found more vicissitudes and alterations of condition then of this: and there is hardly any King's time of all those that reigned in the time of the Temple, in which it received not some remarkable alteration of estate or other. In the time of Solomon that built it, it received that vile affront of an Idol Temple built by him in the face of it, and what became of the service of the Temple in these times may be shrewdly suspected: In his son Rehoboams time, it was first forsaken by the ten tribes, and afterward by Judah itself, who fell to Idolatry, and then it was plundered by Shishak. How oft the Treasuries of it were plundered sometimes by forainers, sometimes by their own Kings, how oft itself profaned, as by Athaliah, Abaz, Manasseh, how the service of it either totally slighted, or slightly performed, how Idols set up in it, & Altars to strange gods: how the blood of the Highpriest shed, and the manners of the Priests corrupt, and the house of prayer made a den of thiefs, as also how sometimes again it was repaired, the service restored, the Priests reform, and matters amended with it, is so plainly and copiously described in the books of Scripture, that it were but transcription of the text to recite them in particular. At last it had run out its date, and itself fired and all its precious vessels were captived by the Babylonian: what became of the Ark the Scripture doth not mention, the Jews conceive that it was hid, in some vault that they say Solomon had purposely made against such a time, where it escaped the conquerors fury: but this we leave to their own credit. The time of the standing of this first Temple from its finishing in the eleventh year of Solomon, to its firing by Nebuzaradan, was 420 years. SECT. II. The state of the second Temple under the Persian Monarchy. ALthough between the return out of the Babylonian captivity, and the final desolation of jerusalem, there might seem to be strictly and literally two Temples, that of Zorobabel, and that of Herod, (for Herod began his Temple from the very foundation) yet do the Scriptures, and all Jewish writers so unanimously and generally own them but for one Temple, calling it the second Temple all the time there was a Temple after its first building under Cyrus, that it would be but needless labour and unwarrantable curiosity to take up any other notion or distinction of it. For though the Temple built by Zorobabel were pulled down to the very ground by Herod, when he built that fabric that stood to the last fate of jerusalem, yet since that demolition was not by destruction and ruin, but for reparation and for its bettering, there is no reason to reckon these as two several Temples, but as one Temple first built and then repaired to a more excellent and glorious condition. From the first year of Cyrus (in which he proclaimed redemption to the Captives, and gave commandment to restore and build Jerusalem) to the death of Christ were 490 years, as they be summed by an Angel, Dan. 9 and from the death of Christ to the fatal and final destruction of Jerusalem were 40 years more, 530 years in all. In all which time it were endless to show every particular occurrence, and change of condition that befell the Temple, and it would require a large story and volume: I shall therefore only touch upon the chiefest, distributing the times into those several and remarkable periods that they fell into, and applying the stories to the times accordingly. The first parcel of this time was taken up by the Persian Monarchy, which how long it continued, and for how many King's Succession, is a thing of as disputable and controverted a nature, as any one thing in Chronology: I will keep to the number and names of the Kings of that Throne that we find in Scripture. In Dan. 11.2. there are these words: Behold there shall stand up yet three Kings in Persia, and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the Re In of Grecia. And a mighty King shall stand up, etc. And when he shall stand up his Kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of Heaven, and not to his posterity, etc. It is observable concerning this prophecy and account about the Persian Monarchy. 1 That this was told Daniel in the third year of Cyrus chap. 10.1. and so when he saith, There shall stand up yet three Kings, and the fourth, etc. he meaneth four besides Cyrus, the first beginner of the Kingdom; and therefore some of the Jews do make but a cross reckoning upon this place, who will have Cyrus which was the first, to be meant by this that is called the fourth. 2 The Prophecy speaketh of the length of the Persian Monarchy, till it brings it up to Alexander the great, the destroyer of that Monarchy, of whom it speaketh plainly, ver. 3, 4. and of his Successors afterward, ver. 5, etc. 3 There were therefore, by the account of the Angel here, but five Kings of Persia, namely, Cyrus, and four more. 4 These four are thus named in the Scripture, 1 Ahashuerosh, Ezra 4.6. 2 Darius, Ezra 4.24. & 6.1. etc. 3 Artaxerxes, Ezra 6.14. 4 Darius, Neh. 12.22. To which may be added for the confirmation of this account, 5 That Nehemiah lived quite through the whole length of the Persian Monarchy, being at man's estate the first year of it, Ezr. 2.2. and seeing Darius its last King, and probably his last times, Nehem. 12.12. Nay Ezra who was borne either before or in the first year of the Babylonion Monarchy, yet liveth near the expiration of the Persian: by which it is easy to conclude how far the Heathen histories are out, who reckon 14 Kings successively in the Persian Throne, and 200 years of their ule, before its fall. In the first year of Cyrus, the returned Captires out of Babel only built an Altar, and sacrificed thereon for seven months together having yet no Temple: but in this seeond year, the second month of that year they lay the foundation of the house, Ezra 3.8, etc. the progress of which work is soon opposed, and endeavoured to be made frustrate by the Samaritans all the time of Cyrus, Ezra 4.5. but in his time they prevailed not. In his third year Artaxerxes cometh to the kingdom, who is also called Ahashuerosh, Ezra 4.6, 7. he is persuaded by evil Counsellors to interdict and prohibit the Temple building, and so it lay intermitted all his time, Dan. 10.1, 2, 3. Ezra 4.23.24. Darius succeeded him, called also Artaxerxes, Ezr. 6.1. & 7.1. etc. In his second year the building goes on again, and is finished in his sixth, Hag. 1. Ezra 6.14. And thus had the Temple lain waste and desolate just seventy years, from the nineteenth of Nabuchadnezzar, in which year it was fired, to the second of Darius, when it began to be wrought upon so as that it came to perfection, Zech. 1.12. & 4.3, 5. In the seventh year of this Darius, which was the year after the Temple was finished, Ezra cometh up, Ezra 7.8. and thirteen years after, namely, in the twentieth year of this Darius (called also Artaxerxes) Nehemiah cometh up to Jerusalem, Neh. 1.1. and both help to repair, settle and rectify, Temple, City, and people, as their story is at large in their own books. In the two and thirtieth year of this Darius, Nehemiah having finished what he had to do, about the building, beautifying, and settling of City, Temple and people, he returneth again unto the King, Neh. 13.6. and here ends daniel's first parcel of his seventy weeks, namely, seven weeks in which street and wall should be built, and that in troublous times, Dan. 9.25. By seven weeks he meaneth seven times seven years which amounts to nine and forty: and so there were hitherto; namely, 3 of Cyrus, 14 of Ahashuerosh, and 32 of Darius. After Darius there reigned Artaxerxes, commonly known in heathen stories by the name of Xerxes, the invader of Greece with his huge army, etc. He was a favourer of the Jews at the lest for a while, as it appeareth by that passage in Ezra 6.14. They builded and finished according to the commandment of the Lord, and according to the commandment of Cyrus, and Darius, and Artaxerxes: where this Artaxerxes is set in parallel equipage with Cyrus and Darius for favouring the Temple: It is true indeed the work was finished in the time of Darius, as to the very building of the house, yet were the buildings about it still coming on and increasing, and this Xerxes did favour the work as well as those Princes had done before him. Yet did there an unhappy occurrence befall in this King's time in the Temple itself, which if it did not alienate and change his affection from well-willing to it, yet did it prejudice the Temple in the affection of him that was chief Commander under this King in those parts, whose name was Bagoses: The occasion was this; [a] joseph. Ant. lib. 11. cap. 7. jochanan who was then Highpriest upon some displeasure against his own brother Jesus, did fall upon him and slay him in the very Temple: Bagoses favoured this jesus, and intended to have made him Highpriest, and it is like that jochanan smelled the design, and out of jealousy of such a thing, thought to prevent it by his brother's dispatch: whatsoever was the cause of this his murder, the fruit of it was this: that Bagoses violently presseth into the Temple, which he might not have done, and layeth a mulct upon the people, namely, 40 drachmas upon every Lamb that was to be sacrificed: Ezra and Nehemiah were both now alive, and do but imagine how their piety would digest a thing so impious. The next in the Throne after this Artaxerxes mentioned in Scripture, was Darius, Neh. 12.22. the man with whom the Empire fell under the victorious sword of Alexander the great. In his time another occasion from another brother of an Highpriest occurreth, which accrued not a little to the prejudice of the Temple and the Nation; and that was this, [b] Ibid. cap. 8 Neh: 13.28. Manasseh one of the sons of joiada the son of Eliashib the Highpriest, had married Nicasso the daughter of Sanballat, for which being driven from the Altar and Priesthood, he betaketh himself to his father-in-law to Samaria; and they betwixt them obtain a Commission from Darius, and get it confirmed also by Alexander the great, to build a Temple upon Mout Geri●im, john 4.20. which being built in affront to the Temple of jerusalem, it proved no small disadvantage to it, and the service there: for it not only caused a faction and defection in the Nation, but also it became the common refuge and shelter of all lawless and irregular despisers of discipline and government. In this Darius was the end of the Persian state and Kingdom; having continued for the succession of these Kings, but whether any more, and how many precise years is not easily determinable, what times went over the Temple in their reigns besides what is mentioned here, may be observed in the books of Nehemiah, Ezra, Haggai, Zachary, and Malachi. SECT. II. The occurrences of the Temple under Alexander. [a] joseph. ubi supra. ALexander the great the Conqueror of Darius and overthrower of the Persian Kingdom, did in his own person visit jerusalem and the Temple, coming towards it like a Lion, but he came into it like a Lamb. He had taken indignation at jaddua the Highpriest, Neh. 12.22. because he denied him assistance at the siege of Tyrus (for Jaddua had sworn fealty to Darius.) Hereupon he cometh up towards Jerusalem breathing fire and fury against it, till he came within the sight of the City: There he was met by Jaddua in the High-priests garments, and by all the Priests in their vestments and the people in white: whom when he came near, in stead of offering them violence, he shown reverence to the Highpriest and courteously saluted all the people. When his Commanders wondered at such a change, he told them that in a dream in Macedon, he saw one in the very same attire that the Highpriest was in, who encouraged him to invade the Persian empire and promised to lead his Army and to make him victorious. So he goeth with them into the City, offereth at the Temple, is showed daniel's prophesy concerning himself, granteth favourable privileges to the Jews about their religion, and so departeth. [b] Vid. Juch. fol. 15. It is held by some of the Jews, that in the very year that Alexander came to jerusalem, Ezra, Haggai, Zechary and Malachi died, and the spirit of Prophecy departed from Israel; which if we follow the computation of Heathen stories is a thing of utter improbability, they prolong the Persian Monarchy to so large a time; but if we follow the account of Scripture it makes the improbability a great deal less, as might be showed if we were following the pursuit of Chronology: And if it be questioned how it should be possible, that all Heathen stories that handle the succession of the Persian Kings, should be so fare wide as to double, nay, almost to triple the number of the Kings more than they were, these three things may be produced as those that either severally, or rather jointly might be the reasons of such a mistake. 1 Because every one of the Persian Kings had a double, nay, some a triple name, and this multiplicity of names might deceive the heedless Historian into an assertion of numerousness of persons. 2 The Persian Kingdom was a double Kingdom, Media and Persia, the two arms and shoulders in Dan. 2. now the King of Persia and the Viceroy of Media might be likewise misconceived in aftertimes for two differing Persian Monarches. 3 It was the manner of the Persian Kings when they went into the wars, to create a King to rule at home while they were absent, and this might cause the accounting of so many Kings and of so long a time. And so Herodotus beareth witness that [c] Herod. Polymn. vel lib. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; when the King went to war, it was the Law of the Persians that he should appoint a King and so go his way on his expedition. And this custom was that that made Cyrus his third year to be accounted for Artaxerxes his first, though Cyrus was yet alive, because he left him King at home whilst he himself went to wars abroad. Alexander dying in the flower of his age and victories, his large Dominions obtained so suddenly by the sword, were divided as suddenly again, in a manner by the sword, amongst four of his chief Commanders, according as was prophesied Dan. 8.8. & 11.4. Two of them were Seleucus Nicanor, who obtained Syria, and Ptolemy Lagus, who obtained Egypt, whose families (the house of the North and the house of the South, Dan. 11.) being ill Neighbours one to another, did both of them prove ill Neighbours to judea, and through and under them the people and Temple did undergo divers varieties of fortune, but most commonly the worst. The Kings of these Countries are reckoned these. [d] Vid. Euseb. in Chron. Strab. Geog. l. 17. Kings of Syria. 1 Seleucus Nicaner 32. y. 2 Antiochus Soter 19 3 Antiochus Theos 15 4 Seleucus Gallinicus 20 5 Seleucus Ceraunos' 3 6 Antiochus Magnus 31 7 Seleucus Philopater 12 8 Antiochus Epiphanes 11 9 Antiochus Eupator 2 10 Demetrius Soter 22 11 Alexander 11 12 Demetrius 3 13 Antiochus Sedetes 9 14 Demetrius iterum 4 15 Antiochus Grippus 12 16 Antiochus Cyzicenus 18 17 Philippus 2 [d] Vid. Euseb. in Chron. Strab. Geog. l. 17. Kings of Egypt. 1 Ptolemy Lagus 40. y. 2 Ptol. Philadelphus 18 3 Ptol. Euergetes 26 4 Ptol. Philopator 17 5 Ptol. Epiphanes 24 6 Ptol. Philometor 36 7 Ptol. Euergetes 29 8 Ptol. Physcon 17 9 Ptol. Alexander 10 10 Ptol. Lathurus 8 11 Ptol. Dionysius 30 12 Cleopatra 22 SECT. III. A Brief of the state of the Temple in the times of these Kings. IF we were to write a story of the City and people, as we are of the Temple, here were a very large field before us, for exceeding much of the story of Jerusalem and Judea hath to do with the story of these Kings: but since our confinement is to the Temple only, we shall make a shorter cut, because the peculiar relations that we find about that, are but few in comparison of the general story of the City and Nation. [a] Ios. Ant. lib. 12. c. 3. Seleucus Nicanor, (or Nicator as some do call him) the first of these Kings of Syria, was a great favourer of the Jewish Nation, for he enfranchised them in his Syrian Cities, yea even in Antioch the Metropolis itself: and [b] Id. in lib. Maccab. cap. 3.2 Mac. 3.3. he bestowed benevolences upon the Temple, to an exceeding liberal and magnificent value. But Ptolemy Lagus King of Egypt his contemporary, was as bitter to the Nation as he was favourable: He having his army in the Country, took advantage one Sabbath day of the Jews strict resting on that day, and pretending to come into the City to Sacrifice, he surprised the City, and it is like the Temple sped but indifferently with him, and he carried exceeding many thousands away captive. [c] Aristeas & Jos. ubi ante. His son and successor Ptolemy Philadelphus was again as favourable to the Nation, as he had been mischievous: He sent for the Lxx Elders to translate the Bible, & sent exceeding great munificence to the Temple, which we have had some cause to speak of before. In the time of Ptolemy Euergetes the successor of Philadelphus, the covetise of Onias the Highpriest, had provoked the displeasure of that King, and was like to have brought mischief upon the place and people, but that it was wisely appeased by joseph Onias his sister's son. From the time that Ptolemy Lagus had so basely surprised Jerusalem it was under homage to the Crown of Egypt, till Antiochus the great released it, or changed it rather into subjection to Syria; whether it were of his goodness and devotion, or whether rather out of his policy to make sure the Jews to him [d] Appian. in Syrinc. in the great wars that he had, especially with the Romans he bestowed many favours upon the people, and liberal donations and privileges upon the Temple: And particularly this edict in its behalf, That no stranger should come into the virge of the Temple prohibited; which it may be first occasioned those inscriptions upon the pillars at the entrance into the Chel that we have spoken of, that no stranger should come there upon pain of death. After him succeeded Antiochus Epiphanes (save only that Seleucus Philopater reigned 12 years between) a man or a monster shall I call him? of whom and of whose cursed actings are those prophecies in Dan. 7.21, 25. & 8.10, 11, 12, 24, 25. & 11.28, etc. and 12.1. etc. and Ezek. 38. & 39 and who performed according to those predictions to the utmost of wickedness. He began his reign by the account of the book of the Maccabees in the 137 year of the reign of the Seleucian family, 1 Mac. 1.10. And in the 143 year, as both that book and [e] Jos. Ant. l. 12. c. 6. 1 Mac. 1.21. etc. Josephus reckon, he came up to jerusalem, being invited thither by a wretched faction of Onias, who was also called Menelaus the Highpriest, and he taketh the City by their means, and slew many of the contrary party, and took away many of the holy things and much spoil, and so returned to Antioch. This was the beginning of those 2300 days mentioned in Dan. 8.13, 14. or the days of desolation, when the Host and the Sanctuary were both trodden under foot. Two years and some months after, namely, in the year 145 he cometh up again, and under colour of peaceableness obtaining entrance, he sacketh Jerusalem, plundereth the Temple, fireth the fairest buildings of the City, pulls down the walls, slayeth even some of those that had invited him, taketh many thousands prisoners, and setteth a Syrian Garrison for a curb to the City and Temple. Here was the beginning of those 1290 days mentioned Dan. 12.11. the time that the daily Sacrifice was taken away, and the abomination of desolation was set up; which space is called a time times and half a time: which was three years and an half, and some twelve or thirteen days. The mischief that this tyrant and persecutor wrought to the Temple, nation and religion is not expressible: how he forbade circumcision, abolished religion, burned the books of the Law, persrcuted the truth, murdered those that professed it, and defiled the Sanctuary with all manner of abomination, insomuch that the Holy Ghost hath set this character upon those sad times, that that was a time of trouble, such as was not since they were a nation even to that same time. Dan. 12.1. And here began the story and glory of Mattathias the father of the Maccabean family, who withstood this outrage and villainy [f] 1 Mac. 2 70. but died in the next year, namely 146 of the Selencian kingdom. judas Maccabeus succeeds him in his zeal and command, and prevaileth so gallantly against the commanders appointed by the tyrant, Apollonius Seron Gorgias and Lysias, that in the year 148 he and his people return and purify the Temple, erect a new Altar, restore the service, and keep the feast of dedication for eight days, and ordain it for an annual solemnity, And from thence even till now (saith josephus) we keep that feast and call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (Candlemas, if I may so English it) naming the feast as I think from this, because such a restauration shone upon us unexpected. There is mention of this feast, and it was honoured with Christ's presence joh. 10.22. and what was the manner of its solemnity, especially by lighting abundance of Candles at it, I have showed in another place. Both Josephus and the book of Maccabeus make it but exactly three years between the time of Antiochus his defiling of the Altar, with abomination, and Maccabeus his restoring and purifying it again: [g] 1 Mac. 1.54. Jos. ubi supr. Only the one of them saith its defiling began on the fisteenth day of the month Cisleu in the 145 year of the Seleucian Kingdom; and the other saith it began on the five & twentieth day of the same month in the same year, but both agree that it was purified on the five and twentieth day of the same month in the year 148. which teacheth us how to distinguish upon that passage of Daniel forementioned, in chap. 12.11. namely that the time the daily sacrifice was taken away was 1290 days or three years and an half and some few days over, but the time that the abomination that maketh desolate was set up, that is, idols in the Temple, and an idol altar upon the Lord's Altar, was but three years. Antiochus died in Persia, within 45 days after the restoring of the Temple, as Dan. 12.12. seemeth to intimate, when it pronounceth him blessed that cometh to 1335 days, for than he should see the tyrant's death. [h] Id. ibid. cap. 15. His son Antiochus Eupator who succeeded him, was invited into Judea by some Apostate Jews to come to curb judas Maccabeus, who was besieging the Syrian garrison that was in Jerusalem: He cometh with a mighty power, forceth Judas into the Temple, and there besiegeth him: But being straitened for provisions, and hearing of stir in his own Kingdom, he offereth the besieged honourable conditions, upon which they surrender. But he entering and seeing the strength of the place, and suspecting it might be troublesome to him again, he breaketh his articles and his oath, and putteth down the wall that encompassed the holy ground down to the ground. And thus poor Judas and the Temple are in a worse condition than before, for the Antiochian garrison in Jerusalem that was ready upon all occasions to annoy it, is not only not removed, but now is the Temple laid naked to their will and fury. [i] Ibid. This Antiochus put Menelaus the Highpriest to death (and he rewarded him but justly for calling the tyrant this man's father in) and he made Alcimus Highpriest in his stead, one that was not of the High-priests line at all: which made Onias who was next to the High-priesthood indeed, to flee into Egypt, and there by the favour of Ptolemy Philometor, he built a Temple parallel to that at Jerusalem: And thus hath Jerusalem Temple two corrivals, a Temple on mount Gerizim in Samaria on the North, and a Temple in Egypt on the South. Of this Temple built by Onias in Egypt the talmudical writers do make frequent and renowned mention. They speak in the treatise Succah, k Succah. per. 5. of a great Synagogue or Sanbedrin here in the time of Alexander the great, in which they say there were 70 golden chairs, and a Congregation belonging to it of double the number of Israelites that came out of Egypt: And that Alexander destroyed them, to bring upon them the curse denounced by Jeremy against their going down into Egypt Jer. 44 and the curse due to them for the violation of the command, Ye shall return thither (to Egypt) no more. [l] Jos. Ant. lib. 13. cap. 6. Juchas. fol. 14. Yet would Onias venture to build a Temple here again, and that the rather, building upon that prophecy Esay 19.19. There shall be an Altar to the Lord in the Land of Egypt, etc. Upon which passage take the gloss of R. Solomon: [m] R. Sol. in Esai. 19 We learn in Sedat Olam, that after the fall of Sennacherib, Ezekiah stood up, and let go all the multitudes that he had brought with him from Egypt and Cush, and they took upon them the Kingdom of Heaven, and they returned to their own place, as it is said, In that day there shall be five cities in the land of Egypt etc. They went and built an Altar to the Lord in the land of Egypt, and offered upon it an offering to God to fulfil what was spoken, In that day there shall be an altar to the Lord in the land of Egypt etc. But some of our Doctors in the treatise Menachoth, do understand it of the Altar of the Temple of Onias the son of Simeon the just, who fled to Egypt and built there an Altar. In the last chapter of the treatise Menachoth, the tract which our Rabbin citeth, the Talmudists have speech concerning this Temple of Onias, and particularly these passages [n] Menachoth per. 13. A man saith, Behold I undertake to offer a burnt-offering, he must offer it at the Sanctuary, and if he offer it at the Temple of Onias he is not discharged. If he say, I undertake for an offering in the Temple of Onias, he is to offer it at the Sanctuary, but if he offer it at the Temple of Onias he is discharged. If he say, I undertake to be a Nazarite, he is to poll his head at the Sanctuary, and if he poll it at the Temple of Onias he is not discharged: but if he say, I will poll at the Temple of Onias, let him poll at the Sanctuary, yet if he do poll at the Temple of Onias he is quit: The priests that serve at the Temple of Onias, shall not serve at the Sanctuary at jerusalem: So that it appeareth that there were sacrifices offered and other Temple-rites used in this Temple in Egypt as were in the Temple at jerusalem, [o] Juchas. ubi supra. and it so stood in great glory 200 years according to the opinion of Rambam: But it seems (they are the words of juchasin) that it stood all the time of the Sanctuary: for joshuah the son of Perahiab fled thither and so in the time of Hillel: and they were obedient to the wise men of jerusalem and brought offerings, and so they brought their wife's espousal writings to Hillel (for they said they were bastards) and he allowed them: And there was there a great Congregation double to the number that came out of Egypt, till after the destruction of the second Temple, when Adrian the Emperor came up against them and slew them all at the time of the destruction of Bitter: Think of this great plantation of jews in Egypt when ye read Mat. 2.13, 14. But let us return from this Temple in Egypt to the Temple at jerusalem where our business lies. Aleimus the Highpriest (whose illegal induction to that office, had occasioned this Act of Onias) as he was the Creature of the Antiochian family, so was he serviceable to it to his utmost, even to the mischief of that religion and people in and among which he took on him the High-priesthood: He assists Demetrius (though he had slain Antiochus who had so favoured him) in the invasion of judea, and attempteth to pull down the wall of the inner Court of the Sanctuary: but is suddenly struck with a divine stroke from heaven, and so dieth. p 1 Mac. 9.54. Jos. Ant. lib. 12. cap. 17. Nicanor a commander of this Demetrius forced judas Maccabeus to betake himself to a garrison in jerusalem: and he himself going up into the Temple, and there entertained fawningly by the Priests, who clawed him by showing him the sacrifices which they said they offered for his Lord the King, he taunted them, and threatened mischief to the place if judas were not delivered to him: but ere long the proud boaster and threatener was overthrown and slain. jonathan the brother, and successor of Judas Maccabeus in his command, proved to be so in favour with Alexander the successor of Demetrius, and Demetrius again the successor of Alexander, and Antiochus that succeeded him, that though there were now and then some stir among them, yet the Temple, which is our scene that we are upon, did suffer little alteration or prejudice all his time; no more did it in the times of Simon his brother and successor: nay he in his first year, obtains the people's liberties, dismantles the Antiochian garrison in Jerusalem, purifies the place, and appoints that day for a yearly rejoicing, and restores the land to entire peace and prosperity. Hyrcanus' the son and successor of Simon being straight besieged in Jerusalem by Antiochus; at the feast of Tabernacles desires a cessation for the time and solemnity of the feast: which he not only obtaineth but many and costly sacrifices also from Antiochus: which nobleness causeth Hyrcanus to seek for an agreement, and so the siege is raised: He is reported to have heard a voice in the Temple whilst he was offering incense there, which told of the victory of his sons who were then in battle with Antiochus Cyzicenus, and when he came out he told so much to the people. josephus sticks not to style him a King, Priest and Prophet: or at least he speaketh but little short of so much when he saith [q] Id. ib. lib. 13. cap. 18. that God vouchsafed him the three greatest honours, the rule of the nation, the honour of the High-priesthood, and prophesy. He cast off the Syrian yoke and homage. Alexander his son proves an unhappy scourge to his own nation, so much scorned and despised by them, that at the feast of Tabernacles they pelted him with their pome-citrons, whereupon he slays 6000 of them and troubles the land with a six years civil war. He railed in the Court of the Priests, that none but the Priests might come in there for fear of the people's disturbance. Aristobulus and Hyrcanus the sons of this Alexander quarrel about the rule, and call in foreign aid, as first Aretas King of Arabia, who besiegeth Aristobulus in the Temple: and then Pompey who cometh in, taketh the city, and temple, bringeth the nation under the Roman yoke, from under which it never delivered its neck, till city and Temple by that power was raked up in ashes. SECT. III The state of the Temple under the Romans. SO sad were the beginnings of the Temple under the Roman power, that an omen might have been taken from them, what would become of it, ere this nation had done with it. Pompey coming up to jerusalem had the gates shut against him, so that he presently begird it with a siege: [a] Dion. Cass. lib. 36. But the taking of the City cost him not much labour (saith Dion Cassius) for he was let in by the party of Hyrcanus: But the Temple which Aristobulus party had possessed cost him some work. It was seated on a high pitch, and fenced with a wall of its o●en. And if the defendants had guarded it all days alike, it had not been taken: but they intermitting to stand upon their defence on saturdays (being their Sabbath) on which days they do no work, the Romans had opportunity on that day to batter the wall. And when they had discovered this custom of the besieged, they did no great matter all the week long, till Saturday came again, and then they set upon them again; and so at the last the Jew's not resisting were surprised and subdued. Great slaughter was made upon the Romans entrance, of to the number of 12000 jews as [b] Jos. Ant. l. 14. c. 8. josephus reckoneth; and yet even whilst the Conqueror was killing as fast as he could, the Priests at the Altar went on in the service as insensibly and fearlessly, by the same Author's relation, as if there had been no such danger and destruction at all, till the sword came to their own sides: Pompey being thus victor, he and divers other with him, went into the Temple even into the most holy place, and saw all its glory and riches, and yet was sparing of offering any violence to it, but caused the place to be purged and the service to be set afoot again. But what Pompey had spared, Crassus ere long seized upon, plundering the Temple of exceeding much wealth, as he went on his expedition into Parthia. [c] Id. ibid. cap. 12. That Parthian war was undertaken by him, as Dion tells us, more upon his covetousness then upon any other warrantable or honourable ground, and he sped accordingly, coming to a miserable end answerable to such principles and beginnings. In the beginning of the reign of Herod (which was not very long after) the City and Temple was again besieged and taken by him and Sosius, and the Temple in danger again to be rifled, but prevented by Herod as much as he could: and now Antigonus the son of Aristobulus the last of Asmonean Rulers is cut off by Antony. Herod in the eighteenth year of his Reign, beginneth to repair the Temple, taking it down to the very foundations, and raising it again in larger dimensions than it had been of before, and in that form and structure that hath been observed and surveyed in the foregoing discourse. About some nine or ten years after the finishing of it, the Lord came to his own Temple, even the Messenger of the Covenant whom they desired, Mal. 3.1. being presented there by his Mother at forty days old, and owned by Simeon and Anna, Luke 2. Twelve years after that, he is at the Temple again, set among the Doctors of one of the Sanhedrins, either in one of their Consistories or in their Midrash, and showeth his divine wisdom to admiration: It is needless to speak of the occurrences that befell in the Temple, about Christ and his Apostles, as his being on a Pinnacle of it in his temptations, his whipping out buyers and sellers at his first and last Passeover, his constant frequenting the place whensoever he was at Jerusalem, and his foretelling the destruction of it as he sat upon Mount Olivet in the face of it, a little before his death: The Apostles resorting thither to the public service, and to take opportunity of preaching in the concourse there, their healing a Cripple there, and converting thousands: Paul's apprehension there upon misprision of his defiling it by bringing in of Gentiles, and other particulars which are at large related by the Evangelists, that it is but unnecessary labour to insist upon them, since any Reader may fetch them thence. As for the passages there, that are not mentioned in the Scripture, but by Josephus and others, as pilate's imbeedlling the holy Treasures of the Temple upon an aquaduct, Petronius his going about to bring in Caligulaes' Image thither, a tumult caused there by the base irreverence of a Roman soldier, Agrippa's Sacrifices there, and Anathemata, Vitellius his favour to it and the people, a base affront and abuse put upon the place by the Samaritans, the horrid confusions there in the time of the seditious, the slaughter of one Zacharias in it, and at the last the firing of it by the Romans, and the utter ruin of it and the City, they would require a larger discourse, than one chapter or paragraph will afford, it may be they will come to be prosecuted to the full in another Treatise, and therefore I shall but only name them here. FINIS.